i 7 ie i w ifuine + * rials? ‘ ‘ U My he) ister ae * ‘1 t : ti aah ebieis ah Th of st ’ \ ie A * dene ‘ * BPH ty WA lands aysest " . Y 644) ths ae ’ 4rhi oe qedy rir ¢ ; Ms : tnt Lis Taye ene. 2m ris CSAS PPA eS Tes ceed ee ae ier cay oe RST “Steps in the Br icipigs: aS Hiskek en ee” alae Classification according to the Natural ee ‘System. ~ By Ruy. A. C. Morris. Cae 4 “The useful little Garapilation is just what it professes to be, ‘intended tor be- ws eieeel _-. ginners in the study of Field Botany. . ‘he definition and explanation of terms 5 ae are very good. Tt. should have a. ‘cell sale.”—Journal of Botany, July, 1909. i ee | “Extremely well adapted for the use of beginners.’ Gen. Sec. Linnean Soret 3 mene Price 7d. post free. tt get - : aN ee London: WEST, NEWMAN 4 CO., 54 Hatton Garden, E.C. Sy: 4 Z “ 3 s * a py : =* ‘ ; . Cz : 36 4 ee Be Journal of Botany Reprints. _ Bounp SEPARATELY IN Paper Cover. Price ls. 6p. Postagr Ip. iF ae, ~ THIRD SUPPLEMENT ~ ae pote TO THE : phe BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH & IRISH BOTANISTS. ae 264 pp., Demy Svo. CrorH ExtTRA, Price Qs. 6p. NET, 3 ; DEOEASED BRITISH ‘ IRISH BOTANISTS, oe JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., FLS, & G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S. os ot BOUND UP. TOGETHER WITH os FIRST eine 97) & SECOND (1898-1902) SUPPLEMENTS. The. SupptemEnts can also be had separately, price 1/6 each ; pee ee 1d. PHeE~ BREEISH ROSES. ~By Masor A. H. WOLLEY- DOD. 144 pp. PrRIcE 3s. Pageon QD. Excluding Eu-caninz Prick 2s. 6p., PostaaE 2p. oT es Subsection Eu= -caninae Prick 2s.- PostacE 1p. ® A List of British Roses London: WEST, NEWMAN & C & Co., 54, Hatton Garden. ee . ay sta De ae FLORA OF PbeNBionsmne Ce. By ARTHUR A. DALLMAN, F.C.S. - Pp. 32, wit 2 Puavss, In Paper Cover. Price Qs., POSTAGE 2 Ip. hs THE BRITISH PANSIES. _By E. DRABBLE, D.8c.,_ F.L.S. es = Lame noms, 8vo. Pr. 276. Price 6s. ner. PosvaGe 8p. NOTES ON THE -_Draving for Sowerby's ‘English Botany. By... No A. GARRY. Demy 8vo, 23 pp., Price Is., Piaekde ip. _ INTERNATIONAL RULES _ BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE ADOPTED BY THE INTERNATIONAL BOTANICAL CONGRESS HELD AT VIENNA; 1905. Pp. 24, IN PAPER Cover, Price Is., Poses Ip. _ LINNALUS' S FLORA ANGLICA. . Demy 8vo, 44.pp., Prick 1s., Postage Ip. -INDEX ABECEDARIUS, 2 2 AN ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO THE FIRST EDITION OF THES ECIES PLANTARUM’ OF LINNAUS. co, py WILLIAM PHILIP HIERN, F.R.8- Pp. 88, IN PAPER Cover, fous 95. OD:, PosTaGE FLORA of GLAMORGANSHIRE By H. J. RIDDELSDELE, M.A. Demy 8vo, Price 1s. 6p. iy to Genera & Species of British Mises By THE Rey. H. G. JAMESON, M.A. I supplement t Topographical Botany, Rd. a By ARTHUR BENNETT, F.L.S. - WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, Hatton Garden, London, Be a a sie _ FEBR rARY, 1912 ~ . Serer tie: EDITED BY. 5 tis > - JAMES PRET TRN, KS. 6. Pe, (PUBLISHED. MONTHLY.) ai ee Ale CONTENTS 3 “| : PAGE | — sears PAGE || fix: oeeahs $ Dalton Books: (1817- acces a Century Women Botan- Be BSL ed Obl). sBy Ge S: Bourers, F.L.S. ET a, UROL ESE lee ee Oat - (concluded) ss ters te ss 83) Stone Nowes.—Allium are coke. lum L.— Dorset SitaePRe ak coe New or Marewnrthy Fungi.—Part IV. 2 Sp ce _ By W. B. Grove, M.A. (Plates DD Deda ee eC eat ok Oe ee: ais, 516) (concluded) .. we .s* 44 | Ruvyrews -— it aoe ¥, : et 4 No oe on Plantago. By Rurs M. ee De By 66 (t Carpew, F.L.S., & E. G. ee ‘ W ot. F.L. * pelt oas ee 22. 958 |-3\-Vortrage tuber Botanische ‘stain. mesgeschichte — Hin Lehrbuch der Pflanzensystematik. - Von : ae Notes in a Rhodesia: By | R. F. Bix, M.D., F.L. S. - (con ‘ J. Ps Lorsy. . SRC ee 68 : i) cluded) . «sev sey +s ++ 98 | Book-Notes, News, &c: .. .. .. 69 {| Cc ae -»* ‘Some: Little-known British Botan- Suprrement.—The Genus Fumaria ft be ists. By James Britten, K.S8.G., L. in Britain. By H. W. Pues: ee } Nan 61 | LEY, B.A. (continued) ‘ok gps & G- S. Bouueer, F.L. sg LONDON NEWMAN & CO., 54. HATTON DULAU & CO., SOHO SQUARE E.C. _ WEST, GARDEN, Price One Shilling and Eightpence “BRITISH AND: FOREIGN ane “EDITED BY. pee ehh Se oe po. | JAMES: BRITTEN, MaCBIGS BLS. : ‘Tae Journat or ene was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann. In 1872. the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who. assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spencer % - Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for - Geylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the = Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now)is ~ covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and ~ punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. - Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance Peanee ig upon this subject has remained unnoticed. _._ Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive. considerable attention, and the history of many obscure Pe oe = has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and Z _ important books written by competent critics: in this as in every other - _ respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in ia, no way officially connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by - those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance — ie ee regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. en 1896 it became necessary to increase the size of the Journal, owing _ to the number of papers sent for publication: the number of Plates was at the same time augmented. e i ee 7s. 5S 1900.7, 8s. 9» ~~ 100%. ,> SiGe ae oA ce aaa number of pages to be charged in equal proportion. Separate pe ‘ Wrappers, &c., extra. ‘For articles supplied as printed in the Journal, and not re-made ‘Up, ‘the charge is nadprabing less. 4 2 ; Aes “London: WEST, NEWMAN 4 Co., 54, Hatton Garden. er 33 SIR JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER. (1817-1911.) By ‘G. 8. Bouuerr, F.L.S. (Concluded from p. 9.) A THIRD year in India was substituted for the visit to Borneo, the Government making a grant of £400 a year towards the . expenses, which was afterwards extended for three years after Hooker’s return, to enable him to work up his collections. In none of his subsequent work is the completeness of Hooker’s scientific equipment as a traveller so manifest as in the outcome of his Indian journey. Not only did his botanical knowledge enable him to take full advantage of his opportunities for observa- tion in practically unexplored regions, whilst his literary gift produced an eminently readable narrative and his artistic skill furnished it with graphic illustrations ; but he constructed a valu- able map of the country traversed, made detailed meteorological and geological observations, besides many interesting ethnological notes, and drew up a complete account of the physical geography of Sikkim and Eastern Nipal. He was practically the first ex- plorer of the Hastern Himalaya since Turner’s embassy to Tibet in 1789, and spent two years in Sikkim. Although he received every assistance in their power from Mr. Brian Hodgson, who had been for many years Resident at the Court of Nipal, and from Dr. Campbell, of the Darjeeling Sanatorium, the scientific work of this expedition was most emphatically hisown. It was in fact the personal animosity of a faction of the Sikkim Court against Dr. Campbell that led to the violent detention of Hooker and the doctor at Chumanako in November and December, 1849, which very nearly ended in one of those assassinations of travellers which have so often resulted from the most trivial misunder- standings in semi-savage countries. : Returning to Darjeeling, Hooker spent 1850 in the Khasia Mountains and Sylhet, botanizing with Dr. Thomas Thomson, who had been a pupil of his father’s at Glasgow. The result was a joint collection of about eight thousand species, the duplicates of which were afterwards distributed from Kew. They left India in January, 1851, and for the next four years Hooker was mainly engaged in working out the results of this journey in conjunction with Thomson, and in completing those of the Antarctic voyage. A paper on the temperature of the soil in Egypt appears in the 1848 Report of the British Association, Hooker’s long connection with that body dating from a striking account of the diatomaceous vegetation of the Antarctic in the Report of the year before. The Bengal branch of the Royal Asiatic Society published his meteo- rological work : his first contribution to the Jowrnal of the Royal Geographical Society was a paper on the passes into Tibet, pub- lished in 1851; whilst the Horticultural Society’s Jowrnal for the following year contained two contributions by him—one on the JOURNAL OF Botany.—Vou 50. [Fes. 1912.] D 34 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY botany of an excursion made in 1848 from Darjeeling to Tonglo, and the other on the climate and vegetation of Nipal and Sikkim. We have already alluded to the publication of a preliminary sketch, as it were, of his journals in his father’s Journal of Botany, during his absence; and in 1849-51 the sumptuous Rhododendrons of the Sikkim Himalaya was issued in parts, under Sir William’s editor- ship, with thirty coloured plates, elaborated by Walter Fitch from Hooker’s sketches, illustrative of the many fine species of that genus which he introduced. In 1854 appeared the Himalayan Journals in two volumes, a somewhat condensed edition following a year later. So great is the number of semi-scientific, semi- popular books of travel of late years that the interest in any one of them is apt to be short-lived. It is, therefore, no slight testi- mony to the permanent value of this work of Hooker’s that a cheap popular edition should have been called for in 1891. At the same time, if only for its appendices, it is a work that the scientific student of geographical distribution cannot afford to overlook. It appeared, however, that the systematist was to see the botanical results of the journey when, in 1855, the first volume of the Flora Indica by Hooker and Thomson made its appearance. The first half of this volume is occupied by an admirable essay, which, from internal evidence, we should judge to be mainly the work of Hooker, on the history of botany in India and the rela- tionships of the Indian flora. In this, as in the Introductory Essay to the Flora of New Zealand, which had appeared two years before, Hooker, whilst still professing his adherence—mainly for the convenience of systematic treatment—to the hypothesis of the permanence or fixity of species, gives almost unqualified submission to the methods of Edward Forbes in explaining plant- migration by extensive recent changes in the distribution of land and water. This gave rise to the vigorous though friendly pro- tests of Darwin, which form part of many of his letters both to Hooker and Lyell. The second half of the volume only carries the description of species, which are in Latin, down to Fumariacee, averaging about two species to a page. The plan of the work was too extensive and it was abandoned, to be replaced by another more feasible at a later date. As contained in the odd volume of an unfinished work, the valuable introductory essay is in some danger of being overlooked; but visitors to the Herbarium or the Museum at Kew can hardly fail to have their attention arrested by the excellent physical map of India—the work of the authors—taken from this work. Hooker had been elected a Fellow of the Royal Society on the merits of the Flora Antarctica in 1847 ; and, when this had been followed by most of the Flore Nove Zelandice and much of the preliminary publication of his Indian results, he was, in 1804, awarded the Royal Medal of the Society. In the same year his paper on the rostellum of Listera ovata appeared in the Philo- sophical Transactions. The year 1855 was, however, even more momentous in his career. Not only did it witness the completion of the New Zealand Flora, the publication of the one volume of. SIR JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER 35 Flora Indica, of the joint paper with Binney on Trigonocarpon in the Philosophical Transactions, of several paleeobotanical papers in the Jowrnal of the Geological Society, and of the Illustrations of Himalayan Plants, the letterpress of which was his work ; but it was in this year also that he communicated to the Linnean Society his first paper on the Balanophoracee, and that he was appointed Assistant Director at Kew. The extent of his achievements in systematic and geographical botany is apt to cause Hooker’s contributions to special anatomy to be overlooked. As early as 1845 he had written an account of the remarkable group Balanophoracee for Lindley’s Vegetable Kingdom, and a third paper on them appeared in the Linnean Transactions for 1859; but the most important memoir upon them is that published in vol. xxii. in 1856, which is illustrated by sixteen fine coloured plates by Fitch. It is an able grappling with a difficult problem. This is neither the occasion nor the pen for a history of the Royal Gardens, Kew, and the scientific institutions connected with them. We suspect that few persons who have not had personal experience of the working of some very closely similar congeries . of institutions can form any adequate notion of the magnitude of the task of their administration. Sir William Hooker having reached the age of seventy, much of the burden devolved naturally upon his Assistant Director; and though, as we have said, the son had not the task of initiation which had fallen to his father’s lot fifteen years before, the work of such a post necessarily expands progressively. The Gardens were not yet provided with a suitable series of houses, nor was the first museum-building designed for that purpose—now divided between four buildings—completed, when Sir Joseph Hooker became Assistant Director. The corre- spondence was little more than that of an energetic private botanist, whilst the herbarium was still the private property of the Director; and the relations between the Gardens and such colonial institutions as then existed were of an informal or un- defined character. A man of less bodily and mental vigour than Hooker might well have allowed himself to be monopolized by his administrative duties; and, prodigious as his scientific output continued to be, there is, as might be supposed, some decrease due to the cares of office. The scheme of the Flora Indica was not yet abandoned, and from 1857 to 1861 Hooker and Thomson published a series of Precursores ad Floram Indicam in the Journal of the Linnean Society. It was in the Transactions of the same Society in 1859 that the paper on the pitchers of Nepenthes appeared, which was to be followed, fourteen years later, by a description of the whole genus in the Prodromus. On the memorable July 1st, 1858, Lyell and Hooker com- municated to the Linnean Society the papers of Darwin and Wallace, in which the hypothesis of Natural Selection was first publicly propounded. Though often impetuous in speech and action, Hooker was eminently cautious intellectually, and was not D2 36 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY as easy to convert as his junior, Huxley; but in November, 1859, the magnificent Introductory Essay to the Flora Tasmane defi- nitely announced his belief in the mutability of species, the first fifth of that work being devoted to the species question, the remainder to the geographical problems as to the origin and migration of the Australian flora. This confession of faith was, of course, at once welcomed as a great accession of strength by the Darwinians, although, perhaps, the general public were hardly aware of Hooker’s adhesion to the new school of thought until the delivery of his Presidential Address to the British Association at Norwich in 1868. The six fine volumes of the Botany of the Antarctic being com- pleted, Hooker, in 1860, accompanied Captain Washington, Hydro- grapher to the Royal Navy, and Mr. Daniel Hanbury on a brief holiday visit to Syria, with the special object of examining the Cedars of Lebanon in their native habitat. This trip resulted in papers on the Cedars and on the Oaks of Palestine, published in 1862, and in Hooker’s contributing an article on the Botany of Syria to Smith’s Dictionary of the Bible in 1863, an article which is, perhaps, somewhat disappointing since the identification of the plants mentioned in the Bible is not attempted. Meantime, the discovery made by Welwitsch in the desert of Angola was to associate Hooker with the third botanical marvel of the nineteenth century, as Brown had been associated with Rafflestca and Lindley with Victoria regia. The remarkable survival of an early gymnospermous type which its discoverer named Twmboa, but which is better known by Hooker’s name, Welwitschia, gave rise to several preliminary notices from his pen, culminating in the paper published in the Linnean Transactions for 1863, with fourteen plates, a paper which for thoroughness of anatomical analysis ranks with those on Myzodendron, the Balanophoracee, and Nepenthes. The wide sweep of Hooker’s studies in phytogeography is well exemplified by the year 1862, which saw not only the publication of the already mentioned papers on Palestine trees, but also of his important Outline of the Distribution of Arctic Plants, read in 1860, in the Transactions, and of the equally important paper on Gustav Mann’s collection of plants from the upper half of Clarence Peak, Fernando Po, read in 1861, in the Journal, of the Linnean Society ; and, moreover, the beginning of the Genera Plantarum. The memoir on the Arctic flora is important not merely as “the first general tabulation of the plants found growing within the Arctic Circle,” but more particularly for the way in which this «Scandinavian ” flora is traced into all latitudes and its spread is accounted for. So too the value of the Clarence Peak paper in phytogeography is its demonstration of the close affinity between this West African mountain flora and that of the highlands of Abyssinia, the first indication of that unexpected community in character of the plants of Eastern and Western Tropical Africa which has so important a bearing on the question of plant- migration from south to north, SIR JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER 37 Every botanist must know the value of the service rendered to the science by the more than twenty years of assiduous labour that gave us the Genera Plantarum, though what the labour of determin- ing by personal examination the position and limits of every genus of flowering plants amounted to is not, perhaps, always realized. George Bentham, seventeen years Hooker’s senior, had already written the Botany of H.M.S. ‘ Sulphur, his great memoirs on the Labiate and on the Indian Scrophularinee, and his Handbook of the British Flora. He had, as we have seen, completed the Flora Nigritiana, on Hooker’s going to India; and he had just finished the Hlora of Hongkong. In the course of these works he had been impressed, as also had Hooker, with the need of a revision of the genera of Phanerogamia which should, with the authority of a competent personal scrutiny, replace Endlicher’s work. The joint work being agreed upon, a plan for the division of the labour was also arranged; but Hookev’s official duties prevented him from doing as much as was originally intended. After the com- pletion of the great task Bentham fortunately published a brief but explicit statement of the share that each of them ultimately had in its performance, which may be summed up as amounting to about two-thirds to Bentham and the remainder to Hooker, although there was complete accord and mutual responsibility throughout. Bentham’s regular daily attendance at the Kew Herbarium, and the daily intercourse with Hooker, naturally developed into a close personal friendship, Bentham, for instance, having his own latch-key to Hooker’s house. Bentham’s Flora of Hongkong suggested to Sir William Hooker the official preparation, at Government expense, of a uniform series of colonial Floras, with English descriptions, modelled on this work. Grisebach’s West Indian Flora (1859-64) and Harvey and Sonder’s Flora Capensis (1859-65) formed part of the proposed series. Bentham undertook the Flora Australiensis, the seven _ volumes of which he completed, with the help of the materials collected by Baron Ferdinand von Miller, between 1863 and 1878; and Hooker, the Handbook of the New Zealand Flora, which he published between 1864 and 1867. He had not himself collected at all extensively in New Zealand, which is presumably the point of Darwin’s comment, ‘‘Oh, my heavens! to get up at second- hand a New Zealand Flora, that is work!” * but the magnitude of his contribution of original description to the work may be gauged by Mr. Hemsley’s calculation that sixteen endemic genera and more than half the species described ‘have the affix Hook. f.” On the death of his father, Hooker became, in 1865, Director, and it was not till ten years later that the Assistant Directorship was revived. Possibly the change in rank did not involve a very great real increase in work; but those who were in a position to observe the allotment of his time at a somewhat later period will know that the merely routine duties of official correspondence and interviews occupied almost the whole of the forenoon of every day * Life and Letters, ii. 84. 38 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY and were only too apt to interrupt any other occupation at other times. A dangerous attack of rheumatic fever, incurred while nursing his father in his last illness, resulted in the apparently complete suspension of work during 1865; but the acquisition of Lindley’s Orchid Herbarium at this time, and the purchase by the Government, in 1867, of Sir William Hooker’s mag- nificent collections of plants, books, and manuscripts, makes this a fitting place in our narrative to allude to the great assistance that both Sir William and Sir Joseph Hooker derived from their subordinates, and from voluntary assistants. Perhaps, like the Tudor sovereigns, they evinced no small part of their genius in the choice of these helpers. The Gardens at Kew owed much to the botanical enthusiasm of curators like the elder John Smith, who preserved them from destruction in 1840, and, at a later period, George Nicholson. Professor J. S. Henslow had been almost a joint founder of the Museum of Economic Botany with Sir William Hooker; whilst by engaging such assistants as J. H. Planchon, Dr. Oliver, and Mr. J. G. Baker, the founder of the Hookerian Herbarium made it fit to become, as national property, a suitable centre for the organized scientific botanical work of the Empire. Not only did Dr. Oliver undertake the editing of the Flora of Tropical Africa, but under his headship the responsibility for the Herbarium was largely taken from the shoulders of the Director ; whilst Mr. Baker’s unrivalled critical acumen not only ably completed Sir William Hooker’s pteridological undertakings, but also made him a court of appeal on such groups of British plants as Roses, Brambles, and Mints, and gave to Kew some of the importance in British botany which it already possessed with reference to the plants of the rest of the world. The presence of such men and of such unofficial workers as Bentham and Reichenbach helped to make Kew Herbarium the Mecca of foreign botanists. | On his father’s death Hooker took over the editorship of the Botanical Magazine, which he carried on from the 91st to the 130th volume, with the assistance of Mr. Hemsley in the last two volumes, those for 1903 and 1904. ‘This is, as botanists are aware, not a magazine in the ordinary sense of the term, but merely a series of plates of new or interesting plants with brief descriptive letterpress. Its monthly preparation would not, therefore, by itself, prove a very onerous undertaking for its editor, helped as he was by a competent Herbarium staff. An interesting history of the magazine by Mr. Hemsley, revised from that in the Gardeners’ Chronicle for 1887, was issued in a General Index volume in 1906. It was, perhaps, more at the annual gatherings of the British Association than elsewhere that Hooker succeeded in reaching the general public. His address on Insular Floras at the Nottingham meeting in 1866, published in the Gardeners’ Chromecle in the following year; his Presidential Address, on the Origin of Species, at Norwich in 1868; the address on Carnivorous Plants, at the otherwise sensational meeting at Belfast in 1874; SIR JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER 39 and that on Geographical Distribution at the Centenary meeting at York in 1881, were occasions of this kind, and each of these addresses may be said to have been in their various departments important contributions to the argument for evolution. Ever since their study of the Galapagos plants in the first days of their friendship, the floras of oceanic islands had been a constant sub- ject for discussion between Hooker and Darwin, so that it is difficult to say to which of them the use of these plants as the basis of arguments in the Origin of Species originally belonged ; but, until supplemented by Mr. Hemsley’s essay in the ‘Challenger’ Reports, and by Wallace’s Island Life, this address was the only important compendium of our knowledge of the subject. A paper on ‘The Struggle for Existence among Plants,” in the Popular Science Review for 1867, also undoubtedly did much to clinch the Darwinian argument; and Darwin emphatically testified his sense of the value of Hooker’s outspoken support at Norwich. From 1867 to 1889 Hooker edited the third series of the Icones Plantarum, which his father had established, and most of the analytical details in the drawings illustrating his own con- tributions are from his own hand. These consist chiefly of species from St. Helena in the eleventh volume of the series. Another man might have made his official duties an excuse for abstention from original scientific work; but Hooker’s perfect greed for work, and that of a laborious character, is seen nof only in the editing, at the express request of his dead friend, of Harvey’s Genera of South African Plants, but also in his performing the same office for the fourth volume of Boott’s Illustrations of the Genus Carex, in 1867. An even more laborious undertaking was The Students’ Flora of the British Islands, first issued in 1870. The Flora originally published by Sir William Hooker in 1830, the sixth, seventh and eighth editions of which were the joint work of Dr. G. A. W. Arnott, had for many years been a popular guide to British field- botanists. From its first publication in 1843 Babington’s Manual had given a new direction to the study of our wild plants; whilst Bentham said somewhat contemptuously of his own Handbook, first issued in 1858, that he “ wrote it for ladies.” Babington’s method of treating almost all named forms of plants in only two categories, 7.€., aS species or varieties, certainly failed to suggest those gradations of relationship recognised by the theory of descent; whilst Bentham’s method of ignoring the difficult groups was neither scientific nor educational. Hooker had not the repute of having devoted much attention to British species in the herbarium, still less in the field. He, however, drew up most of the ordinal, generic, and specific characters ‘from living or dried specimens or both,” and then consulted English Botany and other British and Continental Floras. From the systematic point of view the most original feature of the work is the elaborate gradation of tribes, sections, sub-species, varieties, and forms into which he subdivides his orders, genera, and species, thus combining most of the minute study of the ‘splitter’ with the expression 40 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY of the evolutionary views of a “lumper.’’ For assistance in treating the genera Rubus, Rosa, and Hieraciwm he had recourse to Mr. J. G. Baker. Still more novel, however, was the incorpo- ration in such a pocketable volume of indications of British altitudinal and comital distribution, taken from Watson’s Cybele, and of extra-British distribution from Nyman’s Sylloge. The result was a marvel of compressed information that secured an immediate success for the work. In the preface to the first edition he expressed a wish for a companion volume dealing with the physiological peculiarities of the various species; but in the third edition, in 1884, for which he acknowledges help from Mr. Baker, Mr. Nicholson, Mr. John Ball, and Mr. Arthur Bennett, he to a considerable extent supplied such information by the addition of such single words as ‘‘anemophilous,” ‘‘ homogamous, or ‘“‘ proterandrous.”’ Hooker had long wished to compare the flora of the Atlas with what he had seen years before of those of Madeira and the Canaries, and with his herbarium knowledge of Fernando Po and Abyssinia. In April, 1871, having secured permits from the Sultan of Morocco through the Foreign Office, he started with his friend, John Ball, the distinguished Alpinist, who had also an excellent critical knowledge of plants, George Maw (a skilled geologist), and a young gardener from Kew, by way of South- ampton and Gibraltar to Tangier, Tetuan, Ceuta and Mogador, and inland to the ridge of the Great Atlas. He was back again in England in June; and, though he had taken full notes during the trip, pressure of official duties, and, at this time, one must add, worries, together with his election in 1873 to the presidential chair of the Royal Society, threw the bulk of the subsequent work upon Ball. He it was who prepared the Spicilegium Flore Maroccane for the Jowrnal of the Linnean Society of 1877-8, and upon him too devolved most of the preparation of the interesting Journal of a Tour in Morocco and the Great Atlas, which appeared in the latter year. The first two chapters are mainly the work of Hooker, together with three valuable appendices dealing with economic plants, and those comparisons of the flora with those of the Canaries and the mountains of Tropical Africa, which were the main object of the journey. Two or three striking sketches of the mountains, in this volume, are from Hooker’s pencil. It is not necessary here to dwell on the friction that occurred in 1871 between Hooker, as Director of Kew, and the notoriously tactless First Commissioner of Works, Mr. Ayrton. Middle-aged playgoers will remember how that statesman furnished one of the main parts in the suppressed burlesque of ‘The Happy Land.” The stupid attempt to disintegrate the whole organization of Kew ended discreditably for the Minister, and evoked widespread expressions of sympathy and admiration for the great botanist. In 1872 appeared the first volume of the Flora of British India, planned on the more modest scale of the Colonial Floras already issued, in place of that of the Flora Indica of 1855. This work was completed in 1897 in six volumes, and a copious index. SIR JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER 41 Some 17,000 species are described in its pages, which number 5668 ; but, from the first, Hooker was assisted in the description of most of the Natural Orders by a number of other botanists, so that most of his own work was editorial. Even this was more than he could accomplish for the later volumes, the supervision of which fell to Mr. C. B. Clarke, who was already a voluminous contributor. On the completion of this great undertaking, Hooker, who had been made a Knight Commander of the Star of India in his sixtieth year, was made a Grand Commander of the Order. Perhaps his last really remarkable work, except in so far as all the work of a man over fourscore years of age is remarkable, was the little Sketch of the Flora of British India that he prepared in 1904 for the new edition of the Imperial Gazetteer of India. It only occupies fifty-five octavo pages, but it comprises an admirable taxonomic and statistical aperg¢u of the flora of the vast area involved, with a most suggestive revision of the views as to its origin and distribution which its author had put forward in 1855. The introductory portion of this Sketch was reprinted in the Journal of Botany for 1904, and was accompanied by a very pleasing photographic portrait of its author. Another laborious undertaking was brought to a conclusion in 1873 by the publication of Mrs. Hooker’s translation of Le Maout and Decaisne’s General System of Botany under Hooker’s editor- ship. The volume is, perhaps, most often consulted for its beautiful analytical drawings; but the editor added numerous notes on the affinities of the Orders, and gave details of the re- distribution of the genera into tribes in advance of the publication of the Genera Plantarum, concluding with a chapter on the principles of classification, and a synopsis of the entire vegetable kingdom in Classes, Cohorts, and Orders. In this, the cohorts are of far greater value, as the direct result of the joint labours of Bentham and the writer, than is the division into four classes by which Acrogens and Thallogens are placed in the same grade as Dicotyledones and Monocotyledones. It is not possible here to discuss that further disputable systematic conclusion by the authors of the Genera—the creation of the series Dvsczflore. Hooker’s contributions to his wife’s translation have given it a lasting importance in the history of systematic botany. If, as we have already suggested, the Primer, which he contri- buted to Macmillan’s Series in 1876, was in some respects rather an echo of the teaching of a passing period than a step in advance in education, the fault was, perhaps, in part that of the scheme. The space was very restricted: the compilation of a primer or first book is by no means an easy task; and Hooker had no expe- rience as a teacher of children. One of the defects of such works in the “seventies” was their exclusive attention to external anatomy. It might have been hoped that the establishment of the Jodrell Laboratory at Kew, which was opened in the year in which the Primer was published, would do much to foster those physiological studies in which the countrymen of Stephen Hales had hitherto been remiss; but it is, perhaps, the absence of ade- 49, THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY quate equipment or endowment that has prevented the realization of this hope. Only one continent remained as yet unvisited by Hooker. He may be said to have inherited the friendship of Asa Gray from his father; but until 1877 he had not visited North America. In that year the two friends accompanied Dr. Hayden, the head of the United States Topographical and Geological Survey, to Colorado and Utah. Nearly one thousand species were collected; and the conclusions arrived at were first published in a paper ‘On the Botany of the Rocky Mountains ” in Natwre for October 25, 1877, which was accompanied by a steel-engraved portrait of Hooker by C. H. Jeens, from a photograph by G. M. Wallich, and by a memoir by Asa Gray. ‘No living botanist,” writes the American pro- fessor, ‘‘that we know of has shared Sir J. D. Hooker’s oppor- tunities of studying in place the living vegetation of so many parts of the world.” Alluding to Banks, Asa Gray says also that botanists all over the world “rejoice to see the presidential chair at the Royal Society occupied for the second time by a botanist and explorer. They concede the paramount claims of public duty, yet not without a shade of jealousy and regret; for adminis- tration is time-consuming and endless, while Hookers and their like are few.” A lecture at the Royal Institution in 1878 On the Distribution of North American Plants was published in 1879; and the detailed official report of. the journey, Hooker’s share in which is one of his most valuable contributions to phyto- geography, appeared in 1881 in the sixth volume of the Bulletin of the United States Geological Survey. On this journey Hooker, probably the only botanist who has ever studied the three species of Cedrus—or forms, as he preferred to consider them—in their native habitats, was able to examine the giant Sequoias and other conifers of equal age; and in 1880 he published a description of the interesting insular variety of Cedar discovered by Sir Samuel Baker in Cyprus. After his long term of public service Hooker had now well earned his retirement. Kew had been enriched in 1880 by the gallery of pictures presented by Miss North; and, in 1882, by the addition of the charming rock-garden. The actual resignation came in 1885, when Hooker was succeeded by his son-in-law Mr. (now Sir William) Thiselton Dyer; but though he left Kew for the less accessible Sunningdale, which led ultimately to his giving up the editorship of the Botanical Magazine, he by no means abandoned botany, and was constantly at the scene of his many years’ labours. It is, perhaps, to be regretted that in these later years, when he had already reached the full span of years traditionally allotted to mankind, distrust of his own power of sustained work deterred him from undertaking some substantive work on phytogeography. In lieu of this he undertook from time to time a stupendous series of editorial tasks. In 1887, 1892 and 1900 he revised the fifth, sixth and seventh editions of Bentham’s Handbook of the British Flora, and, by judicious omission of book-names and addition of SIR JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER 43 forms previously passed over, considerably improved it. His association with the Index Kewensis, under the bequest of his friend Darwin, although it has been repeatedly misrepresented and exaggerated in the public Press, was no mere sinecure. The work was emphatically Dr. Jackson’s; but Hooker read the proofs and added geographical references. An even more remark- able undertaking was the completion of Trimen’s Handbook of the Flora of Ceylon—a botanist dying at the age of fifty-two, leaving only three-fifths of his work completed, his task is taken over by another botanist of eighty and satisfactorily concluded by him at eighty-three! Hooker had not only to edit Trimen’s materials but also entirely prepared the account of the Graminee in the fifth and final volume issued in 1900. Interested in Banks ‘‘as the pioneer of those naturalist voyagers of later years, of whom Darwin is the great example,” Hooker, in 1893-6, had a transcript made of.the copy of Banks’s journal during his voyage with Cook which is in the Botanical Department of the British Museum. This he edited and published in the latter year. No attempt has been made here to exhaust the list of Hooker’s papers, and, perhaps, some bibliographer blessed with leisure will tell us how many genera and species he described in the course of his long botanical career, from Polytrichwm semilamellatum in 1840 to Impatiens notoptera in 1911. The genus to which the last-named species belongs was the occupation of the last months of his life, and, in the interesting detailed bibliographical account which he has recently contributed to the Gardeners’ Chronicle, Mr. Hemsley states that no fewer than one hundred and fifty species bear the affix ‘‘ Hook. f.” As the object of the present sketch has been mainly a briefly critical appreciation of his botanical work, it is needless to attempt to enumerate the many honours by which academies and univer- sities honoured themselves in honouring Hooker; the honorary Doctorates of Oxford, Cambridge, Glasgow, and elsewhere; the Copley and Darwin Medals of the Royal Society ; the special medal struck by the Linnean Society in 1897 and the Darwin- Wallace Medal of 1908; and, finally, the Order of Merit in his ninetieth year. The heat of last summer told on the long vigorous constitu- tion, and Hooker died, at Sunningdale, after a very brief illness, on December 10th. He was buried in the churchyard at Kew, near his father and grandfather, in the presence of a large gather- ing of British men of science. Hooker was twice married, first to Frances Harriet, daughter of Professor J. 8. Henslow, and secondly to Hyacinthe, daughter of the Rey. W. Symonds of Pendock and widow of Sir William Jardine. It may be well to place on record that in addition to the fine portrait by Sir Hubert Herkomer at the Linnean Society, Hooker also appears among the Brethren of the Charterhouse in the well- known picture by the same artist, now at the Tate Gallery. 44 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY NEW OR NOTEWORTHY FUNGI.—Parr IV. By W. B. Grove, M.A. (PuatEs 515, 516.) (Concluded from p. 18.) 165. TRICHOSPORIUM CHARTACEUM Sacc. Syll. Fung. iv. 294. Forming scattered, orbicular, black spots, 1-2 mm. diam. Hyphe vaguely branched, 4 » diam.; conidia numerous, pul- verulent, brown or dark olive-brown, globose or elliptic, rather rough, 4-6 x 4 wp. On damp brown paper, Birmingham, May. This differs from the type only in the fact that the spores are not smooth, but roughened and slightly angular, probably because they are more mature. The fact that spores which are ultimately rough are often quite smooth in their earlier stages has been the cause of many mistakes. 166. ScoLECOTRICHUM GRAMINIS F'ckl. Sacc. Syll. Fung. iv. 348. Tufts of conidiophores dense, black, spot-like, seated in long rows on elongated, arid, ochraceous spots. Hyphe erect, con- tinuous, simple, nodulose, 100 x 6 p, of a dusky but clear olive- brown colour. Conidia of the same colour, obclavate, uniseptate, averaging 40 x 9p. (Tab. 516, fig. 5.) On the under surface of living leaves of Phlewm pratense, Marston Green (Wk.), July. This might be considered identical with S. stecticwum B., except that it is seated on conspicuous ochraceous spots, and appears to be decidedly parasitic. 69. DipLococcium spicatuM Grove, Journ. Bot. (1885), p. 167, t. 257, f. 7; Sacc. Syll. Fung. iv. 374. This very rare fungus I have since found at Studley Castle, in addition to the original locality at Sutton. The new specimens revealed to me that (owing to a mistake in noting the magnifying power used) I had given the size of the conidia (loc. cat.) at half their proper magnitude; they should be “20 x 10 p.” ‘They are at first obovate, not constricted, and pellucid but with a very dark septum, afterwards assuming the mature form. 167. HELMINTHOSPORIUM INCONSPICcUUM C. et E. Sace. Syll. Fung. iv. 411. Hyphe 250-800 x 10-11 p, 6-8-septate, somewhat dark, paler at the apex, where they are flexuous and nodulose. Conidia oblong-lanceolate or nearly cylindrical, rounded at the ends, up to 120 » long, 15-16 p thick, 5-septate, at length 8—9-septate, wall always nearly diaphanous, pale olivaceous brown. (Tab. 516, fig. 4. : 2 fading grass-leaves, Longdon Green, Lichfield (St.), Sep- tember. I have already recorded (Journ. Bot. 1885, p. 168) a variety of this species; the specimens now described seem to be nearly of the type, at any rate as figured by Peck (34th Report p. ol, t. ui. f. 4-6). The chief mark of the species lies in the pale NEW OR NOTEWORTHY FUNGI 45 diaphanous epispore, for which reason it is quite inconspicuous and cannot be seen except by microscopical examination. 168. HETEROSPORIUM GRACILE Sace. Syll. Fung. iv. 480. Hyphe in little clusters which are often slightly circinating or scattered over oblong or elliptical dry patches of the leaf; spots pale, surrounded by a distinct fuscous-purple border. Hyphe erect, rather flexuose, septate, nodulose upwards, olive, 40-150 x 9-10 p, having at the base a little knot of a few dark cells. Conidia oblong, 1—3- (or even 4-) septate, constricted at the septa, 30-45 x 16-18 »; cells cubical or rounded, at first pale and smooth, then dark olive and distinctly muriculate. (Tab. 516, fig. 6. 4 leaves of Iris germanica, Studley Castle, October. 169. SprrRA COHZRENS Preuss, Sacc. Syll. Fung. iv. 515. Conidia erect, collected into little clusters which are thickly scattered or even arranged in lines, olivaceous-green in mass, singly pellucid olive, 25-40 x 20 », oblong-obovate, not always plane but often consisting of two layers in the centre, composed of 4-6 series of joints. Joints subquadrate, translucent, 4-5 p diam., many with a large oily nucleus. On bark, Maxstoke Priory (Wk.), August. This seems to be the species of Preuss, but I would rather consider it a translucent variety of S. toruloides, possibly a young state. 170. SpeirA EFFUSA (Peck) Sacce. Syll. Fung. iv. 514. Conidia 20-30 » wide, effused in a blackish brown velvety stratum, resembling those of Sperza toruloides, but the separate joints are only 5-6 pu wide. On dead wood, Studley Castle, March. This also I consider to be a mere variety of S. toruloides Corda. They should be arranged thus :— S. toruloides Corda. var. effusa Peck. var. translucens m. = S. coherens Preuss. The breadth of the joints of S. torwlowdes given by Saccardo (l. c. p. 514), viz. 8-9 p, is certainly greater than the usual state. 171. Septosporium elatius m. Effusum, atrum, velutinum; hyphis biformibus, sterilibus filiformibus, brunneo-atris, opacis, flexuosis, basi subincrassatis, superne interdum subpellucidis, multiseptatis, ad septa vix constrictis, 500-1000 x 18-20 »; fer- tilibus (h. e. conidiorum pedicellis) brevibus, olivaceis, 6-8 p cr., pellucidis, 4—5-septatis, apice in conidia clavata abeuntibus ; conidiis 20-25 p lat., olivaceis, vix obscurioribus, 2—5-septatis, cum pedicello 80-130 p» long., subinde curvatis, septo longitudinali rarissimo. (Tab. 516, fig. 7.) In cortice, Aberystwyth, Jan. Macrosporiwm nigrellum C., et E. peraffine videtur, conidiorum insertione neglecta. 172. ALTERNARIA TENUIS Nees, Sacc. Syll. Fung. iv. 545; Fung. Ital. t. 737. Forming a very thin layer; hyphe very short, erect, septate, pale in colour; conidia in branched chains, lageniform, olivaceous, 46 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 3-5-septate, with a few longitudinal septa, 25-35 x 12-14 pm. (Tab. 516, fig. 8.) On various leaves and stems, Edgbaston, Studley, &e. Barely perceptible to the naked eye. The conidia are formed in a basi- fugal manner, the youngest at the apex. 173. GrapHium Passerinir Sacce. Syll. Fung. iv. 613. Stems erect, black, shining, hair-like, subulate, smooth, 1- 14 mm. high, formed of numerous slender compacted brown septate hyphe, all parallel and gradually thinning out at the top, not markedly free at the tips. Head of conidia grey, oblong- cylindrical, forming about 4-4 of the height of the whole. Conidia hyaline, 5 x 24 p, ovate-oblong, but somewhat acute at one end, very numerous and apparently involved in mucus. On dried twigs of Bramble, Hunnington (Ws.), June. 174. Srysanus Manpuu Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat. (1845), p. 365, t. 14, f.2; Sacc. Syll. Fung. iv. 623. Gregarious; stems 1-14 mm. high, 20-25 y» thick, neazly black, fibrous, slender and straight; head elongate-cylindrical, sometimes forked, greyish brown. Conidia in short chains, ovate or ellipsoid, 34-5 x 2-24 pw, pale brownish, diaphanous. On twigs of Gooseberry, Studley Castle, April. I should have put it down as a Pachnocybe, if I had not seen the spores in chains. It differs from the type in having paler spores. 175. Stysanus cyBosporus D. Sacc. Staz. Sper. Ital. xxxi. p. 80. Coremia at first tubercularioid, afterwards stilboid, gregarious, olive-coloured ; when young wart-like, 1 mm. broad, } mm. high, composed of a dense mass of branched septate olive hyphe, bearing a few conidia at their summits; when older, taller and looser, like a Stysanus, 1-14 mm. high, paler upwards, and nearly as broad as the height. Hyphe of stalk compact and parallel, not very closely septate, olive, 5 » diam., repeatedly branched up- wards; branches paler, composed of cuboid joints which at length separate from one another except for a narrow central isthmus, and become rounded spores, 6 diam. The spores are very pale olive, but clear, and retain for a long time traces of their mode of origin, being square-shouldered, and minutely apiculate on two opposite sides. Abundant on dead herbaceous stems, Cannon Hill Park, Bir- mingham, July to November. 176. Sphacelia Curreyana m. Hyphis dense intertextis, albis, 2-24 » diam.; sporophoris ramosis, ramis primo solitariis, dein oppositis, denique verticillatis, irregularibus; conidiis glo- bosis, 3-5 p, in apicibus ramorum, ut videtur, solitariis. In sclerotiis Sclerotinie Curreyane, in Junco, Sutton Park (Wk.). The sclerotia were of a delicate pink inside, and during the previous year the same tufts of rushes had produced a plentiful crop of the Sclerotinia. 177. HyMENULA CALLORIOIDES Sacc. Syll. Fung. iv. 669. Var. CORTICIS ™. Sporodochiis sparsis gregariisve, 4 mm. latis, lentiformibus, NEW OR NOTEWORTHY FUNGI 47 succineis v. albidis, gelatinosis; sporophoris prelongis, usque ad 200 p, dense fasciculatis, bacillaribus, 1 » cr., simplicibus, septatis ; conidiis numerosissimis, cylindraceis, rectis v. subinde curvulis, 9-10 x 14 p, hyalinis, coacervatis hyalino-succineis. (Tab. 516, fig. 9. : 2 cortice, Studley Castle, April. Sporophora et apice et a latere ad septa conidia gignunt. 178. LACHNEA COPRINARIA Phill. Discom. p. 224; Mass. Fung. Fl. iv. 310. Var. MINIMA ™m. Ascophoris 2-1 mm. diam., gregariis, sessilibus, hemisphericis, coccineis; margine elevato, piloso. Pilis brunneis, 300-450 x 12-20 p, crasse tunicatis, superne attenuatis, rigidis, erectis, septatis. Ascis cylindraceis, 200 x 20 p, apice truncatis, basi subattenuatis ; sporidiis oblique monostichis, ellipticis, levibus, hyalinis, continuis, utrinque obtusis, eguttulatis, 22-25 x 11-12 p; paraphysibus superne subincrassatis, granulis rubris repletis. On rabbits’ dung, Sutton Park, May. At first sight closely resembling Ascophanus pilosus. Outer cells of cortex very large, hyaline, 40-50 » diam. Marginal hairs in two or three rows, very similar to those of L. stercorea, but without the stellate hairs of that species, though mixed below with shorter subhyaline hairs, as in L. coprinaria, which, however, is 4-1 cm. across. Possibly this variety owes its smaller dimensions to its habitat. 179. Chetomium chlorinum m. Ch. Fieberi var. chlorina Sace. Mich. i. 27; Syll. Fung. 1. 223. Perithecia black, gregarious, subovate, arranged more or less in rows, completely hidden by a mass of very long pili, which are simple (rarely branched), septate, roughish, slender and flexuous, at first yellowish, then yellowish green, at length olive-brownish and (under the microscope) fuscous, paler upwards, 4 p diam. Asci clavate, longly stipitate, soon diffluent; sporidia eight, distichous and at last conglobate at summit of ascus, at first colourless, then greenish yellow, at length smoky-olive, lemon- shaped, uniguttulate, and slightly unequal-sided, 15 x 10 » when mature. Paraphyses numerous, very delicate, filiform, longer than the asci. Asci 50-55 x 16-20 (part. sporif.), stipes 40-50 p long ; paraphyses 24-3 p diam. and about 100-130 » long. On rotting stems of Jerusalem Artichoke and similar stems, Sutton Coldfield (Wk.) and Hunnington (Ws.), June, September. Ch. olivacewm C. et HE. (Grevill. vi. 96) seems to be closely allied, but the sporidia are described as ‘‘ brunneis.”’ Ch. chlorinum appears at first as a small tuft of hairs which are seated on a black tubercle; the hairs are blackish at the base, then greenish, at the summit yellow. In this stage they are nearly straight, but later, as the perithecium develops, they become very long and intricately flexuous. Their roughness is due to minute crystals which are easily removed by water. Var. RUFIPILUM m. Peritheciis 4-1 mm. altis, ovatis v. lageniformibus, atris, acutis, vertice junioribus glabratis, alibi pilis simplicibus, tenuibus, leviter flexuosis, 5 p cr. vestitis ; pilis primo 48 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY olivaceo-brunneis, dein roseo-rufis, non opacis, asperulis, tenuiter parceque septulatis, superne dilutioribus et angustioribus, senio longissimis, tortuosis, intricate intertextis et perithecia obtegenti- bus. Asci clavatis, stipitellatis; paraphysibus non visis; sporidiis 8, distichis v. apice conglobatis, limoniiformibus, ex hyalino fuli- gineis, 15 x 10 pu. On stems of Heraclewm, Hunnington (Ws.), in company with Ch. chlorinwm as well as Ch. comatum. Distinguished from every other form of Chetonuwm by its distinctly rufous hairs. 180. SoRDARIA LIGNICOLA Fckl. Sacc. Syll. Fung. 1. 236. Perithecia half immersed in soft rotten wood, globose, ending in a thick rough truncate neck, about as long as the perithecium is wide. Asci fusiform, 150 x 14 »; sporidia immature, cylindri-. cal, curved, hyaline, multiguttulate, 50 x 4, provided at each end with a short hyaline appendage, equal to the breadth of the sporidium in length. On soft wood, California, Harborne (Ws.), August. There were no mature sporidia, but otherwise the specimens seemed to belong to this species. 181. RosELLINIA MASTOIDEA Sace. Syll. Fung. i. 258. Perithecia superficial, gregarious, but not or rarely confluent, 1 mm. diam., globose, smooth, glabrous, with a short and beautiful little papillate ostiolum; asci cylindrical, 100 x 10 »; sporidia eight, monostichous, oblong-ovoid, obtuse at the ends, 20 x 8 p, - without any appendages, dusky brown, somewhat flattened and therefore thinner in side view than in face view; paraphyses numerous filiform. On fallen branches, Studley Castle, April. A conspicuous and beautiful species. 182. Trichospheria crassipila m. Tenuissime in subiculo atro effusa; peritheciis globosis, astomis, atris, pilis brevibus ob- ductis; pilis atro-viridulis, scabriusculis, semi-pellucidis, 250-300 pu long., basi 20 » cr., apicibus attenuatis. Ascis cylindricis, 100-120 x lly, paraphysibus numerosis, linearibus obvallatis; sporidiis oblique monostichis, ovali-oblongis, utrinque obtusis, continuis, eguttulatis, subgranulosis, 10-11 x 6 p, achrois. In ligno putri, Studley Castle, Nov. Hairs thick-walled below, tapering to a rather thin, narrow point; base of the perithecium furnished with nodulose, septate, brown hyphe, 3-4 p thick. The perithecia are greenish black by transmitted light. 183. WALLROTHIELLA MINIMA Sacc. Syll. Fung. 1. 455. Scattered or gregarious; perithecia very minute, black, car- bonaceous, ovate-acute, terminating in a sharp minute ostiole. Asci cylindrical, stipitate, 50 x 5 pw (part. sporif.); sporidia ob- liquely monostichous, oblong, hyaline, 7-8 x 3 Seated among the fibres of bare wood, King’s Norton and Selly Oak (Ws.), December—August. 184, DiaportHE TunAsnetI Nits. Sace. Syll. Fung. i. 657. Stromata short, oblong, black, slightly raised, with a few peri- thecia immersed in each. Perithecia globose, with a scarcely NEW OR NOTEWORTHY FUNGI 49 prominent ostiole. Asci oblong or subclavate 60 x 6-7 »; sporidia distichous, fusiform, obtuse at each end, uniseptate, 4-guttulate, not constricted, subhyaline, 14-15 x 3 ph. On stems of Urtica dioica, Studley Castle, May. The matrix is stained deeply with black round each stroma. 185. LEPTOSPHERIA RUBICUNDA Rehm, Sacc. Syll. Fung. ii. 95; Fung. Ital. t. 292. Perithecia gregarious, immersed, then erumpent and nearly free, the matrix tinged round them with a wide crimson stain, brownish black, globose, papillate, then collapsed, 150 » diam. Asci cylindrical-clavate; sporidia narrowly fusoid, subclavate, 3-septate, yellowish, 20 x 24 p. On stems of Coniwm maculatum, Studley Castle, November. 186. LEPTOosPHHZRIA MIcROSCOPICA Karst. Sacc. Syll. Fung. it, 09. Perithecia arranged in rows, singly or two together, covered by the raised unchanged epidermis, which is pierced by the minute round ostiole, globular or somewhat depressed, smooth, black, under the microscope subtranslucent, parenchymatous, scarcely or not at all papillate, 100-250 » diam.; asci with very short pedicels, broadly oblong-clavate, obtuse at apex, 90 x 15 1»; sporidia subtristichous, pale brown, triseptate, occasionally con- stricted, one or two loculi subinflated, oblong-fusoid, slightly curved, obtuse at each end, 24-28 x 6-7 yw; paraphyses few, slender, linear. On culms and sheaths of Dactylis glomerata and Phlewm pratense, Studley Castle (Wk.), Selly Oak (Ws.), Baggeridge Colliery (St.), July-December. I have also found, at Packwood (Wk.), a form of this approaching L. vagans Karst., distinguished by its slightly larger perithecia and spores, the latter measuring 34-38 x 11 py. 187. METASPHERIA CULMIFIDA Sace. Syll. Fung. ii. 174. Perithecia scattered, or two or three together in a row, covered by the epidermis which is unchanged in colour, at length splitting it and erumpent, ellipsoid or roundish, flattened at the base, with a short subconical ostiole, black, glabrous, shining ; asci oblong- clavate, fasciculate, very shortly stipitate, 90 x 14; sporidia fusiform, straight when seen from the front, curved when seen sideways, 3-septate, not constricted, eguttulate, pale yellowish, distichous, 25-30 x 6-9 p. On culms of Poa, Harborne (Wk.), July. 188. Pleospora thujz m. Peritheciis sparsis, emergentibus, rotundatis, 150 » diam., ostiolo minuto perforatis, atris, glabris, nitidis; ascis oblongis, breviter pedicellatis, 70-90 x 20 y, vertice rotundatis; sporidiis distichis, flavis, oblongo-clavatis, muriformi- bus, basi attenuatis, 20-25 x 7-9 w, junioribus inequaliter uni- septatis, hyalinis, ad septum constrictis (ad instar Spherelle), dein 4—5-septatis, loculis 1-3 septo longitudinali divisis, ad septum primarium semper evidentissime constrictis. In pagina exteriore squamarum coni Thuje occidentalis, socia JOURNAL OF Borany.—Vou. 50. [Frs. 1912.] E 50 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Pestalozzia conigena, Studley Castle, Mart. Perithecii contextus parenchymaticus, obscure olivaceus. 33a 189, ELEUTHEROSPHHRA LONGISPORA Grove. For description and figure see Journ. Bot. (1907) p. 171, t., 485, f. 3. 190. PHYLLOSTICTA HEDERICOLA D. et M. Sacce. Syll. vung, iil. 20. Spots large, roundish or irregular, whitish, surrounded by a broad brown border. Pycnidia epiphyllous, blackish, numerous, gregarious, globose, sometimes rather flattened, epidermis pierced by the short ostiole. Sporules oblong, a biguttulate, involved in mucus, 0-7 X 2-2} p. On ivy-leaves, Studley Castle, May; and Warwick Castle, July, August. Sometimes the margin of each spot is marked by several concentric borders with narrow intermediate bands of whitish brown, like successive waves on a beach. 191. PHyLLosticTa JAPONICA Thiim. Sacc. Syll. Fung. iii. 25. Spots large, arid, whitish, distinctly margined with brown, dirty ochraceous below. Pycnidia gregarious, numerous, epi- phyllous, minute, punctiform, long covered, then emerging coni- cally. Sporules numerous, ellipsoid, rounded at the ends, with a large guttula, 4-44 x 24-3 p», hyaline. On fading leaves of Mahonia japonica, Studley Castle, May. 192. PHoMA GROSSULARIZ 6. et 8. Pycnidia gregarious, black, shining, globose-depressed, some- what collapsed, 0°2-0°3 mm. diam., at first covered by the epidermis, then bursting through by the short obtuse ostiole. Sporules oblong-oval, hyaline, 6 x 4 wu. On twigs of Gooseberry, Studley Castle, November. The basidia were not seen. Texture of pycnidium olive-brown, paren- chymatous. With this were some pycnidia which appeared to be Dendrophoma plewrospora Sacc. (Syll. Fung. iii. 178). They were very similar to the others, but had shortly cylindrical sporules, 5 x 1 »; basidia very conspicuous and branched. 193. PHoma acicoua (Lév.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. iii. 100. Pycnidia single or two together, globose, erumpent, surrounded by the split epidermis, rugulose, black, 250-300 » diam. Sporules ovate-oblong, 6-9 x 4 yu, hyaline, biguttulate. On leaves of Scots Pine, Marston Green (Wk.), December. 194. PHoma PINIcoLA Sacce. Syll. Fung. iii. 100. Pycnidia large, conspicuous, erumpent, black, varying in shape, papillate or obtuse, thick-walled, arranged in rows. Sporules obovate, biguttulate, hyaline, about 10 x 4 p. On leaves of Pinus laricio, which were still attached to a branch that had been broken off, Studley Castle, October. Burst- ing through the epidermis in long lines, surrounded by laciniz. 195. PHoMA PRUNICOLA (Schw.) Sace. Syll. Fung. iii. Pycnidia gregarious, amphigenous, seated mainly in a large irregular cinereous spot which is visible on both sides of the leaf, NEW OR NOTEWORTHY FUNGI Ef bursting through the epidermis, which is sometimes torn into laciniz, black, ovate, opening by a pore which soon becomes very wide and irregular. Sporules oblong-elliptic, obtuse at both ends, usually faintly biguttulate, 9-10 x 34 p. On fallen dry leaves of Prunus Lauro-cerasus, Over Whitacre (Wk.), April. 196. PHoma prEusta Fckl. Sace. Syll. Fung. iii. 155. Pyenidia minute, scattered, black, depressed, each surrounded by a mass of brown hyphe which impart a scorched appearance to the spot ; ostiole short; sporules straight, oblong, continuous, with a minute guttula at each end, 6 x 14, hyaline. On dry bracts, capsules, and peduncles of Rhinanthus Crista- gal, Henley-in-Arden (Wk.), February. The spores were few and imperfect; some of the pycnidia contained fasciculate groups of what were evidently immature asci, but repeated searches failed to find any ascospores. In Wyre Forest (Ws.), September, I found what was almost certainly a state of the same species, on the same habitat, but this form was identical with Zythia rhinantht (Lib.), Sacc. Syll. Fung. iii. 615; Saccardo quotes Spheronema rhinanthi Lib. under both. In this case also the pycnidia were minutely parenchymatous, and dark brown under the microscope ; it was evidently not a Zythia, but a Phoma, but the contents of the pycnidia showed no mature spores. 197. Drenopia Buxi (Fr.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. iii. 3860. Var. MINOR 70. Pyenidiis ut in typo; sporulis valde variis, aliis ovatis con- tinuis uniguttulatis, aliis oblongis 1-septatis fuscis 16-17 x 7-8 p, muco obvolutis. , The sporules were in all stages of growth; some were ovate and continuous, others were distinctly uniseptate. ‘Some had one large guttula, others were darker and biguttulate; the smallest ones had no guttula. Also they varied in colour from nearly colourless to fuscous olive; the smaller they were the paler; the septate ones were the largest, e. g.:— Round or oval spores, nearly colourless Oval, pale brown, granular 1 Ovate, uniguttulate, darker . . sited Oblong-ovate, biguttulate, darker still . 1 Oblong-ellipsoid, uniseptate, fuscous 1 But they varied so much that any length could be found from 6 to 17 », combined with almost any width from 5 to 9 or 10 p. The mass of sporules was involved in a granular viscid globule, which dissolved slowly in water. On half-dead Box-leaves, Sutton Coldfield, January. The type specimens were on dead leaves of Box. 198. DiPLoDINA GRAMINEA Sace. Syll. Fung. iii. 413. Pycnidia ovate-depressed or oblong, often 2 or 3 in a longi- tudinal series, black, formed beneath the cuticle, which is elevated and pierced by the ostiole, and finally in the compound groups is rimose. Sporules elliptic-oblong or subcylindrical, obtuse at both E 2 52 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ends, tapering somewhat to the base, hyaline, delicately but clearly uniseptate, 14-16 x 4-5 p, occasionally slightly curved, rarely constricted at the septum. On culms of Dactylis, Selly Oak (Ws.), December. This seems to be so much like Saccardo’s species that, although that was on Cynodon Dactylon, it is hardly possible to consider it even a variety. Under the microscope the texture of the pycnidium was subtranslucent-olive and parenchymatous. On the lower part of-the same culm it passed into a leptostromatoid fungus, probably a Scirrhia (2 rimosa, forma Dactylidis), in which the interior was filled with a dense mass of roundish white cells (a sclerotium), without any traces of asci. 199. Stagonospora socia m. Pycnidiis atris, ostiolo brevi, ab iis Phyllachore junct, quibus immiscebantur, non distingu- endis ; subinde autem discretis, stromati non immersis, et tune minoribus. Sporulis oblongo-cylindricis, nonnunquam basi an- gustioribus, obtusis, hyalinis, 5-guttulatis (guttulis solito majori- bus), dein 4-septatis, 30-35 » x 10 p. In culmis exsiccatis Junct conglomeratt, Frankley (Ws.), Sept., socia Phyllachora junct. 200. STAGONOSPORA GRAMINELLA Sace. Syll. Fung. iii. 454. Pyenidia gregarious, globose, minute, black, innate, then piercing the epidermis by a minute round pore; texture parenchy- matous, subtranslucent-fuliginous. Sporules cylindrical, ends obtuse, 20-21 x 34 yp, 4-6 guttulate, hyaline. On leaves of grasses in a lawn, Handsworth (St.), September. CRYPTOSTICTELLA, gen. nov. Pycnidia erumpentia, globosa. Sporulee 2-pluriseptate, utrin- que 1-aristate, hyaline. Est Stagonospora, sed sporulis aristatis, vel Cryptostictis sporulis hyalinis predita. 201. Cryptostictella bractearum m. Pycnidiis erumpenti- superficialibus, minutissimis (60-100 m» diam.), dense gregariis, semiglobosis y. difformibus, atris, nitidis, subinde ruguloso-sul- catis, junioribus parenchymaticis, dein atris, carbonaceis, apice poro pertusis; sporulis paucis, cylindraceis, utrinque leviter attenuatis v. obtusis, e latere curvulis, hyalinis, 17-18 x 24-3 p, tenuiter 3—-5-septatis, non constrictis, sub utroque apice oblique l1-aristatis (aristis 12-14 x 0°75 yp), basidiis brevibus suffultis. (Tab. 516, fig. 41.) In pagina utraque bractearum Tlie europee, Studley Castle, Dec. 99. RHABDOSPORA PLEOSPOROIDES Sacc. Syll. Fung. i. 588. This species, which I have previously recorded (Journ. Bot. 1886, p. 137) on Rumex from the Farne Islands, has since occurred at Earlswood (Wk.) on stems of Heraclewm. 202. DiscULA MACROSPERMA (Peck), Sacc. Syll. Fung. iii. 675. Var. FRAXINI ™. Pyecnidiis imperfectis, sparsis, primo epidermide pustulata NEW OR NOTEWORTHY FUNGI 58 tectis, dein ea radiatim vy. suleatim fissa erumpentibus, atris, glo- bosis, 4-2 mm. diam., umbilicatis, denique patelliformibus. Sporu- lis hyalinis, intus granulosis, 30-40 x 12-13 yp, oblongo-ellipticis, basidiis rectis filiformibus 50 x 24 wsuffultis. (Tab. 516, fig. 13.) In ramis Fraxint excelstoris, Over Whitacre (Wk.), April. This variety differs from Peck’s species in possessing a distinct black pycnidium, which, however, appears to be made from the cortex ; it is at first globular, continuous all round, then opens at the top with an umbilicus, and gradually expands to a dirty whitish disc, surrounded by a black margin. The spores are remarkably large, and remind one of the conidia of a Perono- spora. They are straight in front view, but curved when seen from the side. There can be little doubt that Phoma hyalina Sacc. Syll. Fung iii. 88 (Spheropsis hyalina B. et C.) is the young state of this species. 203. Gleeosporium phacidiellum m. Maculis suborbicu- laribus, 4-14 cm. diam., albidis, margine angusto fusco cinctis ; acervulis epiphyllis, numerosis, minutis, dilute fuscis, translucen- tibus, tectis, dein epidermide fissa 3-4 laciniis (ad instar Phacidii) coronatis; conidiis oblongis, obtusis, granulosis fere achrois, 18-20 x 7-8y, basidiis crassis 40 x 6-7 p» suffultis. In pagina superiore foliorum viventium Pruni lawrocerast, Studley Castle, Mar. Presumably the pyenidium stage of Trochlia laurocerast. 204. Gleeosporium phillyrez m. Acervulis hypophyllis, non maculicolis, sparsis v. gregariis, atris, epidermide nigrificata tectis, dein poro albo pertuso erumpentibus, 150-250 ». Conidiis hyalinis, ellipticis, interdum subacutatis, biguttulatis, 8-9 x 2-24 p. In pagina inferiore foliorum emortuorum Phillyree medie, Studley Castle, April. 205. MarssoniA DenastReI Sacce. Syll. Fung. ii. 770; Trans. Brit. Myc. Soe. iii. 39. Spots roundish, indeterminate, pale yellowish, indistinct; acer- vuli small, round, elevated, pallid in centre, with a narrow brown margin. Conidia about 25 x 6 p, unequal, inzquilateral, clavate- pyriform, often curved, colourless, on short basidia, at length 1-septate below the middle, and oozing out as a white tendril. On both surfaces of the leaves of Lychnis diurna, Berkswell (Wk.), August. Except for the short basidia, the earlier stages, on the same leaves, exactly resembled Glaosporiwm lychnidis Oud. 206. Marssonia CaAstTaGNnel Sace. Syll. Fung. iii. 768. Epiphyllous, forming round, confluent brown spots, without any darker margin. Conidia 25-26 x 9 pw, oblong-pyriform or clavate, curved, hyaline, distinctly septate below the middle, not constricted at the septum, oozing out and forming whitish tendrils. On the upper surface of fading leaves of Populus nigra, Olton (Wk.), November. The spots covered more or less the whole surface of the leaf; under a lens, each spot could be seen dotted over with the little translucent acervuli of (undischarged) conidia, 54 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY The septum of the conidia was about 4-4 of the length from the base. 207. PESTALOZZIA CONIGENA (Lév.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. i. 792. Heaps of spores small, black, scattered or gregarious, erumpent, surrounded by the lacinie of the torn epidermis. Conidia fusoid, 4-septate, the three middle loculi dark olivaceous, middle one usually darkest, 25-27 x 7 »; pedicels short, very delicate; aristz a shortish, stiff, pellucid, more or less recurved. (Tab. 516, g. 12. ee of Thwya occidentalis, Studley Castle, March. On the same cones was Pleospora thuje m.; see no. 188. 208. Mucor puumBEeus Bon. Abh. Nat.-forsch. Ges. Halle, vill. 109 (1864). Mucor spinosus Van Tieghem (1876); Fischer, Phycom. p. 203; Trans. Brit. Myc. Soc. i193, pl. 9, fig. 8; Grove, Journ. Econ. Biol. vi. pt. 2, p. 38, pl. iii. figs. 1-9. Sporangiophore 4-1 cm. high, branched. Sporangia round, up to 80 » diam., brownish, at length black. Columella oblong or pear-shaped, provided at the summit with several (1-15) short stumpy or spiny processes. Spores spherical, smooth, 4-6 or even 8 » diam., with a distinct greyish brown tint. On various substances, Birmingham. There was mixed with it a variety (var. recurvus m., l.c.), in which the branches were curved arcuately downwards. Some observers have found the spores of this species to be rough, not smooth. 209. PERONOSPORA ALSINEARUM Casp. Fischer, Phycom. p. 402. Conidiophores in dense whitish tufts, 200 « high, dichotomous above; conidia ellipsoid, varying much in size and form, 26-29 x 16-21 ». Oospores roundish, bright chestnut-brown, marked with a regular net-work of strong ridges. On Spergula arvensis and Stellaria media. Oospores were abundant in early autumn, especially in the leaves, in both cases. 210. PERONOSPORA POTENTILLE De Bary, Fischer, Phycomye. . 473. Conidiophores forming small dense clusters here and there, 300 x 500 » high; stalk slender, 4-5 times dichotomous in the upper one-third. Conidia ellipsoid, pale violet, about 22 x 16 p. Oospores not seen. On the under side of leaves of Potentilla Fragariastrum, Bewdley (Ws.), August, September. Also on Sanguwisorba offici- nalis, Water Orton (Wk.). On the former, the conidiophores are mixed with the hairs of the leaf, which are longer than they, and so are not easily to be seen, were it not that the parts of the leaf which they occupy are distinctly visible on the upper side as pallid spots, each exactly delimited by venules. 211. Prronospora atta Fckl. Fischer, Phycomye. p. 483. Conidiophores in loose scattered tufts, chiefly on the under side, greyish, occupying large patches which show pale yellowish on the upper surface of the leaf, single or two or three together emerging from the stomata, slender, 200-400 » high; branches confined to the upper third, 5-6 times forked, erecto-patent, un- NOTES ON PLANTAGO 55D dulately curved, branchlets acute curved, last fork producing two very unequal branchlets, of which the longer is mostly §-shaped, and the shorter strongly recurved. Conidia large, broadly elliptic, rounded at both ends, 29 x 21 p. On Plantago major, King’s Norton (Ws.), July, August. The oospores of this species are said to be unknown. 212. STILBUM ERYTHROCEPHALUM (Ditm.) Sacce. Syll. Fung. iv. 567. Gregarious, rather crowded; stem short, white, pubescent, obconical, crowned with a roundish, convex, rosy-orange head. Conidia ovoid, 5-6 x 24-3 pw, hyaline. (Tab. 516, fig. 10.) On dung of rabbits, Randan Woods, October. Stem about do mm. high, clothed with delicate white hairs, and broadening gradually upwards. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Puate 515.—1. Oospora hyalinula, x 250, and spores, x 500. 2. Gdo- cephalum glomerulosum, a, X 50; b, nead of spores; c, two heads denuded of spores and free spores, x 300. 3. Penicillium ovoideum, a, x 500; b, Coremium form, X 250. 4. Sporotrichum chrysospermum, a, x 150; b, hypha and spores, x 500. 9d. S. terricolum, a, x 300; b, spores, x 500. 6. Botrytis violacea, a, X 500; b, spores, x 1000. 7. Ovularia primulana, x 500. 8. Ramularia primule, spores, X 250. 9. Fusoma tenue, spores, x 600. 10. Tridentaria setigera, X 600. 11. Ramularia taraxaci, x 500. Puate 516.—1. Hormiscium callisporum, x 500. 2. a, Periconia pycno- spora, X 250, and mature spores, x 500; b, P. Desmazieri, x 500. 3. Zygo- desmus fulvus, X 250. 4. Helminthosporium inconspicuum, hypha, x 200, and spore, X 500. 5. Scolecotrichum graminis, a, x 350; b, spores, x 500. 6. Heterosporium gracile, spores, x 200. 7. Septosporium elatius, a, x 80; b, spores, x 250. 8. Alternaria tenuis, x 500. 9. Hymenula callorioides var. corticis, a, fertile hypha, x 500; b, sterile hypha of the sporodochium, x 250. 10. Stilbum erythrocephalum, xX 80, and spores, X 500. 11. Cryptostictella bractearum, spore, X 1000. 12. Pestalozzia conigena, a, spore, x 500; b, X 750. 13. Discula macrosperma var. fraxini, spores, a, front view; b, side view, x 500. NOTES ON PLANTAGO. By Ruta M. Carpew, F.L.S., anp EH. G. Baker, F.L.S. In working at the genus Plantago for Dr. Moss’s Flora, the following points of interest have come under notice, in which we are not in entire agreement with other writers on the subject. PLANTAGO MONTANA Hudson, Fl. Angl. p. 53 (1762). Dr. A. Brand, in the third edition of Koch’s Synopsis, Band iii. p. 2193, 1903, has taken the name P. montana Huds. to be the same as the P. montana of Lamarck, a plant of Switzerland, &c. Lamarck (Illustr. i. 34 (1791) ) diagnoses his P. montana and quotes Plan- tago alpina angustifolia Bauhin, Hist. iii. 506, as a synonym. This is well figured by Sturm (Deuwtschlands Flora, Heft 88, tab. 1 (1843)), and is entirely different from the P. montana of Hud- son—a plant which Hudson himself, in the second edition of the Flora Anglica, reduced to a variety of P. maritima. See Journ. Bot. 1907, 23, where the matter is fully discussed. 56 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY P. SCORZONERZFOLIA Lam. Illustr. p. 342 (1791). This plant was established by Lamarck on P. armenia scorzonerefolia, Tournef. Cor. 5, 1703, from the Orient. There is a specimen from Tournefort of his plant in the National Herbarium. It has long, narrow leaves densely villose at the base. Dr. Williams considers it synonymous with P. maritima L. var. latifolia Syme, and names it var. scorzonerifolia Williams. We think it cannot be placed with var. latifolia, as the leaves in Tournefort’s type are not particularly broad. P. mirsura Gilibert, Fl. Lithuanica, i. p. 17 (1781). In inglish Botany (ed. 3, vii. p. 172 (1867) ), Syme describes a var. hirsuta of P. maritima L. from the Orkneys, which Dr. Williams considers synonymous with P. hirsuta. We have been unable to find specimens of this plant in herbaria, and more information seems desirable before accepting this identification. P. aupina Linn. Sp. Pl. 114 (1753). Buchanan White in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. vol. x. 171 (1870), records P. alpina L. for alpine pastures, Ben Voirlich, Dumbartonshire. The leading characteristics of this species are :— (a) The lanceolate-linear or linear leaves narrowed at both ends, + thin, generally 3-nerved—the lateral nerves nearer to the margin than to the midrib. (0) The ovate, pointed bracts. (c) The capsules are shorter than in P. maritima L. It may be added that the plant generally blackens when pressed. Continental authors generally consider P. alpina L. as a distinct species, though closely allied to P. maritema L. and P. recurvata L. We should be grateful for British specimens of any plants possessing the above characters, as the occurrence of the true plant in Britain is doubtful. Specimens may be sent to Botanical Dept., Natural History Museum, South Kensington. P. CoronoPus var. crITHMIFOLIA Willkomm, in Willkomm & Lange, Prodr. Fl. Hisp. 2, p. 8359 (1870). We are much indebted to Professor Henriques, of Coimbra University, for specimens of this variety. The leaves are + 4 cm. long, not carnose, hirsute, bipinnati-partite, with the rachis dilated towards the apex, sub- trinerved, laciniz oval-lanceolate, and the peduncles ascending. From the following localities British specimens in Herb. Mus. Brit. agree with this description :—Coast, Cladach Kirkibost, N. Uist, W. A. Shoolbred (in part); Sanday, Orkney, Laing; Isle of Walney, H. Hodgson; Dunnett, Caithness, HE. S. Marshall. Signor Béguinot, in his “ Revisione monographica del genere Plantago,” in Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. vol. xviii. tay. xiv. fig. 4, (1911) figures a plant which greatly resembles the above, under the name var. Columne. P. Coronopus var. LATIFOLIA DC. FI. France ili. p. 417 (1805). De Candolle founds this yariety on P. Columne of Gouan’s Ilustr. p. 6 (1773), and describes it as having “la feuille trés grande et un NOTES ON PLANTAGO 4% | peu différemment découpée.”” There are types of Gouan’s plant in Herb. Kew, but neither in the type nor in Gouan’s description has the plant a broad rachis to the leaf. The name seems, there- fore, due to a misconception. Grenier & Godron (FI. de France, ii. 72 (1852) ) and Rouy & Foucaud (FI. de France, x. 123 (1908)), describe a plant with a broad rachis. The var. latefolia of French authors is therefore a plant with a broad rachis, but the plant on which it is founded has a very narrow one. Gouan quotes as synonyms “ Coronopus maritimus minimus Bauh. Prod. p. 98 (1620),” and ‘“‘Coronopus Neapolitanus tenwifolius Col. Eeph. 158 [258] (1606), icon. bona,” but we are unable to find this figure, unless 1t be the ‘‘ Coronopus lac.” figured in pt. 2, p. 71. On the opposite page to the description of it on p. 2058 is a figure of “ Plantago pilosa lacimata Apula,’ a plant with a broad rachis, and we think this may have given rise to the misquotation. This latter is P. Serraria Linn. Sig. Béguinot considers that var. Columne Gouan is in part P. Coronopus L. var. latifolia, and identifies with it ‘ Coronopus laciniatus folio, Columnze Donati, Sempl. p. 30 (1631),” doubtfully quoting Columna’s Coronopus Neapolitanus tenutfolius as a synonym. P. MACRORRHIZA Poir. Voy. Barb. p. 114 (1789) (macroriza). Decaisne in DC. Prodr. xiii. i. 732 (1852) considers this synony- mous with P. ceratophyllon Hoffm. & Link, and Dr. Williams in his Prodromus, p. 364, adopts the name P. macrorrhiza Poir. for the British plant recorded by one of us as P. Coronopus L. var. ceratophyllon Rapin (Journ. Bot. 1897, 257, t. 371). But P. macrorrhiza seems to us quite distinct from P. ceratophyllon in the following contrasted characters :— P. ceratophylion. P. macrorrhiza. Root thick, long. Root thick, woody. Leaves rather long, erect or sub- | Leaves short, spreading in a erect, 10-15 cm. or longer, rosette, 2°5-5 cm. long, spa- subpinnatifid, laciniz remote. thulate, inciso-dentate, teeth Scape 15-20 cm. imbricate mucronate. Spike 2°5-14 cm. Scape 5-15 cm. Bracts longly acute, sub-sqar- | Spike 2°5-7 cm. rose, equalling the flowers. Bracts longer than the flowers. Capsule generally tri-loculayr. Capsule generally bi-loculayr. P. macrorrhiza and P. crithmoides Desf. Fl. Atl. i. 140 (1798) are synonymous and are well figured by Boccone (Sic. 30, t. 15, f. 2 (1694). If this figure be compared with that of P. ceratophyllon (fl. Portugatse i. 431, t. 74 (1809) ), the great difference in the configuration of the leaf will be seen. We are inclined to consider the British plant a variety of P. Coronopus, but Mr. J. A. Wheldon, in an interesting letter to one of us on the plant known to him from Blackpool, considers it ought to be separated from P. Corono- pus. He writes: ‘I should say it has never been fully described yet as probably all or most of the Herbarium plants are young. But in age the plant gets very large, divides repeatedly at the 58 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY crown of the roots, and forms a dense cespitose tuft which could not be dried without subdivision. The plate (Journ. Bot. 1897, t. 371) admirably represents the younger state, the erect leaves giving it quite a distinct look, but in older plants the crowding of the leaves still erect gives them a different appear- ance, longer and narrower and more toothed.” The plant figured by Béguinot in his Revisione as P. Coronopus var. cerato- phyllon, does not agree with the figure of P. ceratophyllon in the Flora of Portugal. WAYFARING NOTES IN RHODESIA.* By R. F. Rann, M.D., F.L.S. (Concluded from vol. xlix. p. 249.) AcatypHa. A. villicaulis Rich. (no. 1384), A. Allenie Hutch.+ (nos. 1385, 1386), A. czliata Forsk. (no. 1388), and Tragia sp., near JT’. Schinzw Pax t (no. 1387). All are nettle-like, and all are moneecious. The first two have anemophilous flowers. No. 1387 is entomophilous. No. 1388 requires further study, and may prove to be entomophilous. Its ‘“drip-tip”’ is noticeable, few Rhodesian leaves having that feature; it is usually seen in her- baceous annuals whose short life begins and ends with the rains. A. VILLICAULIS Rich. The styles and stigmas are red. The apical position of the female flowers, while giving free access to wind-borne pollen, preserves them from the pollen gravitating from the male spikes lower down upon the stem. There is also the advantage that in time of fruit the exploding cocci have a wider range and an uninterrupted flight. A. Attentt Hutch. The styles and stigmas are green. No. 1386, the same species as No. 1385, shows a curious character. The apical female spike, after its fruit is well set, develops a prolongation of its axis which bears male flowers; this, after the male spikes lower down upon the stem have withered. Lateral branches lower down upon the stem may be found bearing female spikes, and the late male development may be with a view to their pollination. The reversal in the position of the flowers in the ageing plant is interesting. TRAGIA sp. near J’. Schinziz Pax. A loose, straggling herb, with stinging hairs. The racemes are carried upright, all the flowers being male with the exception of the lowest one, which is female. Male flowers.—Perianth-lobes 3. Stamens 3. Filaments short, bowed outwards, carrying a hooded anther above, the opening into « The specimens referred to by numbers are in the National Herbarium. + Named by Mr. John Hutchinson. t Provisionally so named by Lt.-Col. Prain. WAYFARING NOTES IN RHODESIA 59 the hood looking downwards and inwards towards the axis of the flower. The hood is acuminate above, the tip turned inwards, those of the three anthers touching in the middle line. The pollen-grains are ranged in a line just within the rim of the opening into the hooded cavity. This polleniferous line is wanting above. The hood protects the pollen from the rain, abundant at this season (December). The walls of the cavity are probably nectariferous, as flies may be seen probing it. The pollen-grains are slightly sticky. Female flower.—The perianth is large and protective, and accrescent in the fruit. There are three unbranched stylar arms, each coiling outwards in crosier-fashion, their upper convex sur- faces only being swollen and stigmatic. The flowers of this plant are frequented by flies, among which one with an orange-coloured body is conspicuous. The capsule is explosive, going off with a sharp crack when touched, throwing the cocci to a distance of several yards, the cocci at the same time opening to release the seeds. CRINUM sp. (no. 228). In flower in mid-December. The long perianth-tube is ballooned above into a water-tight, flask-shaped cavity, pointed at the end. The flower is slightly zygomorphic, there being a little bulging at the side towards which the stamens lean. The anthers are versatile and black in colour. They dehisce before the flower opens. The style is nine inches or more in length, and straight. The stigma, like a small pin’s head in size, is papillose at the crown. It is kept firmly pressed against the inner surface of the apex of the bud, and is thus shielded from auto-pollination. It escapes as the flower opens. The effort to secure a cross by a bending aside of the stamens rather than by a diversion of the style, the more general case, is interesting. CEROPEGIA sp. (no. 1399).* A climber, with milky juice, twining around the stem of a small shrub. Flowers yellowish white. Calyx dotted with dark, brownish purple spots. Corolla- tube slightly hairy within along a line just above the level of the cuculli. Corolla-lobes with out-turned edges uniting at their tips. The eversion of the edges of the lobe forms a keel at the throat of the tube, and the five keels thus formed nearly block the tube. The cuculli are upright, bending slightly outwards above. The anther-tips are broad and erect, one opposite each cucullus. The pollinia were not seen, as the specimen was immature. Corpus- culum showed two short retinacula projecting horizontally. CEROPEGIA ABYSSINICA Dene.+ (no. 1400). Erect in habit. Height about one foot. Growing beneath trees upon the kopje. Leaves, stem, calyx, and its awl-like lobes, softly hairy. No milky juice. Flowers erect, drooping after fertilization. Corolla aver- * The flowers of this are too young to permit of the plant being named with certainty. _t This is a remarkable “‘ find,” since the species has been known only as a native of Abyssinia, 60 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ages three-quarters of an inch in length, consisting in its lower half of a tube somewhat inflated below, narrowing above at the point whence the lobes spring. The lobes spread out to meet again in firm union at their tips, where they form a small round button. They enclose a cage-like space. The edges of the lobes are slightly reflexed below, but, above, where they are greenish in colour and firmer in texture, the reflection is much stronger. Externally the tube is of a pale purplish tint, while just below the middle point of the tube there is a regular band or zone, about one-eighth of an inch in width, which is dull white in colour and semi-transparent. The general colour of the corolla within is a deep purplish black, the colour being denser in the upper portion of the flower. Upon removing the corolla-lobes and looking within the tubal portion of the flower, the object of the pale white band, seen from the outside, is at once apparent. It isa window which lights up the dark purplish black cuculli and the column which occupy the depths of the tube. At the extreme lower end of the tube is another light which illumines the lower portion of the column from below. The column is very short and crowned by the cuculli, whose limbs arch over it, meeting in the axis of the tube and then again curling outwards. The cuculli are united below into a circlet which clasps the head of the crown like a coronet. Opposite each of the five corpuscula and the stigmatic slits sub- tending them, the encircling portion of the cuculli shows a light- coloured, clear, crescentic portion, bounded upon either side by a tuft of bristly hairs, doubtless directive in their function. The insect thus has a clear, lighted path to the stigmatic slits. The remaining portions of the cuculli are deep purplish brown in colour. A few short, dark, and bristly asperities, mostly collected in the middle of the crescent, give the insect a sure foothold. The stigmatic lobes project as an obtuse angle. The anther- tips are fleshy, orange-yellow in colour, and curl inwards towards the axis of the flower. The corpusculum is slightly expanded above, somewhat like a nail-head. Retinacula are scarcely exis- tent, the pollinia being nearly sessile upon the corpusculum. The pollinia are egg-shaped, with a small transparent keel-like process, whose function it may be to engage the slit-like entrance to the stigmatic cavity. In this flower, light is the lure which entices the insect to explore the recesses of the tube. The cage-like superstructure wards off undesirables. Looking within the tube one sees the diverging tips of the cucullias a dark, star-shaped centre. Outside of the star are the five semi-transparent crescentic portions of the cucullar ring, a shaded spot in the middle of each marking the position of the roughened path to the stigmatic slits and corpus- cula. The combination forms a design as beautiful as the motive is ingenious. 61 SOME LITTLE-KNOWN BRITISH BOTANISTS. By James Britten, K.S.G., F.L.S., anp G. §. Bouncer, F.L.S. WHILE preparing a new edition of our Biographical Index of British and Irish Botanists we have met with the names of cer- tain persons about whom comparatively little is known. We believe that most of them have done sufficient botanical work to entitle them to appear in the Index; but of many of them we know little more. than names. We are anxious to learn further particulars as to the dates and places of their births, deaths, and burials, their full names and any references to their lives, portraits, or works, other than those which already appear in the Indez, in which most are already included. We shall be much obliged to anyone who will furnish us with such information additional to that which is already given in our book or its supplements. Any information may be sent to Mr. Britten at 41 Boston Road, Brentford, Middlesex :— Apams, Joun, F.L.8. Of Pembroke. Drowned about 1830. AGNEW, J. (fl. 1781-4). Drew fungi. ALEXANDER, H. T. (fl. 1833-45). Of Cork. Surgeon. Auiom, EnizaABeTH ANNE (fl. 1841). Of Margate. Algologist. Amos, Wiu14m (fl. 1804). Of Brotherstoft, Lincolnshire. Agri- cultiurist. Aprsoun, Mrs. (fl. 1855). Wife of Prof. James Apjohn. Algologist. Aram, Wiuutam (fl. 1770). Of Norwich ? ARMITAGE, JAMES (d. circ. 1838). Of Birmingham. Artis, EpMuND TyrReELu (fl. 1825). Asuury, W. H. (fl. 1850), M.D. Of London. ATKIN, GEoRGE (d. 1862 ?), M.D. Of Hull. Atwoop, Rey. E. Marcus (fl. 1858-63). Bavcock, Ricuarp (fl. 1745). Of Kensington. Baker, H. C. (fl. 1836). Captain, Bengal Artillery. Bau, ANNE HE. (fl. 1840). Of Youghal. Algologist. Barp, Samueu (fl. 1763). American pupil of Dr. John Hope, Edinburgh. Barker, — (fl. 1697). Of Beccles. See Journ. Bot. 1901, 72. Barton, Joun (fl. 1812-30). Of Chichester. Baucuop, J. C. (fl. 1840). Of Edinburgh. Beut, Miss (fl. 1832). Of Norfolk. BENNETT, JOHN WuitTCHURCH (fl. 1830), F.L.S. Brppurpx, Susanna (fl. 1790-1808). Of Southampton. Algologist. BryFiecpD, Rey. Epwarp (d. before 1813), A.L.S. Of Spettisbury. Buinkworts, Ricwarp (fl. 1830). Collected at Kumaon. Bouun, Epmounp (fl. 1700-2). Of Charleston, 8. Carolina. Boswarva, J. (fl. 1860). Algologist. Of Plymouth. Bourne, Epwarp (fl. 1794). Bravery, Henry (fl. 1779). Collected in China. Bricuan, Rey. Jamzs B, (fl, 1833-44). Of Banchory. 62 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BricKELL, Dr. Joun (fl. 1730-45). Of North Carolina. Bropiean, THomas (fl. 1830). Of Pilltown, Meath. BRoMFEILD, WiuuiAM (fl. 1757). Brown, Joun (d. 1873). Secretary, Edinburgh Field Club. Brown, JoHN WituiAm (1834-59). Of Otley, Yorkshire. Bruce, R. (fl. 1801). Indian collector. See Journ. Bot. 1906, 238. Burpon, Mrs. (d. 1885). Of Castle Eden. Burcess, Henry W. (fl. 1827-31). Artist. BurnNeETT, JAMES (fl. 1836), M.A. CastTLE (or CastTuEs), Ropert (fl. 1840). Of Twickenham. CuarstEy, Miss Fanny Anne (fl. 1867). Of Beaconsfield. CHATTERLEY, WinLIAM Mappox (fl. 1839). Hon. Sec. Bot. Soe. Cuinps, A. P. (fl. 1857). Author of ‘ Brit. Bot. Field Book.’ Cuitty, Sron Casiz (fl. 1834-59). Of Madras. CHURCHILL, JAMES Morss (fi. 1831), F.L.S. CrapHAM, ABRAHAM. Pteridologist. Cruark, Wixu1am (fl. 1826). Cuark, WinuIAM Barnarp (fl. 1840), M.D. Of Ipswich. CuarKE, Mrs. Louisa Lane (fi. 1852-65). Algologist. CuaRrKE, GeorGE (fl. 1840). Of Mahé, Seychelles. CruemEnts, — (fl. 1760). Of Isleworth. Cuinton, Dr. (fl. 1829). Of Dublin. Prof. Med. Bot. Couuins, JAMEs (fl. 1872). EF.B.S.Hd. Economic Botanist. Coutins, Dr. (fl. 1820). Of Barbadoes. Convin, Lord (fl. 1718-20). Friend of Patrick Blair. - Convitn, Wiuutram (fi. 1830). Of Arbroath. Conway, CHARLES (fl. 1836). Of Monmouth ? Cowes 1, M. H. (fl. 1839). Of East Kent. CoxHEaD, Henry (fl. 1842). CRESSWELL, Rev. R. (fl. 1846). Of Saleombe and Sidmouth. Cricuton, Rev. Artuur (fi. 1818). Curr, — (fl. 1783-1800). Of Teddington. Grew rare plants. CuLLen, WinL1AM Henry (fl. 1849), M.D. Of Sidmouth. Curt, Dr. (fl. 1890?). Of Rangitikei, New Zealand. Pteridologist? Curror, A. B. (fl. 1840), M.D., R.N. CUTLER, CATHARINE (d. 1866). Of Sidmouth. Algologist. Davy, Davin Enisua (fl. 1805). Of Ufford and Yoxford, Suffolk. Dean, WiuutAm (fl. 1824). Gardener at Croome d’Abitot. Dene, JAMEs (fl. 1809). Author of ‘ English Botanist’s Companion.’ Dickson, Epwarp Dauzen (fl. 1840), M.D. Of Constantinople. Dickson, JosEPH (fl. 1839-74), M.D. Dickson, Rh. W. (fl. 1806), M.D. Of Hendon. Doveuas, JOHN (fl. 1864-5). Of Straffam, Kildare. DRESSER, CHRISTOPHER (fl. 1859-86). Designer. Duck, J. N. (fl. 1852). Of Bristol. eee ey (i. 17602). MS. descriptions of New England plants. Duncan, Rey. JoHn Suute (fl. 1825-31). Keeper of Ashmolean. (To be continued.) 63 EIGHTEENTH CENTURY WOMEN BOTANISTS. (THE following tribute to the women botanists of the eighteenth century is not likely to be known to many of the readers of the Journal and seems of sufficient interest to deserve reprinting. It is taken from the Primtie Flore Essequeboensis of G. F. W. Meyer, published in 1818, p. 199.—Ep. Journ. Bort.] Britannie summo maris imperio potitae, populisque orbis terrarum vel remotissimis re et ratione conjunctae, jam ex antiquis- simis temporibus optima occasio ad thesauros rerum naturalium accipiendos et colligendos data fuit. Quae cum naturae indaga- toribus summis et artificibus ingeniosissimis fecunda sit, nec non opibus tam publicis quam privatis, quae sumtus in libros iconesque edendas—licet maximos—faciendos affluat ; mirum videri sane non debet, quod permagnam partem operum, quae scientiae gravis- simis et splendidissimis adnumeranda, Anglisdebeamus. EHtiamsi tamen et aliae terrae interque eas Gallia praeprimis quae cum Britannia conferantur dignissimae sint, Britannia tamen ante omnes observatori eo conspicua redditur, quod et Feminae in studio botanico fovendo atque excolendo excellant, et patriae operibus botanicis nitorem inducere cum vero eruditionis artisque amore cordi habeant. Supra solita feminarum negotia evectae literarum studium juvant, et egregiis factis saeculi decorem extol- lentes, integram sui memoriam gratae posteritati relinquunt. Jam ante multos annos ELISABETHA BLACKWELL, et seriori tempore Celeberrima LAvRANCE operibus, quae classicis haud im- merito adnumeranda, famam sibi paraverunt.—Nobilis virgo HutcuHins nuperrime Bontajae in Hibernia defuncta, a Clar. Ros. Brown in Hort. Kew. Tom. 4, p. 82. instituto genere Hutchinsia nec non a Clar. Hooker in Jungermanniae generis splendidissima Monographia, cui titulus British Jungermanniae. London. 1816. in tabula prima proposita Jungermannia Hutchinsiae sempiternae memoriae tradita, botanices adeoque difficillimae hujus partis cryptogamiae studium ferventi amore coluit. Plures novas stirpes detexit, aliasque primum in Britannia legit, et sic egregia addita- menta ad opus, cui titulus English Botany exhibuit. Herbarium insigne collegit, quod nunc una cum relicta copia elegantissimarum iconum et analysium plantarum ab ea ipsa delineatarum in manus Clarissimi Dawsonis TurNER pervenit. Plures tabulae in illius opere magnifico quod inscriptum: F'ucz, seve plantarum fucorum genert a botanicis adscriptarum icones, descriptiones et historia. Londint. 1808 seq. Vol. 1-4. a Celeberrima Hutchins depictae sunt. (conf. t. 135. 187. 196. 227. etc.) Kodem modo Cel. Dinuwyn opus, cui titulus British Confervae. London. 1809. per eam ador- natum est. Sed et inter nunc viventes feminas plures eximio rei botanicae amore atque felicissimo in plantis delineandis ingenio eminent. Liceat nobis nonnullarum nomina cum honoris praefatione hic commemorare. Domina Anna Runge, uxor Illustris Epvarpi Rupes Londini, 64 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY femina nobilissima et ornatissima, cujus in gratiam Nymphaeam Rudgeanam nostram nominavimus, omnes icones ad opus mariti, cui titulus Plantarum Gujanae icones et descriptiones hactenus in- editae. Lond. Vol. 1. 1805. pertinentes, summa artis laude concin- navit. Quarum iconum elegantissimarum indolem habitumque naturae fidissimum, an exactitudinem botanicam qua delineate sunt, magis admireris, vix constare videtur. Ad secundam etiam partem operis dicti icones jam ab ea confectae sunt. Nee non delineationes in Vol. X. Transact. Societ. Linn. ab commentationem A Description of several Species of Plants from New Holland, p. 288 tradidit. Domina Marra TURNER, wuxor viri clarissimi de re botanica meritissimi Dawsonr TurRNER Yarmouthi, femina varia multi- plicique rerum cognitione imbuta, in edenda quam supra memora- vimus F'ucologia delineationibus elegantissimis, quibus eam conde- coravit, eximiam laudem reperit. Tabulae quas delineavit et accuratissimis fructificationis partium analysibus illustravit, literis M. T. inseriptae sunt, et ad optimas operis pertinent. (conf. tab. 100. 136. 140. 141. 145. 151. 157. 166. 171. 194. étc.) Filiae ejus amabiles Marta Turner, conjux Celeberrimi HooKER Halesworthi et EnisapeTtHa TurNER Yarmouthi parentium non modo ingenium, verum etiam cultum et eruditionem referunt. Ab ineunte aetate alterioribus literis artibusque dedite, botanices etiam studium coluerunt. Domina Hooker plures novos muscos invenit, et tam ea ipsa quam soror supra memorata magnam copiam iconum hucusque ineditarum muscorum frondosorum et hepaticorum partim delineaverunt, partim per matrem in chaleo- graphia eruditae aeri inciderunt. Praeter nobiles feminas, quas insigni modo de re botanica meritas hic nominatim exhibere nobis licuit, in opere Britannize maximum decus adferente, quod inscriptum Hnglish Botany, or coloured Figures of british Plants, etc. auct. Kpw. Situ et JAM. SoweERsy, vol. i-xxxiv. London 1780 seq. plura exempla commem- orata leguntur, quibus feminae, plantis rarioribus observatis vel communicatis libri editoribus faverunt. SHORT NOTES. ALLIUM SPHHZROCEPHALUM L.—As there seems to be a some- what general idea amongst botanists that Allzwm spherocephalum is never bulbiferous, and as it is bulbiferous, viviparous, and cap- suliferous, the following statement may be of interest. Many years ago I collected on a rocky slope at Martigny (Switzerland) some plants of this species with the bulbs. There were no bulbils in the flower-heads. I grew them in my garden (rich loam) in which there were no other Alliums. The next year all the flower- heads except one were bulbiferous or viviparous, in some instances mixed with a few flowers. I wrote to the Rev. E. F. Linton, who said that A. vzneale L. must have got into the garden. AsI was my own gardener, I knew that it was not so, but there the matter SHORT NOTES 65 had to rest for a time. Some years later I was in Jersey during the flowering season, and Mr. Piquet.took me to the habitat of A. spherocephalum in St. Aubin’s Bay. I collected several of the large flower-heads with the bulbs, and planted them in my garden in quite a different part to the Martigny plants, which had died out. In the flower-heads when collected there were no bulbils. They behaved exactly as the Martigny plants had acted. I sent specimens to Mr. EH. F. Linton, and he, with quite proper caution, refused to accept them as sufficient proof that this Allowm is bulbiferous. I then wrote to Mr. Piquet, who replied that he was quite satisfied that A. spherocephalwm is both bulbiferous and viviparous, and he sent me a series of specimens in every stage. I sent part of these to Mr. Linton, and he thought that I had made out a strong case. It will be noticed that the weak link in the evidence from Mr. Linton’s point of view would be that Mr. Piquet might have collected the flower-heads where A. spherocephalum and A. vineale grew together. To eliminate this objection I again, on a recent visit to Jersey during the flowering season, collected some of the large flowering-heads with the bulbs, and planted them in another garden. They behaved in exactly the same way as before, being bulbiferous and vivi- parous, with here and there a flower but no flower-heads. It would seem, therefore, that when A. spherocephalwm is grown on a rocky slope, as at Martigny, or in blown sand, as in St. Aubin’s Bay, there is a decided predominance of pure flower-heads; but that when grown in rich loam, as in my two gardens, there are practically no pure flower-heads and only rarely a few odd flowers. I must not let it be supposed that I have been destroying a rare plant. I have not taken from St. Aubin’s Bay more than a dozen bulbs. As great. changes are taking place in the bay very de- structive to the flora, it is probable that in a few years A. sphero- cephalum will be extinct there (Mr. Lester-Garland considers it is doomed), I felt I was doing no harm therefore in collecting a large quantity of seed and sowing it in the blown sand of the Quenvais. For fear, however, of causing confusion in the future, I want to put it on record that I sowed the seed on a spot where A. vineale was plentiful. Since writing the above, the Rev. E. 8. Marshall has drawn my attention that Rouy (flore de France, vol. xii. p. 353) mentions under A. spherocephalum a var. 3 bulbi- ferum.—E. W. Hunnysun. _ Dorset Puants (p. 27).—I think my recent brief paper on Lyme Regis plants has been misread by Mr. Linton. My records are stated to refer to the district near Lyme, and this being on the confines of Dorset and Devon, two lists are given showing in which vice-county the plants were observed. No allusion is made to District A of Mansel-Pleydell’s Flora of Dorset, but as Lyme is at its extreme south-west corner, the Dorset localities must perforce fall within it. The specific habitat for Faniculum vulgare was intended to supplement the general station ‘‘ Lyme Regis”’ of the Flora (ed. 2); and Sleeck Wood, near Uplyme, for “which JOURNAL OF Botany.—Vor. 50. [Fxs. 1912.) F 66 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Daphne Laureola was recorded owing to indigenous appearance is correctly shown for Dorset. Four species growing near Uplyme, but across the boundary, appear in the Devon list. Petasztes ovatus was mentioned because, although the Flora states it to be generally distributed, I have never seen it anything but local in any part of Britain: in the Flora of Hants, ed. 2 (1904), it is said to be ‘“‘not common; absent in Wight,” and is recorded for six only out of twelve districts. With regard to Glyceria pro- cumbens and Festuca rottbellioides, the nearest station to Lyme shown in the second edition of the Dorset Flora is Burton Brad- stock, which is some distance to the east of Bridport; and although Golden Cap, from which Jasione montana is recorded, is much nearer, yet it is well outside the radius of the Dorset localities in my paper.—H. W. PuGsLey. JOHN SNIPPENDALE.—In Journ. Bot. 1910, p. 142, appeared a question as to this person, of whom I then knew nothing. I have now found his name in Linneus’s Brbliotheca Botanica (1736, p. 73), whence it appears that “Joh. Snippendalius” was Professor of Botany in the ‘“ Hortus Medicus Amstelodamensis,” of which he published a Catalogue in 1646. No further information is given in the later editions of the Bzbliotheca, although these in other cases often supplement the first edition. This Catalogue is also mentioned in the first edition of Pritzel’s Thesawrus (p. 279), where the author’s name is spelt ‘‘Snippendal.”—James Britten. REVIEWS. Vergleichende Physiologie. By Auaust Pirter. Pp. vii + 721; 174 figs. Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1911. THE comparative method has been used with great success on the morphological side of biology ever since the doctrine of evolu- tion breathed new life into the dry bones of anatomy. On the physiological side, however, the rise of the comparative method has been of much slower growth. Physiologists have felt natur- ally that experiment was the chief weapon with which to attack their particular problems. But of late years it has been realized that even in this branch of biology comparison may prove a very valuable, though subsidiary, method for the elucidation of nume- rous physiological questions. The term comparative physiology often is applied erroneously to the study of the physiology of organisms other than man. True comparative physiology is concerned with the fundamental unity of the life-processes of all living organisms, 7. e. the general biological problem of organization, metabolism, and irritability. It is with such questions that Dr. Putter is concerned in this weighty book of over seven hundred pages. The author points out that the study of the physiology of the lower animals, of plants in general, and of bacteria have all been carried on to a large extent on independent lines, by workers more or less ignorant VERGLEICHENDE PHYSIOLOGIE 67 of the achievements in other branches. An attempt is here made to discuss the problems of the fundamental processes of life in the light of the results obtained from all the various branches of bio- logical study. It is clear that the task is no light one, for the field to be surveyed is of great extent, but the author must be con- gratulated on the laborious care with which the most pregnant physiological results have been collected from biological literature generally, and the skilful way in which they have been combined to elucidate the various problems. The first chapter deals with the physical and chemical nature of protoplasm; then the important question of metabolism is brought under survey, and a sharp distinction is made between Betriebstoffwechsel and Baustoffwechsel, which roughly corre- spond to our constructive and destructive metabolism. In this chapter respiration in plants and animals is dealt with in a most illuminating way, and the variety of materials consumed in this process is well brought out. When one considers that such diverse substances as hydrogen, methane, ammonium salts, nitrites, sulphur, hydrogen sulphide, thiosulphates, and ferrous salts can all be oxidized in respiration, Pfliiger’s conception of that process as a combustion of the protoplasm itself becomes hardly tenable. It may be noted that in dealing with fermenta- tion the work of Potter (Proc. Roy. Soc. 80, 1908) is overlooked, for the statement is made that no organism has yet been found capable of acting on carbon itself. In the third chapter the processes of nutrition are passed in review, the phyto-synthetic assimilation of green plants being first considered. The different types of nutrition are discussed, and the unsatisfactory nature of the distinction between auto- trophism and heterotrophism is pointed out. The disputed question of the mode of nutrition of aquatic animals is fully discussed. Pitter naturally supports the view, which he first put forward some years ago, that the vegetable life of the water is not sufficient to supply the needs of the animal life. He brings forward strong evidence that many aquatic animals absorb all, or a major portion of, their nutriment from dissolved organic sub- stances in the water. In the case of one of the Daphnide (water-fleas) the capacity to live for some time and develop in aquarium-water containing no solid material has been definitely shown. In later chapters the exchange of material, the conditions of life, the conversion of energy in the organism are considered, and finally the phenomena of irritability and the nervous system in general. The author shows a thorough grasp of problems in plant physiology, due largely, no doubt, to Pfeffer’s stimulating work which Dr. Piitter acknowledges to have made a lasting impression on his outlook on biology. The book can be confidently recommended to botanists as a work in which the zoological aspects of physiological problems are combined with the botanical in a most illuminating way. V. H. BuackMan. 68 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Vortrdge tiber Botanische Stammesgeschichte—EHin Lehrbuch der Pflanzensystematik. Von J. P. Lotsy. Bd. iii—Cormo- phyta Siphonogamia, Erster Teil. 8vo, pp. 1055, tt. 661. Jena: Fischer. 1911. Price 30 mark. — 3 Wirx the completion of this volume Dr. Lotsy approaches the end of his great work on the special morphology and classification of the great plant groups. One-third of the present ponderous _ volume is devoted to Gymnosperms, the remainder to a portion of the Angiosperms. The book is profusely illustrated; but after allowing for the space occupied by the figures there remains sufficient subject-matter to render the volume one which will demand the very serious consideration of the student, and which will provide the teacher with much matter for reflection. Dr. Lotsy, with the indefatigable energy which he has shown throughout this important work, has not only brought together facts, but has also considered the various theories on the origin and relationships of the different groups and their divisions. And having considered these, Dr. Lotsy does not hesitate to give his own opinion on the matter in question and arrange his subjects” accordingly. Hence, while it is improbable that his system will | meet with general acceptance—there is a vast deal to be done, for instance, before we can fully understand the relationships of the constituent divisions of the Angiosperms—Dr. Lotsy’s work must demand consideration as a capable attempt to solve some of the problems involved in these relationships. It is impossible in the scope of a short review to do justice to the mass of facts and suggestions which Dr. Lotsy has brought together, but some idea of the nature and arrangement of the subject-matter may be given. First, as regards the Gymnosperms, to which eleven lectures are devoted. They are studied under two heads—Conifers and Gnetales. The Conifers are divided into two groups—Florales and Inflorescentiales; the former includes the Podocarpinee, Araucarimee, and Cupressinee, in which, in the author’s opinion, the female ‘“‘cone” represents a flower; the latter includes the Taxinee, Taxodinee, and Abietinee, in which the female cone represents an inflorescence. The position of Taximee in the second group is explained by Cephalotaxus, which is regarded as. a connecting-link. Between the two groups “there appears to be no direct relationship,” at any rate their common origin lies very far back. For while there is every reason to derive the Inflorescentiales from the Cycad group, the origin of the Florales is obscure. The author suggests that they have sprung from the vascular cryptogams before the differentiation of the great Cycad group, which has given rise to the younger division, the Inflore- scentiales. Gnetales are exhaustively considered, and Pearson’s suggestion of their division into Hphedroidee (Hphedra) and Gnetoidee (Gnetwum and Welwitschia) is adopted. The author concludes that the group represents the end of a developmental- series, and therefore the Angiosperms cannot be derived from it. In his arrangement of the Angiosperms Dr. Lotsy has been BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 69 much influenced by the views of relationships put forward by Dr. Hallier. In his treatment of the second great group of seed- plants, he starts from the Polycarpice—Hallier’s Proterogenes— which includes the following families: Anonales, Piperine, Ranales, Nepenthales, Aristolochiales, Rhaadine, and Hamameline. But while practically accepting Hallier’s definition and views of rela- tionship of these families, Dr. Lotsy breaks into the series by deriving from two different portions of it the great group of the Monocotyledons. Incidentally he discusses the origin of Monocotyledons, and while fully agreeing with Miss Sargant in deriving them from dicotyledonous ancestors, he cannot admit that all Monocotyledons are syncotylous. Heterocotyly must also be considered, and in this respect, for instance, he regards the Gramine@ as retaining a trace of the second cotyledon in the epiblast. In a word, the Monocotyledons are not monophyletic, but have been derived by at least two paths of descent from the Dicotyledons. Hence, in Dr. Lotsy’s arrangement, the spadicifloral Monocotyledons follow the Piperales, while the rest of the group finds its place immediately after the Ranales. In the arrangement of the second and larger phylum he follows Wettstein, and begins with the Helobiee, of which Alismacee is regarded as the most primitive order; next come the Lzlzflore, in which the type reaches its strongest deve- lopment, and from which extreme adaptation to insect pollination has led to the development of the Scitaminee and Gynandre, and extreme adaptation to wind-pollination to the development of the Glunuflore. A departure from Wettstein’s arrangement is the derivation of Enantioblaste from Helobie and not from Lilifiore. It must not, however, be supposed that, in starting with the Polycarpice, Dr. Lotsy is convinced of the superior antiquity of this series as compared with the Monochlamydee. The question is broached in his introductory chapters on the angiospermous flower, but is left unanswered. Dr. Lotsy returns to it in the last chapter after a discussion on the definition and constitution of the Hamameline, and on Casuarina and Juliana. But he can arrive at no decision. Facts are wanting to decide between the two opposing views, each of which embraces alternatives. Is the angiosperm flower a strobilus and derived from a unisexual Cycad flower, or from an hermaphrodite strobilus like that of Bennettvtes ? Or is it an inflorescence, and to be derived from Bennetitztes (supposing, with Lignier, the Bennettites fructification to be an inflorescence), or, as Wettstein has suggested, from Hphedra-like ancestors? The author can only reply, ‘‘ Ich weiss es nicht.’’ Pe iSeckn BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ¢ée. THE announcement in April last of the death of CHARLES Du Bots LArRBALESTIER, at St. Helier’s, Jersey, must have come to many like an echo of far-away days. He was one of a group of keen field botanists who, between forty and fifty years ago, devoted 70 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY themselves especially to the study of lichens, and collected these little-known plants in all parts of the country. To their labours we owe the discovery of many rare species, and the high position we now hold in lichenology. Charles Larbalestier was a native of Jersey. When, in due course, he entered St. John’s College, Cambridge, his love of natural science was already strongly deve- loped, and while still a student he became an associate of the Ray Club, with such well-known men as Sedgwick, J. Couch Adams, and C. C. Babington. After taking his M.A. degree, he went as tutor to reside in Connemara, where he devoted himself specially to the study of lichens, and found many species not only new to Ireland but new to science. Nylander, the great Continental lichenologist, was then at the height of his activity, publishing in Flora from the year 1863 onwards list after list of new European lichens; and in these the name of Larbalestier continually occurs : the Irish records bear dates from 1870 to 1877. During that time Larbalestier visited the Channel Islands and made useful collections there: between the years 1867 and 1872 he issued his Lichenes Ca@sarienses et Sargienses—two hundred and eighty specimens in about six fascicles. He was in close communication with Leighton, who was then preparing the third edition of his Lichen-Flora, and who (in 1879) dedicated the volume to him— ‘To no one,” he writes, ‘can I more appropriately dedicate this third edition of my Lichen-Flora than to you, whose marvellous researches in the West of Ireland and elsewhere, conducted with consummate skill, zeal, and perseverance, have added so largely to our knowledge, and whose unvarying kindness and friendship in communicating authentic specimens of novelties have rendered me service in the preparation of this work.’ About this time (1879-81) Larbalestier began to issue his Lichen Herbarium of three hundred and sixty specimens in nine fascicles, collected chiefly in the east and south of England and in West Ireland. In 1882 he became a Fellow of the Linnean Society. Leighton dedicated two lichens to him—both unfortunately identical with species already described; a more recent discovery, Microglena Larbalestiert A. L. Sm., will, it is hoped, remain a permanent record in our Lichen Flora. After a period of comparative rest, Larbalestier began again his work of collecting while residing at Cambridge; he issued in 1896 a fascicle containing thirty-five specimens of “ Lchenes exsiccati circa Cantabrigiam collect,” of which very few copies seem to have been published. In his later years Larbalestier retired to St. Helier, where he died on April 4th, 1911. We are indebted to his friend the Rev. E. L. Bloomfield, Rector of Guestling, near Hastings, for many of the above parti- culars. Larbalestier’s own collection of specimens was bought by Mr. Wm. Cadbury for the University of Birmingham; but during his lifetime he gave freely to his fellow-workers, and many of his specimens included in the lichen herbaria of Joshua, Holl, Pigott, Davies, Crombie, and others have come into the possession of the British Museum.—A. L. 58. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 71 At the meeting of the Linnean Society on Dec. 21, the Presi- dent, Dr. D. H. Scott, referred to the loss sustained by the Society in the death of Sir Joseph Hooker, beyond doubt their most dis- tinguished Fellow. He was elected June 7, 1842, over sixty-nine years ago, and served on the Council, with only short intermissions, from 1846 to 1884; he was Vice-President during a great part of that time, and exercised a great influence on the affairs of the Society. Much of his best work, so far as it was not in book- form, was published by the Society—his memoirs on the Flora of the Galapagos Islands, the distribution of Arctic plants, and the classic memoir on Welwitschia mirabilis. The Society hoped to have the honour of publishing his latest work, on the genus Invpatiens, on which he was actively engaged during the last years of his life. The following Resolution was then moved from the chair :—‘“ The Fellows of the Linnean Society of London, in General Meeting assembled, desire to place upon record their profound sense of the loss to the Society and to the world of science, occasioned by the death of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker on the 10th December, and their pride in his having been a Fellow of the Linnean Society for nearly seventy years, during which, by his scientific contributions to the Society’s publications and his advice throughout his many years of service on the Council, he greatly added to the prestige and efficiency of the Society.” The Resolution was carried unanimously, the Fellows rising in their places. THE Proceedings of the Linnean Society for 1910-11 contains among other interesting matter Mr. Gepp’s report of the results of deliberations of the Brussels Congress as to the nomenclature of algze, mosses, hepatics, and ferns and a history by the General Secretary, Dr. B. Daydon Jackson, of the portrait of Linneus by Alexander Roslin (of which a reproduction is given), with remarks on the ‘‘ Lapland drum”’ represented in Hoffmann’s frontispiece to the Flora Lapponica; Dr. Scott’s presidential address and the usual obituary notices are also included. THe work of Kugenio Rignano, now translated by Mr. Basil C. Harvey under the title Upon the Inheritance of Acquired Characters (Chicago: Open Court Publishing Co., 1911, price 3 dols.), appeared for the first time in French in 1906, and attracted some attention as the work of an engineer—very conversant with the literature of the subject with which he was dealing—rather than a professed biologist. The writer commences by the somewhat remarkable statement that Haeckel’s fundamental biogenetic law that ontogeny is a recapitulation of phylogeny is ‘“‘ now perhaps irrefutably ’’ established, a dictum with which probably few biologists would find themselves in agreement ; indeed, one of the most recent writers on the subject, Professor Kellogg, goes so far as to say that ‘‘the recapitulation theory is mostly wrong; and what is right in it is mostly so covered up by the wrong part that few biologists longer have any confidence in discovering the right.’’ The author’s theory—his centro-epigenetic hypothesis—is that the 72 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY germinal substance, although limited to a single zone and separated and differentiated from the rest of the soma, nevertheless exer- cises its epigenetic, formative action upon all the rest of the organism and during the whole of development, without under- going any alteration whatever through this participation in deve- lopment. We cannot say that his exposition, though interesting, seems to bring us any nearer to the solution of the difficulties which it proposes to explain. In Ferdinand Filarszky’s Botanische Ergebnisse ae For- schungsreisen. von M. v. Déchy 1m Kaukasus we have a general account of the collections amassed during several expeditions to the Caucasus, partly by von Déchy but chiefly by collectors who accompanied him. The determination has been effected by various experts, whose names are given in the introduction. Altogether forty-seven new plants are described, twenty-one being flowering plants. The plates are collotype reproductions from drawings by A. Javorka, K. Czdégler, E. Levier, Ch. Cuisin, and one or two others. The text extends to 126 pages, unhappily printed on the so-called art paper, highly calendered and faced with china clay, which does not promise to last. The enumeration is followed by a bibliography and list of stations. THE Journal of the Friends’ Historical Society for August last contains an interesting article by Mr. W. F. Miller on “ Sydney Parkinson and his Drawings,” which includes a summary of all that is known about him and his parents, and a letter from Par- kinson to Fothergill, written during the voyage of the Endeavour (on which, as is well-known, Parkinson accompanied Banks as botanical draughtsman) and hitherto unpublished. THE number of the New Phytologist published on December 23 contains an interesting account of the “floristic results” of the International Phytogeographical Excursion in the British Isles undertaken last autumn by various British and Continental botanists. The results are summarized by Mr. G. C. Druce, the author of the account, who ‘feels, as a floristic botanist, that in future he must not be content. with merely looking at or studying the individual, but must also investigate its neighbours and environment.” ‘Through the acumen of Dr. Ostenfeld,” he says, “a new water-lily [Nymphea candida Presl] and a lady’s mantle [Alchenulla acutidens Buser] have been added to our flora, Prof. Massart pointed out a new ‘variety’ of Sagina nodosa [S. glabra Fenzl] and Dr. Graebner urged that Juncus ranarivus has claims to specific rank. Prof. Graebner also showed the members a variety Hrike of Calluna vulgaris, which Prof. Ascheron had named after Frau Erika Graebner, while Dr. Lindman directed attention to a hitherto undescribed form of Polygonum aviculare.” Mr. Druce also describes numerous varieties and indicates further possibilities in the way of additions of names to our lists. JEAN Baptiste HpovuarD Bornet, the veteran algologist, died in Paris on the 8th December, 1911, at the age of 83, Pa eae ae Pas ; - pinsr Sipe in “the. ‘Prineipled of: Bléwer Classification according to the Natural System. _ By Rev, A. C. Morais. | os: “The useful little compilation is just what it professes to be, snéetited for be- _~ ginners in the study of Field Botany. . . . The definition and explanation of terms * are ery good. . It should have a rent sale.”’—Journal of Botany, July, 1909. See well adapted for the use of beginners.”’—Gen. Sec. Linnean Society. Price 7d. post free. . London: WEST, NEWMAN ¢€ CO., 54 Hatton Garden, E.C. ae i 21 eS. wg) eae = ny - aah 4 a — w ~ Rie - zal * ae 5 Ben Journal of Botany Reprints. BounD SEPARATELY IN Paper Cover. Price 1s.6p. Postrace Ip. = THIRD SUPPLEMENT TO THE BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH & IRISH BOTANISTS. 954 pp., Demy 8vo, Cirorn extra, Price 9s. 6p. Net. mp os ot BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX DECEASED BRITISH a IRISH BOTANISTS. | JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., ELS, & G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S. BOUND UP TOGETHER WITH FIRST (1893-97) & SECOND (1898-1902) SUPPLEMENTS. — The Surrtements can also be had separately, price 1/6 each; postage 1d, fie BRITISH =ROSES.. By Masor A. H. piece ae DOD. 144 pp, eve 3s... PosTAGE 2p. Excluding a Price 2s. 6p., PosTaGe 2p. The Subsection Eu-caninz PRICE Qs. pees 1p. A List of British Roses London: WEST, NEWMAN. & Co., 54, Hatton Garden. NEW ) APPARATUS Ee OR PHOTOMICROGRAPHY A Ses _ © OF TRANSPARENT AND OPAQUE pehiiet ss oo ‘ ~ FROM LOWEST TO HIGHEST MAGNIFICATION. § #£§- _ SPECIAL APPARATUS FOR WHOLE INSECTS. NEW APPARATUS FOR THE DIRECT PROJ ECTION in Natural Colours of MICROSCOPICAL SLIDES, LANTERN SLIDES, OPAQUE OBJECTS (such as Book Illustrations, Photo Prints, Diagrams, Skin Diseases, &c.), and SPECTRA; all combined in one apparatus, or separately, as desired. PROJECTION MIGROSCOPES. ELECTRIC LANTERNS. Microscopes for all purposes, Microtomes and Knives, Aplanatic Pocket Lenses, Prism Field and Opera Glasses, Photographic Lenses, &c. 2 E. LEITZ, e. iINEW ADDR 18 BLOOMSBURY SQUARE, LONDON, W.C. (A few doo! rs from the British Mahony FOR SALE. | PGutanisches Centralblatt Vols. 69 to 115, first 20 vols. bound in buckram, and rest in Sou Nos. (one missing). Offers invited :—. Z ss W., 38, GREAT QUEEN STREET, LONDON, W.C. ~ e aN ~ = , | f > s 50 pp., Demy 8vo, IN PaPeR Cover. PRricE 2s. POST FREE. = Zz ; NOTES ON. THE FLORA OF DENBIGHSHIRE. By ARTHUR A: DALLMAN, F.C.S. 3 Dae Same ears ee. Pp, 32, witH 2 PLATEs, IN Paper Cover. PRICE 2s., POSTAGE ID. THE BRITISH PANSIES. By HK. eS ee DS¢52 2:8: FLORA of GLAMORGANSHIRE a. By H. J. RIDDELSDELL, M.A. . et WEST, NEWMAN ¢& CO., 54, Hatton Garden, London, E.C. Z fi r 1912 6s. post free) should 3 & Newman ai aa . MARCH, 1912, Vol. JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN | 4 =o ee BDITED BY JAMES BREFTEN, K.S°C) >. Fee s (PUBLISHED MONTHLY.) “Sa : ! CONTENTS | 3 ‘| PAGE | PAGE || George Robert Milne Murray (1858- | Revirws :— ~ 1911) (with pane?) — JAMES Anleitung zur Bestimmung der _ Brirren ... 13 Karbonpflanzen West-Europas. - Samuel Corbyn’s ees of Cam- By Dr. W. J. Jonemans .. 3 bridge Plants. By G. CuaripGE Das Phytoplankton des Siisswas- Druce, M.A., F.L.S. Sat fete oe sers mit besonderer Beriiksichti- \ gung des Vierwaldstattersees. _ Algological Notes.—V.—IX. Bg G.S. By Dr. Hans Bacumann .. .. 98 West, M.A., DiSe., PLS. .. 79 A Short Flora of Cambridgeshire _ Mu hdrell B chiefiy from an ecological stand- & nee Ooiee MEA ene - i 89 point, with a History of its : chief Botanists. By BS EES Malva sylvestris L. By HE. Aprran Evans, M.A. aE rae 99 Wooprurre-Pracock, P.L.S. .. 92 Etudes sur le Flore dee Distcite: The Genus Salicornia in Denmark. des Bangala et de lUbangi. me By Gi Moss, D.Se... ... ... 94 Plante Thonneriane Congo- ‘lenses. Par E. pr Winpreman 100 , Suone Norrs. — Dissected Leat of Horse-radish (Armoracia rusti- Book-Notes, News, &e. .. .. .. 101 cana Gaertn.)—Plantago setacea “Tt _ Edmonston—Sagina nodosa var. SuprpLemMpnt.—The Genus Fumariays: “ monilifera Lange—Ulmus Plotii L. in Britain. By H. Wi Rugs’ Or | —Allium spherocephalumL. .. 9 LEY, B.A. (continued) / LONDON \M 3 wast, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, B.C: . DULAU & CO:, SOHO SQUARE Price One Shilling and Kightpence |. ee ay: Ps a a A, te Be ets Cll f eee ban va ik ee - * Bey AR rg ay a SR om! } 2 sae \ mii { ae, ieee sa) ) i: +: ee - JAMES JOURNAL OF BOTAN ¥ : BRITISH AND FOREIGN: See — EDITED BY ; 2 BRITTEN, K.8.G., F.L.S. ee THE he ouRNAL oF Borany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann. In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for 1 Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the _ covered by no other periodical. Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is | It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and - punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. _ Especial prominence has from the first been given’ to British botany, and it may safely be-said thas nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publications has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and important books written by competent critics : in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in no way officially connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled - them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. In 1896 it became necessary to increase the size of the Journal, owing to the number of papers sent for publication: ae number of. plates was at the same time augmented. Subscriptions (16s. post free) and advertisements vat later than the 24th of each month) should be sent to West, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, London ; communications for publication and books for review to The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford. The volumes for 1884 to 1895, bound in cloth, can still be had, price 14s. each, or £7 10s. the set. From 1896 to 1911, bound in cloth, can be had at £1 Is. each. Cases for binding 1911 volume, ‘and blanks for previous volumes can be had _price Is. 6d. each. AUTHORS’ SEPARATE COPIES.—Contributors are presented with six copies of their papers as printed in the Journat or Botany. Authors who require more are requested to order from the publishers, and to notify this and state the number required at head of their MS.; otherwise the type may be distributed before the order is received. 2pages 25 copies ” 50, 39 100 3° The charges ior special separate copies are as under :— 4s,|4 pages 25 copies 5s.| 8 pages 25 copies 8s. Od. ds. 5s DOS 6s. 3 a0 5 9s. Od. 75. se MD = 2 8s. > 100 5, Se eGieeee A eeeniet number of pages to be charged in equal proportion. Separate Titles, For articles supplied as printed in the Journal, and not re-made up, the Wrappers, &c., extra. charge is considerably less. London: WEST, NEWMAN .é Co., 54, Hatton Garden. Se ee fe ~)__ GEORGE ROBERT: MIENE. MURRAY 73 GEORGE ROBERT MILNE MURRAY. (1858-1911.) (WITH PORTRAIT.) A NAME for many years familiar to readers of this Journal has been removed from the list of British botanists by the death of George Robert Milne Murray, which occurred at Stonehaven, Kineardineshire, on the 16th of December last. He was born at Arbroath, Nov. 11, 1858, and educated at the High School there; after this he went to Strassburg, where he studied under De Bary, and, returning to London, was towards the end of 1876 appointed as junior assistant in the Department of Botany in the British Museum, the whole of which was then contained in the building at Bloomsbury. Here the fungi and algee were placed in his charge. Those who remember the cramped condition of the Department in the old building will be able to contrast it with its extent at present; those who donot may form some idea of this when it is stated that the work of arranging the fungi had to be carried on in a small and uncomfortable iron gallery erected for the purpose. Murray had fully utilized his stay at Strassburg, and his knowledge of the German language and literature proved of great value, not only to the Department, but also to this Journal, to which he at once became a contributor; a note from his pen on the reproduction of the Ascomycetes appears in the issue for March, 1877. In 1878 he was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society—this, apparently, in exception to the Bye-law which states that ‘‘no person shall be capable of being elected a Fellow until he shall have fully attained the age of twenty-one years.”” In 1879 he contributed the article on Fungi to vol. ix. of the Encyclopedia Britannica; one on Vegetable Parasitism appeared in vol. xviii. (1885). The transference of the botanical collections to South Ken- sington, 1880, was mainly conducted by Murray, who in the new Museum found sufficient space for the proper arrangement of the ceryptogams—an occupation which naturally required much time and trouble. In 1882 he was entrusted by Huxley with investi- gations into the salmon disease, in connection with which he published three reports, extracts from which will be found in this Journal for 1885, pp. 302-308; the “potato fungus” had previ- ously engaged his attention. In this year he became lecturer of botany at St. George’s Hospital Medical School—a post which he held for four years. From this time onward Murray’s work was practically confined to Marine Alge. In 1887 he published (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.) a catalogue of the Ceylon Algz in the British Museum, and in 1888-9 printed in this Journal a list of West Indian Alga, largely based on the Museum collections and on his own observations during the Solar Kclipse expedition in 1886, to which he was attached. In 1889 he published, in conjunction with A. W. JOURNAL OF Borany.—Vou. 50. [Maron,1912.] «a 74 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Bennett, a useful and needed Handbook of Cryptogamic Botany, which was reviewed at great length in this Journal for the same year (pp. 277-286). In 1891 Murray published in the Transactions of the Liverpool Biological Society a paper on the distribution of Marine Algz in time and space, which is highly spoken of by Batters in this Journal for the same year (p. 254). In the following year appeared under his editorship the first number of Phycological Memozrs, which was projected to contain the researches made by a small school of algological students that he had established in the Department; the second part appeared in 1893, and the third in 1895; to this he contributed several papers. In the last-named year he became Keeper of the Department of Botany on the re- tirement of Mr. Carruthers and published his Introduction to the Study of Seaweeds, which at once took its place among useful handbooks. In 1897 he was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society. It is not intended to give here a complete list of Murray’s numerous contributions to botanical literature: an enumeration of those in this Journal alone which included biographies and reviews—the latter often amusing and good specimens of his literary style—would occupy considerable space. The memoirs on Avrawnvillea, Boodlea, and Struvea may be cited as good examples of his systematic work. He was an enthusiastic collector; under this head I cannot do better than quote a note contributed to the Times of Dec. 21 by one who had been his companion on the voyage described :— ‘He was quite indefatigable in the collection of the minute vegetable organisms present in sea-water, crossing the Atlantic to the West Indies or to Central America several times for the pur- pose of collecting during the voyage. From the Scotch Fishery Board steam yacht, the ‘Garland,’ he collected Diatoms in almost every one of the Scotch lochs. Not only was he enthusiastic himself, but his enthusiasm was so infectious that he was able to persuade several captains of ocean-going steamers to learn the method of collecting Diatoms, and to collect material for his studies while they were voyaging in the Atlantic, Pacific, Arctic, and Indian Oceans, and in the Red and the China Seas. In 1898 he himself chartered a tug and proceeded in the month of November to a part of the Atlantic three hundred miles west of Ireland, where the depth quickly increases to as much as two miles, to collect organisms at numerous measured intervals between the surface and the ocean bed; on this voyage he was accompanied by Prof. V. H. Blackman, Professor J. W. Gregory, Mr. L. Fletcher, Mr. J. E. §. Moore, and Dr. L. Sambon. That part of the ocean was so far from the beaten track that no other boat was sighted within a space of ten days. Just as the more important work was finished a gale came on of such violence that a train running on the nearest land was blown completely off the rails.”’ As a result of these voyages, the study of plankton began to absorb Murray’s attention; his observations contributed to a Report of the Fishery Board of Scotland are reprinted in this GEORGE ROBERT MILNE MURRAY 75 Journal for 1897 (pp. 387-395); his last contribution to our pages was on Atlantic Diatomacee (Journ. Bot. 1903, 275), the material for which was collected by himself and Mr. Blackman in 1897. In 1901 Murray was appointed temporary scientific director to the National Antarctic Expedition and edited the Antarctic Manual for the use of the staff of the ‘Discovery.’ It had been intended that he should accompany the ship to Melbourne, but the decision to go direct to New Zealand compelled his return when he had reached the Cape, on account of his official duties at the Museum. The preparations attendant on the voyage, in which Murray was keenly interested, necessitated much work on his part and frequent absences from the Museum, and the consequent excitement acted unfavourably upon his constitution. In the earlier part of the year Murray had to give evidence on behalf of the Department of Botany before the Committee appointed to consider the relations between the botanical work and collec- tions at the British Museum and Kew, and the knowledge that there was in some quarters a strong feeling in favour of the amalgamation of the two establishments naturally made this an anxious task. On his return from the Cape, his excitable con- dition was very noticeable, and the death of his wife in the following year further affected his mental balance. He still con- tinued his interest in matters botanical, notably those connected with the Linnean Society; but his power of concentration had become seriously relaxed, and caused much anxiety to his col- leagues. As time went on, the symptoms of strain became more pronounced, and when, in July, 1905, he tendered his resignation, their regret was accompanied with a certain sense of relief. On leaving the Museum, Murray abandoned botanical work and retired to Stonehaven, where his holidays for many years had been spent. From this time his former colleagues heard little or nothing of him, and the announcement of his death, the immediate i of which was cancer of the throat, came as somewhat of a shock. Those who knew Murray at his best period, at which the accompanying portrait was taken, will endorse the estimate of the writer in the Z%mes already quoted: ‘He was an excellent com- panion, very kind-hearted, always ready with help and sympathy for those who needed it.” He had a fund of amusing anecdote with regard to himself and others; and if non é vero were objected to any of his narrations the compliment é ben trovato could not be withheld. He was a good lecturer and had an excellent literary style. When he was appointed Keeper of his Department, I said: ‘His uniform brightness, his geniality, his readiness to help, and his unfailing courtesy, will secure for him the good wishes of his numerous friends”*; and it is with a feeling of sadness at the termination of what promised to be a long and brilliant career that I lay down my pen. JAMES BRITTEN. * Journ. Bot. 1905, 185. G 2 76 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY SAMUEL CORBYN’S CATALOGUE OF CAMBRIDGE PLANTS. By G. CuaripGe Druce, M.A., F.L.S. SoME years ago, on the death of the veteran botanist William Pamplin in 1899 (see Journ. Bot. 1899, 521), his herbarium, contain- ing plants of his Welsh parish, Llanderfel, near Bala, and a con- siderable quantity of botanical correspondence came into my pos- session. Among the latter was a list of Cambridge plants, in the handwriting of Samuel Corbyn. Of this botanist I have been unable to obtain little information, but an examination of the books at Trinity College revealed the fact that he was admitted to that college (from Worcestershire) on June 18, 1648. It is somewhat remarkable that Ray, who was his contemporary at the same college, has never referred to Corbyn, who was evidently a capable botanist, in any of his works. Whether religious differ- ences, which then ran high, was the cause can only be surmised. There is a letter dated Nov. 4, 1656, from Trinity College, showing that he was for some time in Cambridge, which I conjecture may have been written to William How. It runs as follows :— ‘‘Sir,—Some of your plants are gratefullie accepted of to us as being rare, so shall I have heare sent you a Catalogue of those plants out of our gardens with which we conceive you are not furnished, and shall request that you in your letter to mee, to returne a Catalogue of your garden or field plants which you thinke are rarities with us soon we shall thinke of convenient wayes to make exchanges. I shall be readie to acknowledge youre favours I have or may receive from you. Iam your friende to serve you. —§. CoRBYN. ‘¢Trin, Coll. in Cambridge, Noy. 4, 1656. “T know not whether you may be furnished with most of those all ready therefore you may be pleased to write [me] word that those are which you desire and I with friends shal endeavour to supplie you if I can, and I shall in like manner upon further in- tercourse acquainte you with our desires. In youre next letter I shall intreate the seeds of those which I indicated from you.” Then follows a list of forty-seven species, including ‘ Pulsa- tilla, Gramen Parnassi, Myrtus Brabantica, Osmunda regalis, Antirrhinum minimum, Herba Paris, Pes Cati flo. albo, Jacobza montana lanuginosa, Triorchis, Rubeola arvensis repens, and Calamintha montana minor,’ which may be presumed to be wild plants of the vicinity. Corbyn’s list of Cambridge plants is especially interesting since it precedes Ray's Catalogus by three years. His names are taken from Gerard, Herbal, 1633 (he abbreviates the reference to the Herbal to ‘‘G.,’ or Parkinson, Theatrwm, of 1640, which is cited as ‘‘P.”’). I have added modern synonymy. Two plants, Melampyrum cristatum L. and Senecio paludosus L. are mentioned SAMUEL CORBYN’S CATALOGUE OF CAMBRIDGE PLANTS 77 for the first time in this list as British species. The list is entitled ‘A Catalogue of Plants, First those which growe wild with us about Cambridge, except those mentioned in Text. 20 May, 1657.” “Sambucus aquatica G. 1424” = Viburnum Opulus L. ‘Ribesium sylvestre, found in Kent and Bedfordshire” = Ribes rubrum L., already recorded by Turner in the Herbal of 1568. “ Bifolium ” — Listera ovata Br. “Nummularia minor fl. purpurascente G. 630” = Anagallis tenella Murray. “Polygala fl. cerule & purpureo G. 563” = Polgala vul- gars L. “Valeriana sylvestris major et minor G. 1675” = Valeriana sambucifolia Mikan et V. officinalis L. “Viburnum G. 1490” = V. Lantana L. ‘‘ Anemone nemorum alba G. 383” = Anemone nemorosa L. “ Anagallis lutea nemorum G. 618” = Lysimachia nemorwm L. “Veratrum nigrum; Helleborastrum P. [G.] 976” = Helle- borus viridis L. “ Liysimachia lutea minor G. 474,” probably L. vulgaris L. “ Ranunculus flammeus major G. 961” = &. Lingua L. ‘‘ Brassica marina monospermos I. Anglia G. 315 found at Hyde in Kent” = Crambe maritima L. ‘“ Circeea Lutetiana.” “ Linum Catharticum G. 550 [559].” “LL. sylvestre ceruleum |. angustifolium czruleo flore maiore Park 1335” = LD. perenne L. “ Serratula G. 713” = S. tenctoria L. ‘‘Cotyledon palustris Park. 1214” = Hydrocotyle vulgaris L. “ Lamium luteum P. 606” = L. Galeobdolon Crantz. “ Lathyrus maior latifolia G. 1229” = L. sylvestris L. ‘“Orchis Serapias bifol. sive trifolia minor P. 1350” = Habe- naria bifolia Br. ‘‘Coronopus Ruellii G. 427” = C. procumbens Gilib. ‘‘Caucalis minor flore rubente Park. 921 G. 1022” = Caucalis arvensis Huds. “Conyza maior Baccharis monspeliensum G. 792”? = Inula squarrosa Bernh. | “ Trachelium minus G. 449” = Campanula glomerata L. “ Kruca aquatica G. 248” = Radicula sylvestris Druce. m “Raphanus aquatica Park. 1226 ([1228]” = R. amphibea ruce. “ Pinguicula i. Sanicula Eboracensis G. 788” = Pinguicula vulgaris L. ‘“Gramen tomentosum G. 29” = Eriophorum polystachion L. ‘Solanum lethale” = Atropa Belladonna L. ‘“ Helianthemum i. Chamecistus Anglica G. 1281” = Helian- themum Chamecistus Mill. “Serpillum hirsutum G. 671” = Thymus Serpyllum L. agg. var. hirstunm. 78 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ‘ Kuonymus Theophrasti G. 1468” = FE. ewropeus L. ‘ Mollugo montana G. 1127” = Galiwm hercynicum Weig. ‘Ros solis folio oblongo G. 1536” = probably Drosera longi- folia L. “ Anthyllis Leguminosa G. 1243” = A. Vulneraria L. “Prunella flore albo” = P. vulgaris L. var. alba or very doubtfully the P. laciniata recently recorded from Cambridge. “ Myrtus Brabantica G. 1414” = Myrica Gale L. ‘“ Millefolium aquaticum flo. luteo galericulato Park. 1258” = Utricularia vulgaris L. ‘‘Nepeta maior i. Cattaria maior Ger. 782 [683] ” = Nepeta Cataria L. “Gnaphalium montanum album Lobelii G. 640, a false figure both in Gerard and Parkinson” = Antennaria dioica Gaertn. “ Equisetum foem. cauda equina G. 1104 P. 1200” = Hippuris vulgaris L. ‘‘ Anchusa degener and acis milii solis P. 432” ? “ Scordium”’ = Teucriwm Scordium L. ‘Calamintha montana minor P. 37,’ probably Satwrera Nepeta Scheele. ‘“Lysimachia spicata cerulea purpurea G. 476” = Lythrum Salicaria L. forma. ‘‘ Argemone capitulo oblongo and torulo G. 373” = Papaver hybridum Li. and P. Argemone L. “Geranium moschatum inodorum G. 645” = Hrodiwm cicu- tarvum L’ Her. “ Reseda Plinii G. 277” = A. lutea L. “Cirsium Anglicum G. 1183” = C. britannicum Scop. “ Fraxinus Bubula G. 1473” = Pyrus Aucuparia Ehrh. ‘Melampyrum cristatum wild in our woods, it is not described in Gerard, Parkinson, or Joan. Bauhinum” = Melampyrum cris- tatum LL. “Jacobea angustifolia Pannonica, 6 laciniata P. 668, sed videtur falso describi. Baauino in Pinace p. 131. Jacobea angustifolia, lanuginosa, 6 laciniata montana’? = Senecio palu- dosus L. The records for this and the preceding species are the earliest known for Britain. “ Anagallis aquatica rotundifolia G. 620” = Samolus Vale- rande L. ‘“ Galega i Ruta Capraria”’ = Galega officinale L. “ Aria Theophrasti foliis obtusis Bauhini in Pinace p. 402, found in Sandwich in Kent, not spoken of by Gerard or Park.” = Pyrus Aria Ehrh. but recorded by Lobel in the Adversarza of 1570. ‘Salix rosea was found in Kent in the same parish of Sand- wich” = Salix var. ; In the list follow the names of fifty plants—‘ such as we have in our gardens and can spare’’—which include Herniaria G. 569, Papaver corniculata P. 261 ‘wild by the sea,” Stachys Fuchsiw G. 1399, Lamiwm nove Anglie parietarie facie, and Sambucus folits laciniatis. ALGOLOGICAL NOTES 79 Another sheet from Pamplin’s MSS., dated July 23, 1659, is peculiarly interesting in that it includes the names of ‘“ John Mapletoft, John Snagge, Mr. John Nid [see Pref. to Ray Cat.], Mr. John Wray [Ray], Mr. Thomas Pockley Francis Willughby Esq. [Ray’s Patron], Mr. Peter Courthop of Trinity Colledg in Cambridg., Francis Willugby Esq. of Middleton neere Coleshill in Warwickshire, Sir Francis Willugby’s son, Mr. Peter Courthop of Danny in Sussex on this side Lewes.” This writing in not in Corbyn’s hand, nor is it written by Ray. The note rather suggests the roll of a club. Corbyn has, however, added the date, which was already entered in the corner, so that the document evidently at one time belonged to him, and it was one he thought it worth while to preserve. ALGOLOGICAL NOTES.—V.-IX. By G. S. West, M.A., D.Se., F.L.S. (Continued from vol. xlix. p. 89.) V.—A Dtatomaceous EartH FROM RHODESIA. A Diatomaceous Earth was forwarded to me for examination from the British Museum which had been collected by Mr. A. J. C. Molyneux near Choma, in North-west Rhodesia. It was a dry deposit of a grey colour, and was obtained from around the orifices of warm and hot siliceous springs. It consists of a freshwater deposit of recent origin, and one Diatom, Epithemia Argus Kitz., was present in great quantity, being the dominant constituent of the deposit. Less conspicuous, but almost equally numerous, were Lhopalodia gibberula var. rupes- tris (W. Sm.) Grun. and R&R. gibberula var. Schweinfurthu O. Mill. The matrix in which these more conspicuous Diatoms were em- bedded contained numerous specimens of the following species :— Eunotia sp., Navicula (Diplonets) elliptica Kitz., N. (Pinnularia) Legumen Ehrenb., N. (Pinnularia) stauroptera Grun., N. (Ponnu- laria) viridis (Nitzsch) Kiitz., Mastogloia Grevillec W. Sm., Gom- phonema intricatum Kitz., and Surirella ovalis Bréb. var. ovata (Kutz.) V. Heurck. In addition to the above were several other fragmentary Diatoms, including one species of Nitzschia. It is hoped subsequently to publish photographic illustrations of the constituents of this deposit, and also of the Diatomaceous Earth from the Outer Hebrides (see Note II.). VI.—Some AFRICAN ALG. 1. Microcystis ocHRAcEA (Brand) Forti, Syll. Myxophy. 1907, p.86. Polycystis ochracea Brand, Algenfl. Wirmsees, 1898, p. 200. Sphinctosiphon polymorphus G. 8. West, ‘ Alg. Third Tanganyika Exped.,” Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xxxviii. 1907, p. 145, t. 3, f. 12: 80 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY t. 5, f£. 11-138. When Sphinctosiphon polymorphus was described it was stated that ‘the exact nature of the chromatophore could not be determined from the preserved material. It is undoubtedly massive and occupies most of the cell, being for the greater part parietal in disposition.” It was also described as “late viridi et valde granuloso.” Shortly after the description appeared, Osten- feld * pointed out that the Alga could not very well be a member of the Palmellacee, but rather belonged to the genus Microcystis in the Chroococcacee. A re-examination of the specimens from Victoria Nyanza has shown that Ostenfeld’s suggestion was a correct one. The cells are pale green in colour, and the massive nature of the supposed “ chromatophore”’ is due to the pigment occupying all the cytoplasm external to the central body, exactly as it does in other members of the Chroococcacee. The large, dark granules are most probably gas vacuoles. On transferring the Alga to the genus Microcystis, one finds that a species was described in 1898 under the name of ‘“ Poly- cystts ochracea,’ which almost exactly fits the African plant. Moreover, it is a plankton-species, and has been recorded from the Wurmsee, in Bavaria, and from Lake Varano, in Italy. It agrees in all its essential characters and in its dimensions. The cells also are described as “‘dilutissime viridibus, granulis nitenti- bus insparsis.” | There is one point of difference in the gelatinous integuments. In the African plants the outer portions of the envelope were firm and often distinctly lamellose, the outermost lamelle frequently becoming mucilaginous. However, all things considered, Sphincto- siphon polymorphus must be placed as a synonym of Microcystis ochracea. } 2. SPIRULINA MAJOR Kitz. Crass. trich. 1:7-2 p. Hab. Albert Nyanza. 3. PLECTONEMA WoLLEI Farlow. Hab. Albert Nyanza. Fragmentary material of this Alga is apparently indistinguish- able from Lyngbya majuscula Harvey. 4, AMPHORA OVALIS Kitz. Hab. Albert Nyanza. 5. NAVICULA RHYNCHOCEPHALA Kiitz. var. ROSTELLATA (Kitz.) V. Heurck. Hab. Albert Nyanza. 6. TETRAEDRON ENORME (Ralfs) Hansg. Hab. Albert Nyanza. I give a figure of one of the stout inflated specimens which appear to be frequent in this lake. (Fig. 1, A.) 7. CRUCIGENIA EMARGINATA (W. & G.S. West) Chodat, Algues Vertes de la Suisse, 1902, p. 207. Staurogenia emarginata W. & G. S. West in Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. ser. 2, v. 1895, p. 81. 6. 5, f. 25, 26; Schmidle in Ber. Deutsch. Botan. Ges. xviii. 1900, p. 156. Long. cell. 12°5-14°5 p; lat. cell. 11-12 p. Hab. Lake Alastra, Madagascar. * C. H. Ostenfeld, ‘‘ Phytoplankton aus dem Victoria Nyanza,” Engler’s Botan. Jahrbiich. xli. 1908, p. 338. ALGOLOGICAL NOTES 81 Further comment upon this species has been rendered necessary owing to a statement made by Professor Chodat in 1902. In his Algues Vertes de la Suisse, on p. 207, one finds: ‘‘ Il est difficile de se faire une idée exacte de la place-de cette plante dans le systéme. les descriptions de West sont le plus souvent trop succintes et ne sont presque jamais accompagnées d’une étude de |’évolu- tion. Est-ce un genre nouveau?” He also A quotes as a reference ‘‘Staurogenia emargi- nata West, Freshwater Alg. of Madagascar in Transact. of the Linn. Soc. of Lond. ii. Ser. Bot. vol. v. p. 3.” It seems reasonable to suppose from these remarks, taken in conjunction with his erroneous reference, that Professor Chodat had not seen either the published description or the figures of Fig.1.—A. Tetraédron this Alga, and his comment is not only un- enorme (Ralfs) Hansg., just, but scarcely in agreement with fact.” ee rte The formation of autospores was shown genia emarginata(W.& . a : : G. S. West) Chodat, 1 the original figures in a way which clearly x 520. indicates not only the correct systematic position of the Alga, but also that there is only one genus for its reception, viz. Crucigenia Morren, 1830 (= Staurogena Kiitz., 1849). It is not necessary to describe the Alga again, as there is nothing to add to the original description, but I give a copy of the original figure for the benefit of those who do not appear to have consulted the one first published (in 1895). Consult fig. 1, B and C. Moreover, this Alga, which is one of the most remarkable species of the genus, is only known to occur in Madagascar. Yet one finds it, without any comment upon its distribution, in a work on the Green Alg@ of Switzerland! From the latter publication it has, of course, been copied into Migula’s Kryptogamenflora von Deutschland, Oesterreich, und der Schweiz, Bd. 5, 1907, p. 661. 8. Ca@LASTRUM ROBUSTUM Hantzsch var. CONFERTUM W. & G. S. West, ‘‘ Welw. Afric. Freshw. Alg.,” Journ. Bot. June, 1897, p. 236. Diam. cell. 7-8 »; diam. colon. 35-38 p. Hab. Albert Nyanza. | It is doubtful if Celastrwm robustum is not merely a thick- walled form of C. microporwm, but the point requires further investigation. 9, Ca@nasTruM cAmBRicum Arch. var. STUHLMANNI (Schmidle) Ostenfeld in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll, lii. 1909, * Remarks in the same volume, accompanied by equally erroneous refer- ences, concerning Tetraédron pentaédricum (which Chodat refers to as ‘‘ Tetra- pedia pentraédrica”’) and T'etrapedia morsa (pp. 219, 220, 222, 223) all indicate that he was unacquainted with the published descriptions and figures of these Alge. His remarks are based entirely upon misconceptions. 82 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY p. 181. Celastrum Stuhlmannt Schmidle, 1900. Diam. cell. 25-30 p. Hab. Albert Nyanza. I agree with Ostenfeld that it is scarcely possible to separate this form as a distinct species. It differs from C. cambricum Arch. (a species which for some unknown reason most French and German authors seem very reluctant to recognize) only in the ridges which radiate from the external projection of each cell. The fact that Ostenfeld has found intermediate stages with the ridges developed in various degrees is almost conclusive evidence that C. Stuhlmanni is but an extreme form of C. cambricum. It is probably a warm-water form. 10. Spirogyra angustissima, sp.n. S. cellulis vegetativis angustissimis, diametro 18—23-plo longioribus, extremitatibus non replicatis ; chromatophora singula, angusta, in parte mediana cellule locata, marginibus irregulariter un- dulatis et pyrenoidibus minutis, anfractibus laxis 4-5. Crass. cell. 4:°2-4:5 p. Cellule fructifere et zygospore ignote. (Fig. 2.) Hab. In swamp, Kota Kota, Lake Nyasa. It is, as a rule, very undesirable that species of any genus of the Zygnemacee should be established solely on vegetative characters, but the vegetative filaments of this slender African species differ so much from those of previously described species that it seems advisable to give it a distinctive name. It is much the narrowest species of the genus, being less than half the diameter of the smallest Spzrogyra previously known. The solitary chromatophore is small and narrow, and occupies only the median third of the cell. It has from 43 to 5 rather lax spiral twists, and scattered through it at intervals are minute pyrenoids. One would imagine that the fructiferous cells (female) must be considerably inflated in order to accommodate a zygospore, but these yet remain to be discovered. The Alga occurred in no. 18 of Dr. Cunnington’s numerous collections of the Third Tanganyika Ex- pedition of 1904-5, all of which are in the British Museum. It was found rather sparingly amongst ‘ conjugating examples of Debarya africana G. 8. West. 11. CnLosTERIUM MONILIFERUM (Bory) Ehrenb. Rather large specimens :—Long. 204 pu; lat. 5d p; : . lat. apic. circ. 5 p. . 2.-—Spi- oe, ae Hab. Albert Nyanza. ee tar 12. Micrastertas Irzicsouni Braun in Bréb. % 1000. ’ « Tiste Desm. Basse-Normandie,” Mem. d. 1. soe. imp. des Sci. Nat. Cherbourg, iv. 1856, p. 121, t. 1, f.2. Long. 56; lat. 61; lat. isthm. 14 p. (Fig. 3, A.) ALGOLOGICAL NOTES 83 Hab. In swamp, Kota Kota, Lake Nyasa. This small Micrasterias agrees more closely with M. Itzigsohni than any other described form. It resembles to some extent M. incisa Bréb., 1848, but is without doubt most closely related to M. truncata (Corda) Bréb., of which it might perhaps be best to regard it as a small and delicate variety—var. [tzigsohnii(Bréb.) nov, comb.—with a tendency to irregularity in the lateral lobulation.* 13. CosMARIUM GRANATUM Bréb. var. SUBGRANATUM Nordst. Hab. Albert Nyanza. 14. CosMARIUM sUBCONSTRICTUM Schmidle. Hab. Albert Nyanza. Cc Fig. 3.—A, Micrasterias truncata (Corda) Bréb. var. Itzigsohnii (Braun) G. 8. West (= WM. Itzigsohnii Braun), x 500. B and C, Staurastrum tridens- Neptuni W. & G. S. West, x 500. 15. STAURASTRUM TRIDENS-NEptTuNI W.& G. 8S. West, ‘‘ Welw. Afric. Freshw. Alg.,” Journ. Bot. 1897, p. 177, t. 369, f. 7. This Desmid was described and figured from specimens obtained by Welwitsch at Huilla in Angola, W. Africa. In working out some of Stuhlmann’s East African collections, Schmidle + remarked that it should be placed as a form of S. subtrifurcatum W. & G. S. West. It has already been stated { that distinctions from the latter species were fully enumerated at the time S. tridens-Neptuni was described. In order to test the validity of the species I have again examined some of the original material, and made further drawings. I find the characters of S. tridens-Neptwni very con- stant, and of such a nature that one cannot regard it as haying any close affinity with S. subtrifurcatum. The latter has a triangular vertical view, with bluntly rounded angles, whereas the former has a pentagonal vertical view with sharp angles. Both species are provided with three long spines at each angle of the semicell, but in S. tvzdens-Neptuni the spines are stouter and placed vertically over one another in one plane, as compared with the disposition of the spines in a triangle at each blunt angle of S. subtrifurcatum. Fig. 3, B and C, represent front and vertical views of S. tridens-Neptunt. * Bulnheim’s forms figured under the name of ‘‘ Micrasterias Itzigsohnii”’ (cf. Hedwigia, ii. 1862, t. 10, I. f. 5) are merely reduction forms of M. pinnati- jida (Kiitz.) Ralfs. t W. Schmidle in Engler’s Botan. Jahrbiich, xxxii. 1903, p. 73. t W. & G.S. West in Ann. Roy. Bot. Gard. Calcutta, vol. vi. part ii. 1907, p. 215. 84 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY VII.—ALG& FROM QUEENSLAND. Two small collections of Alge were examined. The first one was made by Dr. T. L. Bancroft at Beaudesert. It consisted of a mass of vegetative filaments of various genera of Green Alge, amongst which were other smaller forms, mostly Diatoms. The vegetative filaments comprised three sterile species of Spirogyra, two of Mougeotia, and one of Hidogonium. Amongst them were Cosmarium Regnellit Wille, Gleocystis gigas (Kutz.) Lagerh.. Oscillatoria tenuis Ag., and the following Diatoms :-— Melosira varians Ag., Synedra Acus (Kiitz.) Grun., S. Ulna (Nitzsch) Ehrenb. var. splendens (Kutz.) V. H., Gomphonema Augur Ehrenb. var. Gauttiert V. H., Cocconema lanceolatum Ehrenb., C. parvum W. Sm., Epithema turgida (Ehrenb) Kitz., Rhopalodia gibba (Kiitz.) O. Miull., and &. gibberula (Ehrenb.) O. Mill. The second collection was made in North Queensland by Mr. EF. Muir, of Brockenhurst, early in 1910. There were three tubes, one from a small stream at Mosman, one from a hackwater of the Big Mosman River, and one from a backwater of the Little Mos- man River. These localities are respectively abbreviated in the following list to “ M.,” “ B.M. R.,” and “LL.M. R.” Several of the Alge are of considerable interest, and all three tubes contained a rich assortment of Diatoms, one of the most abundant of which was Desmagonium Rabenhorstianum Grun. CHLOROPHYCEH.—Gleocystis gigas (Kiitz.) Lagerh., M. Ankz- strodesmus falcatus (Corda) Ralfs, B. M. R. Pediastrum Tetras (hrenb.), Ralfs, M. Myxonema sp., B. M. R. Schizomeris Letbleinis Kiitz., M. Gonatozygon Kinahani (Arch.) Rabenh., M., B. M. R. Cylin- drocystis pyranudata W. & G. 8. West, M., B. M. R. Clostervum calosporum Wittr., M. CC. Diane Ehrenb., M. C. Ehrenberg Menegh. M. OC. Lesbleoni Kitz., B. M. R. C. montliferwm (Bory) Ehrenb., M. C. Navicula (Bréb.) Liitkem., M. C. parvulum Nag., M. C. Venus Kiitz., B. M. R. EKuastrum ansatum Ralfs, two forms from M. and B. M. R. Micrasterias Mébu (Borge) W. & G. 8S. West var. javanica Gutw. Cosmarium Lundellia Delp. var. corruptum (Turn.) W. & G. S. West, M.and B.M.R. C. retuszforme (Wille) Gutw., B. M. RB. C. subcostatum Nordst. forma minor W.&G.S. West, M. C. sub- speciosum Nordst. var. simplex, B. M. R. C. subtriordinatum W. & G. S. West var. rotundatwm Schmidle, M. Staurastrum Heimerlianum Litkem. forma, M. 8S. margari- taceum Khrenb. var. hirtwm Nordst., B. M. R. MyxopHycex.—Spirulina princeps W. & G. S. West, B. M. R. Phornudium Retzw (Ag.) Gom., M. P. molle (Kiitz.) Gom., B. M. RB. BACILLARIEZ.—The Diatoms recorded were observed from all three localities. Synedra Ulna (Nitzsch) Ehrenb., and varieties. Eunotia diodon Ehrenb., E. formica Ehrenb., E. pectinalis ALGOLOGICAL NOTES 85 (Kiitz.) Rabenh., #. lunaris (Ehrenb.) Grun., HL. flexuosa Kitz., Desmagonium Rabenhorstianum Grun. Achnanthes crenulata Grun., A. hungarica Grun., Cocconeis Placentula Ehrenb. Navicula appendiculata (Ag.) Kiitz., N. gracilis (Ehrenb.) Kutz., N. major Kiitz., N. nobilis Khrenb. var. Dactylus (Khrenb.) V. H., N. stauroptera Grun., N. viridis Kiitz., N. viridula Kutz., Stawroneis Phenicenteron Ehrenb., Vanheurckia rhomboides (Ehrenb.) Bréb. var. saxonice (Rabenh.) G. 8. West. Gomphonema gracile Ehrenb. and varieties, G. tenellum Kutz., G. parvulum Kutz. Cocconema cymbiforme Ehrenb., C. leve (Nig.) G. 8S. West, C. leptoceros Ehrenb., C. turgida (Greg.) G. 8. West, C. ventricosa (Kuitz.) G. 8. West. Fthopalodia gibberula (Kiitz.) O. Mull. Nitzschia scalaris (Khrenb.) W. Sm., N. Sigma W. Sm., var. Surirella biseriata Bréb., S. linearis W. Sm. and varieties, S. ovalis Bréb. var. angusta (Kiitz.) V. H. Of the various species recorded in the above list the following deserve special mention :— CYLINDROCYSTIS PYRAMIDATA W. & G.S. West. This species is known to occur in Ceylon and Burma. It still requires de- tailed investigation as to the nature of its cell-wall, as the conju- gation rather leads one to suppose that it would be more correctly placed in the genus Cosmariwm, in which case a good name for it would be ‘‘CosMARIUM CYLINDROCYSTIFORME.” Long. 31-33 p; lat. 20-22 p. CosMARIUM SUBTRIORDINATUM W. & G. 8. West var. ROTUN- DATUM Schmidle in Engler’s Botan. Jahrbiich. xxvi. 1898, p. 36, t. 2, f. 20,21. The specimens seen from the small stream at Mosman were very like Schmidle’s fig. 21 in outline, but in all cases the granules were as acute as in the type form. The variety differs markedly from the type, however, in its open sinus and more elliptic semicells. Long. 27 »; lat. 28 »; lat. isthm. 10 p; crass. 17 p. CosMARIUM SUBSPECIOSUM Nordst. var. SIMPLEX var.n. Var. crenis nudis, tumore basali semicellularum glabro sed rotundato ut in forma typica. Long. 40; lat. 34; lat. isthm. 11 p; crass. 22 p. Hab. Backwater on Big Mosman River, N. Queensland. This variety is characterized by the entire absence of granules from all the lateral crenations and from the basal tumour of the semicells, but is otherwise similar to the typical form. It bears the same relation to the granulate forms of C. swbspeciosum as does C. speciosum var. simplex Nordst. to the more typical forms of C. speciosum. HUASTRUM ANSATUM Ralfs. Two forms of this ubiquitous species were observed :— a, Forma minor, marginibus lateralibus retusioribus; long. 86 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 54 pw; lat. 8304; lat.isthm. 9p. Hab. In small stream, Mosman, N. Queensland. b. Forma cum undulo singulo in marginibus lateralibus supra et juxta angulum inferiorem rotundatum ; long. 90 p; lat. 47 p; lat. isthm. 13 ». Hab. Backwater on Big Mosman River, N. Queensland. This form is closely allied to, and probably identical with, var. pyxidatwm Delp. The real characters of H. ansatwum are apparently little under- stood, in consequence of which this well-known Desmid has been described from tropical and subtropical countries under various new names. The following recently described ‘‘species” can only be regarded as forms of EL. ansatwm :— E. securiformiceps Borge in Arkiv f. Botan. utgifv. af K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Bd. 1, 1903, p. 112, t. 4, f. 29. E. rotundum Playfair in Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, xxxii. 1907, p. 170, t. 5, f. 20. | E. subansatum Bernard, Prot. et Desmid. Java. Dep. de |’ Agric. Ind. Néerland. Batavia, 1908, p. 122, f. 199-201. E. tropicum Bernard, op. cit. p. 123, f. 202, 203. Micrasterias Mési (Borge) W. & G. 8. West in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xxxiii. 1897, p. 162; in Botanisk Tidsskrift, 1901, p. 170, t.jo, f, 21. Fig. 4.—Wicrasterias Mébii (Borge) W. & G. S. West var. javanica Gutw., x 500. a, front view; b, side view of another specimen ; note the difference in the lobulation of the two semicells. Mosman, N. Queensland. Var. JAVANICA Gutw. in Bull. de l’Acad. Sci. Cracovie, Nov. 1902, p. 603, t. 40, f. 58. One of the principal features of this variety, namely, the character of the central protuberance, is entirely omitted from Gutwinski’s description, and but feebly indicated in his fig. 58¢. In typical Micrasterias Mobi the cen- tral protuberance is rounded and scrobiculate ; in var. javanica it still retains some of the scrobiculations, but in addition it possesses a ring of rather large verruce. The only essential features of var. javanica are as follows :— ALGOLOGICAL NOTES 87 Semicellula cum verruca conica intra basin lobuli lateralis uniuscujusque et verruca conica majori infra incisionem lobi lateralis ; tumore centrali prominentiori, cum verrucis rotundatis vel emarginatis circ. 9 ad marginem et in centro scrobiculis con- spicuis 7-8. Long. 101-116 »; lat. 97-105 »; lat. lob. polar. 66-77 »; lat. isthm. 31-37 w; thickness 56-64 p. (Fig. 4.) The Queensland specimens were from a small stream at Mos- man. They agree with var. javanica better than with any other variety of this species. Gutwinski’s figures are poor and sketchy, being of the nature of rough studies, so that it is often difficult to reconcile his figures with his descriptions. In the present instance the three accessory tumours (or verrucze) within each lateral lobe are well described but scarcely discernible in his figures. Bernard (‘ Alg. unicell. d’eau douce Malais,” Dep. Agric. aux Indes-Néerland. Buitenzorg, 1909) does not discriminate between Micrasterias Mobi and Huastrum turgidum Wallich, even though it is quite impossible to reconcile Micrasterras Mébu* with Wallich’s description and figure of Huastrum turgidum.t Playfair also (in Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, xxxii. 1908, pp. 610-612 +) confuses these two Desmids. It would appear that Huastrum turgidum is a Desmid of the Indo-Malay region, probably very rare, which requires further investigation. I have not yet seen it, but I judge that such a species exists, not merely from Wallich’s original account, but also from the somewhat poor figure published by Schmidle of a specimen from Sumatra. M. Mobw appears to occupy a definite area in the eastern tropics, extending from Singapore to N. Queensland, although, like some other Desmids typical of this area, it has irregular extensions further south in Australia. SPIRULINA PRINCEPS W.&G.S. West in Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. ser. 2, vi. March, 1902, p. 205; G. 8. West in Journ. Linn. Soe. Bot. xxxviii. 1907, p. 179, t. 9, f. 5. S. Gomontiw Gutw. in Bull. Acad. Sci. Cracov. Nov. 1902, p. 613, t. 40, f. 69. S. gigantea Schmidle in Engler’s Bot. Jahrbiich. xxxii. 1903, p. 59, t. 1, f. 5. Crass. trich. 4:5 1; diam. spir. 11-12». Hab. Big Mosman River, Queensland. The specimens were more elongated than those I have pre- viously examined from Ceylon and Central Africa, and not infre- quently suddenly bent. ACHNANTHES CRENULATA Grun. Not uncommon in all three collections, and agreeing well with the description given by Cleve (Synops. Navic. Diat. ii. 1895, p. 195) and the figures in Le Diatomiste, vol. i. t. 9, f. 3,4. It has previously been recorded from Australia, New Guinea, and Samoa. * Vide Botan. Tidsskrift, 1901, t. 3, f. 21. + Wallich in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. v. 1860, t. 14, f. 17, 18. } From Playfair’s remarks on p. 612 he has apparently no conception of the meaning of the term “ life-history.”” His remarks throughout the paper show an inability to appreciate the difference between ontogeny and phylogeny, 88 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY NirzscHIA scALARIS (Ehrenb.) W. Sm. This large species, with its conspicuous markings, was frequent in the collection from the Big Mosman River. VIII.—SELENASTRUM ACUMINATUM Lagerheim. 3 SELENASTRUM ACUMINATUM Lagerh. in Wittr. & Nordst. Alg. Exsic. 1882, no. 441; in Ofvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1882, no! 2, p. 11, t..3, 27-20. In his work on the Algues Vertes de la Suisse, 1902, p. 211, Chodat has placed Selenastrum acuminatwm in the genus Scene- desmus, an error which is apparently the result of having confused Lagerheim’s species with Scenedesmus obliquus var. dimorphus (Turp.) Rabenh. The figures given by Chodat (J. c. p. 166, f. 88) certainly represent the latter, whereas they do not represent Selenastrum acuminatum. Unfortunately, those who have too implicitly followed this work of Chodat have repeated the same error. The latest instance cf this is by Petersen,* whose figure of “ Scenedesmus acuminatus (Lagerh.) Chodat” is typical Scene- desmus obliquus var. dimorphus. The colonies of Selenastrum acuwminatum consist of only four cells which easily dissociate. ach cell is lunate or arcuate, and the acute extremities are suddenly drawn out into long points, a character which at once distinguishes this Alga from any form of Scenedesmus obliquus (= Se. acutus). In a b the fully grown cell there is a single chloro- plast with a slight excavation at one side, and without a pyrenoid (fig. 5e). Occasionally the chloroplast divides into two (fig. 5g). Four autospores are formed in each mother- cell by oblique longitudinal divisions. The daughter-cells remain loosely attached for some time, generally in rather an irregular manner, but separate as the cells become adult. The Alga was brought to me by Mr. JS W.B. Grove from a small pond at Olton, an Warwickshire, where it occurred in immense Fig. 5.— Selenastrum qyantity from February to May, 1911. It nde ee ~ thrived in laboratory cultures from February F picai colonies 0 F : four cells; c-g, solitary to July, the best cultures being those in cells. filtered, sterilized water from the pond in which it was originally found. In a thriving culture the cells attained maturity in about fifteen to twenty days, at the end of which period a good per- centage of them produced a new generation of autospores. All the colonies consisted of young cells, the mature cells being invariably free. Thus this species is very closely akin to Ankistrodesmus, being a connecting-link between that genus and Selenastrum. Au * J. B. Petersen in Botan. Tidsskrift, Bd, xxxi. 1911, p. 171 (fig. 6). SPHERELLA V. MYCOSPHHJRELLA 89 IX.—A New Species oF EvAstTRum. Euastrum laticolle, sp.n. EH. submediocre, circiter 14-plo longius quam latum, profundissime constrictum, sinu angustissimo- ‘ lineari; semicellule trilobe, incisuris inter lobas late concavo-excavatis; lobis lateralibus trapeziformibus, angulis superioribus et inferi- oribus leviter rotundatis, lateribus sursum diver- gentibus et levissime retusis ; lobo polari trans- verse subrectangulari, angulis vix rotundatis paullo productis, apice convexo sed retuso in medio; in centro semicellularum et prope isthmo tumore parvo instructo. A vertice vise trans- verse subhexagono-rectangulares, tumore sub- conica ad medium utrobique, polis concavis, angulis polaribus duobus rotundatis, lateribus inter tumorem centralem et angulos polares late concavis; lobo polari transverse subrectan- gulari, angulis subrotundatis et lateribus leviter concavis. Membrana irregulariter et subsparse B unctulata. Long. 58 »; lat. 44 «4; lat. lob. in aaa ts eet 96 »; lat. isthm. 10 »; crass. 30 p. Be (Fig. 6.) A, front view; B, Hab. Ina bog at Lindeth, near Bowness, vertical view. Westmoreland. This is a very distinctive species, its only near relative being H. Berlin Boldt (in Bib. till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 13, 1888, p. 10, t. 1, f. 12), a Desmid known only from Grénnedal in South Greenland. From this Arctic Desmid LH. laticolle differs in the form of the front view, having a closed and linear sinus, and lateral lobes of quite a different shape. The general outline of the vertical view is the same as in H#. Berlini, but in the latter species the polar lobe is described (and also figured) by Boldt as ‘late elliptico” when seen in end view, whereas that of H. laticolle is rectangular with retuse sides and rounded angles. SPHMRELLA v. MYCOSPHARELLA. By W. B. Grove, M.A. THE genus Spherella was founded by Sommerfelt in 1824 for a group of alge belonging partly to the Volvocales. In 1828, Agardh established the genus Hematococcus, which included one species of the same group. Again, in 1849, the name Spherella was given by Fries to a subgenus of Spheria, among the Pyre- nomycetes, which was afterwards raised by Cesati and de Notaris to the rank of a genus. So long as it was the custom to use Hematococcus for the algal genus, the name Spherella could be legitimately employed for the fungal one, and over five hundred species have been described under that title. But when the word JOURNAL OF Botany.—Vou 50. [Marcgu, 1912.] H 90 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Spherella was resuscitated by algologists under the rules of priority, it became necessary to devise another one for the genus of Pyrenomycetes, and this was done in 1884 by Johanson, who by a happy thought fixed upon the word Mycospherella. So far, all was plain sailing. But, in 1891, Saccardo (who considered that Hematococcus was the correct nomenclature for the algal genus, and consequently Spherella for that of the fungi) inadvisedly wrested the word Mycospherella from its original application, and so introduced a confusion which is gradually growing worse. It happens that, among the species included under the Friesian idea of Spherella, there are some whose asci contain eight sporidia, and one at least containing sixteen. It occurred to Saccardo that, since Mycospherella was not required, in his opinion, for the whole group, it might as well be used, “pro minort parte,’ for that which had sixteen spores, and he published it with this restriction in his Sylloge Fungorum, vol. ix. p: 659. In this he has been followed by Massee (Diseases of Cultivated Plants, p. 215),* but not by Engler and Prantl (Pflan- zenfam. 1897, i. 1, p. 423). It is obvious that the solution of the difficulty lies with the algologists. Until they have decided which name to use, the mycologist can only wait. Let us then examine the question from their point of view. This has already been done by Wille (1903), who arrived at the conclusion that the name Spherella should be suppressed among the algze, and by Hazen (1899) who arrived at the opposite con- clusion. The matter was also considered, from the mycological point of view, by Berlese and de Toni (1887), and they arrived at the same conclusion as Wille. But it seems that these latter authors have, unconsciously, misrepresented the exact state of things. The genus Spherella, as founded by Sommerfelt (1824) contained three species, the synonymy of which, according to Wille and Hazen, is as follows :— 1. S. nrvautis = Chlamydomonas nivalis Wille (1903). 2. S. WRANGELI = Volvox lacustris Girod (1802). = Hematococcus pluvialis Flotow (1844). = Spherella lacustris Wittrock (1888). 3. S. BOTRYOIDES = Palmella botryoides Kitzing. The genus Hematococcus as founded by Agardh (1828) con- tained also three species :— 1. H. Nouri = Huglena sanguinea Ehrb. 2. H. Grevinni = Spherella lacustris Witty. 3. H. SANGUINEUS = Gleocapsa sanguinea Kitz. It will be noticed that the second species in each genus is the same. Of the correctness of the identifications there is, accord- ing to the algologists mentioned, not the slightest doubt, and therefore, however curt the original diagnoses may have been, * An instance of the confusion referred to above is seen in this work, where the author, after having defined the genus Mycospherella in Saccardo’s restricted sense, proceeds to describe two species under that head, each with only eight spores. SPH RELLA V. MYCOSPHRELLA 91 they must be deemed sufficient for the purpose. Both Wille and Berlese and de Toni arrive at their conclusions from other con- siderations than that of priority—Wille, on the ground that the type of Sommerfelt’s genus was S. nivalis, and not S. Wrangelit, and that he considered it inadvisable to upset the large genus Chlamydomonas by renaming it Spherella as should in that case be done—and Berlese and de Toni, on the ground that Sommer- felt’s genus was almost still-born,* a conclusion at which they arrive by omitting to take into account his species S. Wrangelit, and by preferring to attribute his S. nivalis to a later-erected genus Chlamydococcus A. Br. (1851). The matter is also confused, in their account of it, by the fact that it was then (and till quite lately) thought that C. nwalis and S. lacustris were congeneric, which is now known to be a mistake. The result is that Spherella must be accepted as an algal generic name, whether for nivalis or for lacustris it matters not to the mycologists. This leaves the field clear for Mycospherella of Johanson instead of the old Spherella of Fries; but at the same time invalidates Saccardo’s use of the name for the sixteen- spored species. Following out the happy idea of Johanson (it would be well if all nomenclators would show as much aptness for their work as he did), I suggest that for the latter group the name Diplospherella be employed, with the following diagnosis :— DIPLOSPHERELLA noy. nom. Perithecia et sporidia ut in Mycospherella Johans., sed ascis sexdecim-sporis. D. polyspora (Johans.) nov. comb. Mycospherella polyspora Johans. Svampar fran Island (1884), p. 164. My thanks are due to Professor G. 8. West and Mr. J. Rams- bottom for help in connection with the literature concerned in this involved and much debated matter. Postscriptum.—While the question between Spherella and Mycospherella is not concerned, from the mycological point of view, with the species of alga for which the former is to be employed, it may be as well to seize the occasion to point out that, if the reasoning given above is correct, the species now called Chlamydomonas nivalis should bear the name Spherella nivalis, and all the other similar species of Chlamydomonas should be transferred to the same genus. Then the other generic name Hematococcus can be used for ‘Spherella Wrangeli.” The basis for the decision will be seen in the following quotation from Sommerfelt’s paper :— ‘« Spherella. Char. gen. Vesicule gelatinose, globose, minutissime. 1. Spherella nwvalis: vesiculis dispersis (in nive), puncti- formibus, sanguineis. 2. Spherella Wrangelii: vesiculis in crustam pulverulentam ageregatis (ad rupes inund. calc.), sanguineis. Lepraria Kerme- sina Wrangel, MS. * « Distrutto appena sorto,” l.c. p. 225. H 2 92 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 3. Spherella botryordes : vesiculis aggregatis, minutis, viri- dibus. Mucor botryoides L., Nostoc botr. Ag., Palmella botr. Lgb.” It would, however, be simpler and perhaps equally correct to retain Chlamydomonas as now used, and to call the second species Spherella lacustris. CriITIcAL REFERENCES. Sommerfelt, Om den rode Snee, in Mag. f. Naturvidenskab. (1824), vol. iv. p. 249. | Agardh, Icones Alg. Europ. Nos. 22-4 (1828) (No. 21is “ Proto- coccus nivalis ’’). Fries, Samma Vegetabil. Scand. (1849), p. 3995. Johanson, Svampar fran Island (1884), p. 163. Berlese and de Toni, Intorno al Genere Spherella, in Atti Real. Istit. Venez. (1887), ser. 6, vol. v. pt. 1, p. 221. Saccardo, Sylloge Fungorum (1891), vol. ix. p. 659. Hazen, The Life History of Spherella lacustris, in Mem. Torr. Bot. Club. (1899), vol. vi. p. 211. Wille, Algologische Notizen, x. Ueber die Algengattung Sphe- rella Somm., in Nyt Mag. f. Naturvidenskab. (1903), vol. xli. pt. dps de: Ee —_ _ MALVA SYLVESTRIS UL. By EH. Aprian WoopruFrre-Peacock, F.L.S. A CAREFUL study of any given plant should prove useful in suggesting new ways of critically estimating other species. The Common Mallow (Malva sylvestris) will prove as good as any. Mr. 8. T. Dunn, in his Alien Flora, p. 46, writes of it:—“A native of bushy places and pastures in most parts of Hurope, but becoming more and more confined to artificial habitats north- westwards in Europe, and in England not recorded in natural habitats, though common on woodsides and about houses.” This does not state half the facts now known, nor place them in their proper perspective. Itis a simple matter to test the environment conditions of M. sylvestris, which never vary. It demands full sunlight and half shelter from the wind. These two matters must ever. be kept in mind in estimating its nativeness ; they imply that itis a sylvestral species, a frequenter of bushy places. This, how- ever, is by no means all. It is never found in close or open woods, either in England or abroad, so far as I can learn, because there it would be too much cut off from direct sunlight. In pastures it is found in Lincolnshire but only under exceptional circumstances, z.é., in Villages and their immediate neighbourhood when pro- tected by nettles, thistles, thorns, &c., where it cannot be got at by stock; and on roadsides which are slightly or never stocked by cattle it is found abundantly in sunny spots. It apparently flies to man for protection from destructive cattle and sheep. To say it is ‘more and more confined to artificial habitats’ in North- west Europe is to state, in other words, that in our part of the MALVA SYLVESTRis 93 world heavy stocking is the rule, with enclosures full of cattle and sheep, so that there are no natural habitats lett. Its first record in the past for England is that of my kind correspondent, Mr. Clement Reid, for Roman Silchester, which could hardly be called ‘‘a natural habitat.” There is no place known to me in Lincolnshire, nor its seven surrounding counties, in which from soil requirements M. sylvestris can grow “in ideal conditions,” though it is found in all. In semi-natural habitats, though they also are strictly limited, when the soil is right and unstocked or lightly stocked, it flourishes “like a native.” The only unstocked localities I can find are overgrown quarries, churchyards, and the banks of embanked lowland streams. For the Mallow, as for all species of the same requirements, these are practically the only semi-natural habitats left in this highly culti- vated county. In meadows and orchards, either in or away from villages, it is quite unknown on account of the mowing and after- math stocking. Though it is evidently a lime lover, the Mallow can do with fairly little of this substance, for it is sometimes found on tilth grass-roads on peat, where the soil is rarely or never stocked, where the ruts have been repaired with limestone of various kinds. This is the only compound soil I have found it on, with the excep- tion of old road-mud caps on stone walls, where it flourishes where its enemies cannot reach it. In tilth pure and simple it cannot be expected, being a perennial with highly developed requirements. The earliest Lincolnshire record for the Mallow is Sibthorp’s ‘In sylvis,’ 1780. This isas much as saying ‘in bushy places,” for the enclosures had not come then on the chalky boulder clay he referred to. In old quarries, churchyards, and stream banks, it shows the same love of direct sunlight and protection from winds as in villages and along roads, and I have notes of it as a plant five feet high. The white-flowered form is recorded for the Louth neighbourhood, by the Rev. J. H. Thompson,* in the MS. notes of Watson’s Top. Bot. in the British Museum. I per- sonally have never met with it. I have full notes on it on thirty- one out of the fifty rock-soils of this county. It will be found on others, for some fifteen are quite untouched yet. It is also dis- tinetly a “light soil” lover, 7.e., shows a preference for alluvial soils, decaying limestones, sands and sandy gravels, or the un- trodden or light root-soils of old clay lands. I have proof that cattle and sheep are its enemies. On the road side of the hedge it may be the predominant species, though eaten off through the fence as far as the stock can reach; while on the pasture side of the fence not a single plant can be found. Its seeds are water- carried for a considerable distance without hurt. The unfertilized flowers close and hang their heads even at a slight shower of rain ; in dull, cloudy, uncertain weather and at night they close, but do * Can anyone give me any facts about this correspondent of Watson ? 94 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY not droop except in heavy dews. In both cases the fall may be purely mechanical, corresponding to the weight of the moisture deposited. I have no proof, after careful observations, that the Mallow is ever visited by nocturnal Lepidoptera. My earliest record for flowers, followed by seed, is April 26, 1903; my latest, November 15, 1905; at that date the stamens were still shedding active pollen. It is rich in honey, and is visited early and late in the season by day-flying Lepidoptera, Diptera, Coleoptera, and Thysanoptera. As my hundreds of tubes of visiting insects are not yet all sorted out, or are at present in the hands of specialists, I am in no position to state final results here. M. sylvestris is not like Ballota nigra; it does not cling to the old enclosures of villages, to the neglect of semi-natural habitats. It is therefore truly areal, 7. e., an indisputable native, in Lincoln- shire and the counties round. Though a follower of man, it only seeks his presence for protection from his domesticated stock, which are its worst enemies. It can thrive very well without man’s presence, as apparently Ballota nigra never does. It takes a place beside Lamizwm album in Lincolnshire, and they have approximately the same frequency. THE GENUS SALICORNIA IN DENMARK. By C. E. Moss, D.Sc. THRouGH the kindness of Dr. C. H. Ostenfeld, of the Her- barium of Copenhagen, I have been enabled to examine the collection of Danish Salicornie. Judging from the specimens I have thus seen (and all my remarks naturally need this qualification), there are no perennial forms in Denmark. The northern limit of these would appear to occur in Norfolk, where S. perennis Mill. (= S. radicans Sm.) is very abundant. There is an old record of this species for North Yorkshire, and I should be glad to know if this has received recent confirmation. However, I have recently discovered or re-discovered a species which is interesting as being in some ways a connecting-link between the annual and perennial forms, and this bridging-species is prominent in the Danish collection. I have seen this species growing abundantly in Hampshire: Messrs. Groves have recently sent me specimens of it from Essex; and Dr. Ostenfeld and Mr. Druce have found it in Ireland. Its occurrence in Ireland is interesting, as this country, like Denmark, appears to be without any perennial Glassworts. I propose to give a fuller account of the plant as soon as I have decided on its botanical name. Of course, S. ewropea L. (= 8. herbacea L.), the most wide- spread Huropean Glasswort, is abundant in Denmark; and it is interesting to be able to record S. ramosissima Woods abundantly in that country. The latter species, I am now able to state SHORT NOTES 95 occurs also in South-western France, near Archachon (!); in South France, near Marseilles (sp.); and in Moravia (sp.). S. pusilla Woods, S. gracilluma Moss, and S. disarticulata Moss, do not appear in the Danish collection. The prostrate forms are also poorly represented, but S. prostrata Pall. occurs. Generally, one’s beliefs are confirmed that the perennial forms of the genus are the most southern; that the prostrate herba- ceous forms are more southern than the erect ones; and the erect herbaceous forms are more abundantly represented in Southern England than elsewhere. SHORT NOTES. DissecTED Lear oF Horsz-RADISH (Armoracia rusticana Gaertn.).—The remarkable frequency of this form in a dry field near Bognor in August last suggested that it might be correlated with the long spell of dry, hot, sunny weather for which the summer was remarkable. The phenomenon, which is well known in this plant, consists in a reduction of the large surface by the disappearance more or less of the mesophyll between the lateral veins, and suggests an obvious adaptation to a diminished water supply or to atmospheric conditions increasingly favourable to transpiration. Generally several leaves of a plant were affected, diminution of surface increasing in successively younger leaves. I noticed a similar prevalency of the leaf-cutting in plants growing in a small enclosure near home—just off West Hill, Wandsworth. Thinking it might be worth while calling atten- tion to the matter, I showed a specimen at a meeting of the Linnean Society, and as several Fellows have written to me on the subject since, I am writing this note for the Journal. Miss I. M. Roper sent some striking specimens from Bristol, which she says ‘‘ grew freely on a bank that had been raised at the edge of a damp orchard on cold alluvial soil. Although the drainage would be good on the slope, the situation would never bedry. Observa- tions in another district near Bristol show that the plants on a rubbish-heap are each year much dissected, whilst those close by at the edge of allotment grounds are normal, and on this account I had associated the peculiarity with poverty of soil.” Mr. H. S. Thompson also writes that during the last twenty-five years he has occasionally seen such forms in Somerset and elsewhere, particularly on or near the sandhills about Berrow in Somerset; he adds: “I do not happen to have noticed if this form is especially frequent in hot summers.” Myr. J. R. Jackson, writing from Lympstone, Devon, says: ‘I have read with some interest your note to the Linnean on the dissected form of Horse-radish leaf, having had a somewhat similar form in my own garden in the past summer. It occurred on a young plant, probably two years old, the offshoot of an older group which is in a damper and more shady position than the plant bearing the dissected leaves, which, indeed, was close 96 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY to the edge of a gravel-walk in somewhat impoverished ground, and exposed to the sun nearly all day. This would bear out your suggestion as to the cause being a kind of starvation, for as it was impossible to keep up a sufficient supply of water, scarlet-runners, tomatoes, vegetable marrows and lettuces in the same garden were all killed.”—A. B. RENDLE. PLANTAGO SETACEA Edmonston.—This name is not included in the Index Kewensis. It appears in Edmonston’s Flora of Shetland, p. 17 (1845), and is printed as follows :— “ Plantago setacea. “T have given this name provisionally to a plant not un- common in mountainous districts, which has hitherto been con- founded with P. maritima. The characters I would propose are the following :— “P. marituma. ‘ Leaves erect, narrow lanceolate, smooth; spikes cylindrical. “B. dentata. Leaves toothed. “ P. setacea. “Leaves lying flat on the ground, cylindrical or semi- cylindrical. Spikes globular. ‘6. lanosa. Base of the leaves woolly. ‘‘ Whether these characters are constant, or whether they are of sufficient importance to constitute specific difference, must be left to future observations.” The plant is entirely omitted from the second edition ‘ edited and revised by C. F. Argyll Saxby” (a nephew of Edmonston) (1903)—an unsatisfactory work owing to the omissions of nume- rous notes such as the foregoing, which represented Edmonston’s observations. It is no doubt a form of P. maritima; Beeby (in Scottish Naturalist, 1887, p. 28) referred the var. lanosa to P. maritima var. hirsuta Syme, as to which see p. 214 of the same volume.—JAMES BRITTEN. SAGINA NODOSA Var. MONILIFERA Lange.—In the notice (p. 72) of Mr. Druce’s account of the International Phytogeographical Excursion in the British Isles there is a slight error with regard to Sagina. The new variety or forma pointed out by Professor Massart on the dune-marshes near Southport is S. nodosa var. monilifera. The interesting account of S. nodosa recently given in this Journal (p. 270, 1910) by Mr. Travis refers to this form. S. glabra, however, is Mr. Druce’s determination of a plant gathered on Ben Lawers.—C. E. Moss. Utmus Protm.—Mr. Druce sends us a reprint of a paper published in the December number of the Jowrnal of the Nor- thamptonshire Field Club on Ulmus Plotii, an elm to which he has already called attention in the Gardeners’ Chronicle. The tree “was first distinguished” by Plot in his Natural History of Oxfordshire (1677), and is diagnosed by Mr. Druce as “ arbor BESTIMMUNG DER KARBONPFLANZEN WEST-EUROPAS TF elevata, cortice glabro, ramis attenuatis, foliis parvis, angustis, acuminatis, glabris.” It will be observed that no fruit-characters are indicated, nor does it appear from the detailed description in English that fruit has been seen. The tree appears to be widely distributed, and is the Ulmus sativus var. Locki of Mr. Druce’s List. This latter name, by the way, presents certain difficulties. Mr. Druce tells us that the name Lockw was given by him because in the area of its growth it is ‘called Lock’s elm, a name I am told which refers to the timber, not to a man’s name connected with” the tree. This probably refers to some use of the timber in connection with locks: but in that case can “ Lockii” be quoted, even in synonymy? The paper is accompanied by two figures of the tree. ALLIUM SPH@ROCEPHALUM L. (p. 64).—In 1906 I brought home two bulbs from Jersey. One of these was planted in a rockery among blocks of limestone, the other in garden loam. Hach year they have flowered freely, and have increased by bulb division: but in neither case have any head-bulbils appeared, nor have I obtained ripe seed. I suppose there is no chance of Mr. Hunnybun’s plant being a hybrid? The development of the young plants of A. spherocephalum is different from that of A. vineale.—G. C. DRuce. REVIEWS. Anleitung zur Bestimmung der Karbonpflanzen West-Europas. By Dr. W.J.Jonamans. Bandi. Pp. 482, 390 figs. Craz and Gerlach (J. Stettner), Freiberg in Sachsen. 16 Marks. THERE can be few of those who have worked at the task of identifying fossil plants from the Coal Measures who have not wished for a systematic flora of such plants. The original descriptions and illustrations are usually scattered in a hundred different publications, many of them difficult to procure; the synonomy is often so puzzling and the characters regarded by authors as specific are so varied that the task of identification becomes extremely difficult to anyone who has not made a special study of the subject. It is obvious, therefore, that the work which Dr. Jongmans has undertaken is of great utility to those botanists and geologists who wish to collect and study the carboniferous plants of Western Europe. We are now to have for the first time a systematic flora with analytical keys. The present volume deals with the Thallo- phyta, of which our knowledge is very fragmentary, the Hquise- tales, which form one of the most important constituents of the carboniferous flora, and the Sphenophyllales, an interesting group long extinct but with probable relations in the modern Pszlotwm and T’mesipterts. The various genera and species of these groups are treated in considerable detail, and the descriptions are sup- 98 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY plemented with an abundance of excellent illustrations, usually photographs or reproductions of the original figures. The original plan of giving separate generic, and sometimes even specific, names to different parts of the same plant when found as separate fossils is adopted, but reference is given to the other parts when these are known. It is evident that much remains to be done in the direction of linking up isolated frag- ments of stems, leaves, cones, &c., into complete plants. When one looks at a book like the present volume, the richness and variety of even a small part of the flora of the ancient Carboniferous Period strikes one very forcibly. It is greatly to be regretted, however, that the author found himself unable to include in his work an account of the petrified speci- mens showing the structure of the plants whose external form is exhaustively dealt with. It is true that some references are given to the literature of this subject, but many more are desirable. A more serious drawback is that the book does not contain more critical work. One can easily realize the enormous diffi- culties in the way of a really critical account, as the author points out, but it would have added greatly to the value of the work if such a thing had been possible. Dr. Jongmans knows how to make a book. The various sections are clearly arranged, and a good bibliography and index are provided. One can only marvel at his energy and patience in undertaking a work of such great magnitude, and if the other parts are as good as the present appears to be, he will earn the gratitude of many generations of paleeobotanists. H. Boe Das Phytoplankton des Siisswassers mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung des Vierwaldstdttersees. By Dr. Hans Bacumann. Pp. 213. 15 plates. Jena: Gustav Fischer. 1911. Price 5 Marks. TuHIs volume is an attempted summary of our present know- ledge of freshwater phytoplankton, with a passing reference to that which occurs in the Lake of Lucerne. The greater part of the work (about 170 pages) is devoted to a general systematic and biological account of the flagellate and algal constituents of the plankton. Some of these groups, such as the Flagellata, Per- dinee, and Myxophyce@, are treated very well, the systematic account being based upon the recent work of Lemmermann. Ceratium hirwndinella receives a more comprehensive treat- ment than has yet been accorded to it, but even this detailed account omits all mention of that peculiar form with the deflexed antapical horn which, so far as is known, occurs only in the lakes of the Outer Hebrides and the West of Ireland. The treatment of the Diatoms is, on the whole, good, but the complete omission of the genus Swrzrella is a serious defect, when one considers the great abundance of species of this genus in the lakes of the British area, and in the large African lakes. A SHORT FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE 99 The Desmidiacee@ are only briefly mentioned as plankton- constituents, whereas their treatment should have been much fuller. No group of Green Algze contains so many exclusive plankton-species and varieties as the Desmidiacee@, and, moreover, they are (with the exception of a few species of Swrirella omitted from this work), the only constituents which give the freshwater plankton a definite geographical character. This brief mention of plankton-Desmids is in great contrast to the more extended treat- ment of many genera of the Protococcales, which are only casual plankton-units. One of the best parts of the work is that which deals with the methods of collection, the apparatus used for this purpose, and the quantitative estimation of results. The text-figures are all good, but the plates are rather poor. G. S. WEst. A Short Flora of Cambridgeshire chiefly from an Ecological Stand- point, with a History of its chief Botanists. By A. H. Evans, M.A. The Lower Cryptogams by the Rey. P. G. M. Ruopes, M.A., G. S. West, M.A., D.Sce., F.L.8., and F. T. Brooxs, M.A. (Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, vol. xvi. part 3.) Cambridge: at the University Press. 8vo, wrapper, pp. 197-284. December, 1911. [Price not stated.] Ty this carefully executed pamphlet of less than a hundred pages, something like a new type of local flora is set up. The work is divided into various sections: the first deals with Cam- bridgeshire Botanists; the second with ‘“ the physical features of Cambridgeshire, with its geological formations and their attendant Flora”; the third is an “annotated List of some of the rarer plants, many of which are now extinct’; the fourth, which occupies the remainder of the book, being a ‘general list of species.” In this the distribution of the Angiosperms and Pteri- dophyta through the districts of Babington’s Flora is indicated but definite localities are rarely given. The Cryptogams are treated more fully in this respect: the Characee have been revived by the Messrs. Groves; the Alge are very fully dealt with by Dr. G. S. West, with descriptive and critical notes and full localities ; of the Fungi Mr. F. T. Brooks gives only a list and Mr. Rhodes does the same for the lichens. The chief interest of the book lies in the three first sections. That on Cambridgeshire botanists might have been more informing without appreciably adding to the space it occupies: for example, by adopting the plan now so generally followed of giving the dates of birth and death after the name of each person cited; it is how- ever carefully done. In the second section the ecological aspect of the flora is set forth; it concludes with the following summary regarding the plants stated in Babington’s Flora to be lost to or unknown in the county :— ‘Of the plants reported to be lost, the following are still to 100 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY be found: Thlaspi arvense, Geranium rotundifolum, Lathyrus Nissolia, Pyrus torminalis, Sedum Telephiwm, S. album, Lactuca saligna, Senecio viscosus, Beta maritima, Polygonum minus, Salix purpurea, Colchicum autumnale, Setaria viridis, Phleum arena- rium; of those said to be probably extirpated we still have Myosurus minimus, Ginanthe silaifolia, Kentranthus ruber, Limo- sella aquatica, Veronica spicata, Myrica Gale, and Liparis Loeselit. On the other hand, many species—Senecio paludosus in particular —have not been seen for a considerable period. ‘Of plants said to be unknown in the county we have Lychnis dioica, Digitalis purpurea, Festuca duriuscula, Tragopogon pra- tense, Epilobium angustifolium, Lepidium Smith, Zostera marina c. angustifolia, Cardamine amara, Sagina maritima d. densa, Quercus sessiliflora, Teesdalia nudicalis, Vicia lathyroides, and possibly Anagallis femina.” The annotated list of some of the rarer plants is very well done, and may be taken as a model of how the subject should be treated. Here again, however, it would have been well if the date had been added after each reference as it is after some. The seventeenth century record of Pingwicula lusitanica for the county contained in Herb. Sloane xxvii. (f. 144), which was published in this Journal for 1909 (p. 101), seems to have escaped Mr. Evans’s notice. A trifling correction may be made on p. 213; the British Museum specimen of Limoniwm reticulatum is marked ‘ Jas.,” not “'T.,” Sowerby. It would, we think, be well in these days of conflicting nomenclature to indicate in such works as this exactly which list or book has been followed. We note with pleasure that casuals of the kind which disfigure and increase the bulk of some recent floras without adding to their value find no place in Mr. Evans’s list. Etudes sur le Flore des Districts des Bangala et de V Ubangt. Plante Thonneriane Congolenses. Sérieii. Par E. DE WILDE- MAN. Introduction par M. Fr. THonner. 8vo, pp. XVil, 443; with frontispiece, map, figures in text, and 20 plates. Brussels: Misch & Thron. 1911. Price 11s. Tuis volume adds another to the series of admirably got-up and lavishly illustrated works on the botany of the Congo district which is owed to Dr. de Wildeman. The present publication is a continuation of the Plante Thonneriane Congolenses, 1** Série, by the same author and the late Th. Durand, which appeared in 1900, and which embodied an account of the results of M. Thonner’s first botanical trip in this region in 1896. The volume now issued contains, in addition to a systematic description of the plants collected on the second journey, a general account of the district and its flora. In his introduction M. Thonner describes the route taken on his two expeditions and some of the general botanical characters of the region traversed. This comprises the area between the BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 101 Congo and its tributary the Ubangi, the southern portion of which is the country of the Bangala and the northern that of the Ubangi; both are bounded on the east by the district of the Uele. An excellent map, based on M. Thonner’s observations, shows the general geographical characters and relations of these areas. Dr. de Wildeman devotes the first part of the subject-matter to a description of the vegetation of the area, based largely on information supplied by M. Thonner. This is considered under two heads, namely, the central forest zone or the damp equatorial forest region, and the northern zone or the North Congo ‘‘brousse.” A list of the plants known from each district is given, and this is followed by an elaborate comparative table of the floras of the Central African province (the zone of the Ubangi and the Uele) and of the Bangala district. Apart from the value of the comparative survey, this list forms a useful sweeping together of the plants from the whole area. This section of the book closes with a discussion of the distribution of various seed plants and the part played by these formations in the building up of the Congo flora. The second section comprises an enumeration of the plants collected on the second expedition (1909); the new species are illustrated by plates. It concludes with separate lists of the plants collected on the two expeditions. The third and last section is a flora of the political districts of the Bangala and Ubangi, compiled from available sources of information, including besides Thonner’s plants those collected by the Laurents, Dewévre, Pynaert, Malchair, and others. The review of the volume suggests a somewhat bewildering multiplicity of lists which in practice has involved a good deal of repetition, and which somewhat discounts the value of the book to the botanist who is working at this portion of the West African flora. Dr. de Wildeman has brought together a great deal of useful matter and has made a valuable addition to our knowledge of the botany of the Congo region; but some condensation and rearrangement would have made the book a better working tool for the systematic botanist. An important feature is the series of plates, most of which are double-page, illustrating the novelties described in the text. If all descriptive works involving new species were as freely and as clearly illustrated, the task of the systematist would be much lightened. By By i BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, éde. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on Jan. 18, Dr. A. Anstruther Lawson gave a lantern lecture entitled ‘‘ Some features of the Marine Flora at St. Andrews,” showing the wealth of algal vegetation at that part of the coast, and its special characteristics, including the habit of the plants when growing in their natural position under water, Illustrations of the 102 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY gigantic brown alge of the Pacific Coast were also shown for comparison. The lecture was discussed by Miss A. L. Smith, Mr. J. C. Shenstone, Prof. F. HE. Fritsch, Mr. A. D. Cotton, and the President, the lecturer replying to various questions. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on Feb. 1, Dr. B. D. Jack- son communicated some additional information concerning Linné’s Lapland Drum. The information printed in the Proceedings for last year (pp. 60-61) represented the ascertained facts up to the Bicentenary of Linné in May, 1907. But enquiry was afterwards made as to what had become of the Linnean drum, and it resulted in the discovery of its history as follows:—The drum formed part of a large collection of curiosities which was bought by the Uni- verity of Upsala in 1832, on the death of Thunberg’s pupil and botanical demonstator, C. P. Forsberg. In 1874 the University presented it, not knowing its interesting history, to the Royal Academy of Science, Stockholm, whence, in 1883, it passed to the Trocadéro Museum, in Paris, in exchange for some Peruvian curiosities. It now seems certain that Linné received the magic drum from Pite or Lule Lappmark, as it agrees with the design of others from those parts, and differs from the form of those from Kimi and Torne Lappmark; it has certain figures used in the district of Asele. We may expect a detailed account of the drum in question from Dr. Reuterskidld, who is occupied in an exhaus- tive review of all known specimens. THE first number of the Scottish Botanical Review, with which we see the Transactions of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh are now united, is nicely printed; among its contents are the first portion of a paper on ‘“ The Geological Relations of Stable and Migratory Plant Formations,” by Mr. C. B. Crampton, and articles on “Some Aquatic Forms and Aquatic Species of the British Flora, and on Carex helvola,” by Mr. Arthur Bennett; on ‘Some Modern Aspects of Applied Botany,’ by Mr. A. W. Borthwick; and on “‘ Keological Terminology as applied to Marine Alge,” by Mr. N. M. Johnson. There are also notes and reviews, among the latter a critical notice of Major Wolley-Dod’s List of British Roses, issued in last year’s Journal, which we may safely attri- bute to Mr. W. Barclay, though it is not signed. THe Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany, no. 274, con- cluding vol. xxxix., issued Nov. 30) contains a ‘‘ Supplementary List of Chinese Flowering Plants, 1904-1910,” the extent of which shows how greatly our knowledge of the flora of China has extended during that period. We note that the names have not been revised in accordance with the Vienna recommendations : thus on p. 003, at which we opened, we have ‘Cavalerii’’ and ‘“Cavaleriei’’ (the latter being correct); ‘‘ volkamerizfolia”’ for ‘‘volkameriifolia”’; and, stranger still, ‘‘ Uraria lacei’’ and ‘‘ Vero- nica Maritima.’’ The proofs seem to have not been very carefully read: we note such names as “ Tabernemontana Cummingiana ” (p. 499) and such citations as ‘‘Collet”’ (2b.). There are occasion- ally (when necessary) new names—e. g. ‘‘ Symplocos Ernesti Dunn BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 103 (nom. noy.): S. Wilsont Brand non Hemsl.”—and reductions. We are not convinced as to the desirability of the method of citing periodicals which is becoming general—+z. e. by the insertion of the date of publication after the volume and before the page: thus “Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xxxiii. (1897) 88.” This is right when the volume is co-extensive with the year of publication, as is the case with this Journal, but in the case of the Linnean Society’s Journals, the volumes of which usually extend over two or more years, it seems to us that for the sake of accuracy in such cases and for that of uniformity in others, it is better to adhere to the earlier practice and to place the date at the end of the citation. THERE is evidently room for a good proof-reader in Edinburgh. The recent part (vol. xxiv. pt. 3) of the Transactions of the Botanical Society contains obituary notices of George Stabler and Robert Pantling, who appear respectively as ‘ Stables” (with a genus Stablesia) and ‘‘ Panthing’’; and a paper of three pages in No. 22 of the Notes from the Edinburgh Garden speaks throughout of “Mr. A. Bennet (meaning Bennett) and of Rev. M. J. “ Berkley” (Berkeley), Rev. O. M. “ Fieldon ” (Feilden) and ‘‘ bee’’ (bees). Messrs. Crosby Lockwood & Son send us a handy little pocket volume ‘compiled from the most reliable and modern sources by Frank Braham, F.R.G.S.,” entitled The Rubber-Planter’s Notebook (2s. 6d. net). It is described as ‘‘a handy book of reference on Para Rubber planting, with hints on the maintenance of health in the tropics and other general information of utility to the rubber planter, specially designed for use in the field,’ and this sufficiently characterizes its scope. It is nicely printed and suitably illustrated. An important addition to the ‘‘Who’s Who” class of book is made by Messrs. Churchill in Who’s Who in Sczence (International) (pp. xvi, 323, price 6s. net), edited by Mr. H. H. Stephenson. It is excellently printed, in double columns, and, so far as we have tested it, sufficiently full and accurate. We do not understand the principle which has guided the compiler in his selection, but this on the whole is well made, though we miss certain names which we should have expected to find. We have noticed very few slips: one such is the “Life of William” attributed to Dr. Daydon Jackson—~. e. William Turner. The volume is a useful addition to our works of reference. Messrs. Macmillan have published what is evidently an ex- ceedingly complete and useful book on Spices (pp. viii, 449, price 8s. 6d. net) from the pen of Mr. H. N. Ridley, whose practical experience extending over a long period of years as Director of the Botanic Gardens of the Straits Settlements has enabled him to write with authority upon the subject. The volume includes chapters on Vanilla, Nutmegs and Mace, Cloves, Pimento or Allspice, Cinnamon, Cassia Bark, Black Pepper, Long Pepper, Grains of Paradise, Cardamoms, Capsicums or Chilies, Coriander, 104 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Dill, and Cumin, Ginger, and Turmeric and its allies. The book is intended primarily for the cultivator, and the botanical portion, although sufficient for practical purposes, is naturally subordinated to matters connected with the cultivation of the various plants and the various insect and vegetable ‘“pests”’ which affect this. A useful bibliography is appended to each chapter, and there are a few illustrations, hardly as good as we should have expected to find in soimportant a book. The volume is well printed, and forms an important contribution to the literature of economic botany. Tue last issue (vol. xi. no. 276) of the Journal of the Linnean Society (Botany), published on Feb. 1, contains papers on the comparative anatomy of the leaves of certain New Zealand species of Veronica, by R. 8. Adamson, who also contributes an exhaustive ecological study of a Cambridgeshire woodland; an interesting account, with illustrations, by Miss 8. M. Baker of two brown seaweeds of the salt marshes at Blakeney Point, Norfolk—Pelvetia canaliculata, of which two new varieties are described and figured, and Fucus volubtlis, with a new variety ; and an account by Prof. Fritsch of freshwater Algz collected in the South Orkneys by Mr. R. N. Rudmose Brown, including a new genus, Scotiella. A NoTEworTHY addition to British Moss literature is The Hepatics of Sussex, by Mr. W. E. Nicholson (Hastings and East Sussex Naturalist, vol. i. no. 6, June 30, 1911, pp. 243-299, 6 plates). Mr. Nicholson is well known to readers of this J ournal for the bryological rarities which he has discovered both here and abroad. In rendering an account of the hepatics of Sussex he has given us much more than a mere county list. Among the one hundred and twenty-four species enumerated he includes twenty-one which have been added to the British Flora since the appearance of Mr. W. H. Pearson’s book in 1902: and for most of these he has adapted diagnoses from foreign sources not easily available to British botanists. The critical annotations appended to some of the species are of great assistance: and the introductory sketch of the morphology, reproduction, and local distribution, forms a valuable addition to a paper, the primary purpose of which is systematic. The excellent illustrations provided are repro- duced from original drawings by the Rev. H. G. Jameson, and represent the additions to the flora.—a. G. Part 10 of the Clare Island Survey, in course of publication by the Royal Irish Academy (Nov. 1911, price 4s.), ig devoted to a consideration of the Phanerogamia and Pteridophyta by Mr. Lloyd Praeger. It is, as one might anticipate, a very thorough and scholarly piece of work, describing the vegetation of the island in its various aspects of maritime, meadowland, woodland, moorland and alpine, with a complete list of the species with notes on the more interesting. The influence of man upon the flora, and its origin from transport by wind and water as well as by birds, are considered; a full bibliography and excellent index conclude the paper, which is illustrated by five plates and a map. * 2 Se a ee a = “pea oie a ee 2 DB oe ee te : ae 2. eee z - = =a ae ae Pl. steps in the Principles of Flower 2 Classification according to the Natural System. By Ruy. A. C. Morais. ‘The useful little compilation is just what it professes to be, intended for be- etincrs in the study of Field Botany. . . . The definition and explanation of terms are very good. . ~It should have a ready sale.”—Journal of Botany, July, 1909. - *‘Kxtremely well adapted for the use of beginners.”’—Gen. Sec. Linnean Society. Price 7d. post free. London: WEST, NEWMAN € CO., 54 Hatton Garden, E.C. Journal of Botany Reprints. BouND SEPARATELY IN PAPER Cover. Price Is. 6p. PostTaGeE Ip. THIRD SUPPLEMENT TO THE BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH & IRISH BOTANISTS. 954 pp., Demy 8vo, CLoru extra, Price Qs. 6p. NET. BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX. DECEASED BRITISH & IRISH BOTANISTS. BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S., & G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S. BOUND UP TOGETHER WITH FIRST (1893-97) & SECOND (1898-1902) SUPPLEMENTS. The SuppLemenrs can also be had separately, price 1/6 each ; postage 1d. THE BRITISH ROSES. By Masor A. H. WOLLEY-DOD. 144 pp. Price 3s. PostTacE 2p. Excluding Eu-caninz Price 2s. 6p., PosTaceE Qp. The Subsection Eu-caninze _— PRICE 28. PostTaGcE Ip. A List. of British Roses : London - WEST, NEWMAN & Co.,-54, Hatton Garden. or 50, PP., - Demy Bv6; IN ieee fore Price, a POST FREE. 3 pape _ a aes we oes Fee ig len We oll a's has = i = ec ee: 7 Me eb 3? aie Pa a ne Ane NOTES ON THE FLORA OF Ben cigneiae ‘ Br ARTHUR A. DALLMAN, F.C.S. Pr. 32, with 2 Puates, in Paper Cover. PRIcE Qs., POSTAGE 1b. THE BRITISH PANSIES. By. E. DRABBLE, D.Sc., F.L.S. a 88, IN PAPER Cover, Paice IAs. 6p., PosTaGE Qp. FLORA. of GLAMORGANSHIRE By H. J. RIDDELSDELL, M.A. Lime Crorn, 8vo. Pe. O76. Pag 6s. NET. PostacE 3p. NOTES ON THE Drawing for Sowerby's ° English Botany. Dy dhe ea GARRY. - Demy 8vo, 23 pp., Price ee PostTaGE Ip. INTERNATIONAL RULES BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE -' - ADOPTED BY THE INTERNATIONAL BOTANICAL CONGRESS HELD AT VIENNA, 1905,< Pp, 24, In PAPER CoveER, Price 1s., PostagE- 1p. _LINNAEUS’S FLORA ANGLICA, — Demy 8vo, 44° PP., Price 1s: PosTsace 4p. INDEX ABECED ARIUS, AN ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO THE FIRST EDITION OF THE ‘SPECIES PLANTARUM’ OF LINNAUS. CompineED By WILLIAM PHILIP HIERN, F.R.S. Demy 8vo, Price 1s. 6p. Key to Genera & Species of British Mosses By tHE Rev. H. G. JAMESON, M.A. Demy 8vo, 118 pp.,. Pricr 3s. A Supplement (0 Topographical Botany, Ed. 2. By ARTHUR BENNETT, F.L.S. WEST, NEWMAN ¢€& CO., 54, Hatton Garden, London, E.C. , sas’ " te cio -v, ; “ Pend Pe as, gene _ Subscriptions to ‘the jeaetat of botany a 1912 ies post free) should be sent to ee Newman & Co. APRIL, 1912 THE JOURNAL OF: BOTANY BRITISH AND FORKIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., wets S. eg? LE (PUBLISHED MONTHLY.) \, CO N La E N fh S li y | g8\ PAGE Alfred Fryer (1826-1912) (with por- trait). By A. H. Evans and James BRITTEN sey at A Revision of the Genus Bertiera. By H. F. Wernuaw, B.Sc. The Flora of London Building-sites. By J.C. Suenstone, F.L.S. .. By D. The Genus Tannodia Baill. Ss Pratn, M.B., A New Puilotus. GERALD .. Bibliographical Note :— XLIX.—Patrick Browne’s Natural History of Jamaica. By A. B. RENDLE ; Some Little- kriown “British Botan- ists. By James Brirven, K.S.G., F.L.S., and G. S. Bouuerr, F.L. S. 130 Suornt Nores.—Populus virginiana Foug. — Utricularia ochroleuca R. ee Unebqnone picridis Schultz i in Herts . eee _ Reviews :— A Monograph of the Mycetozoa } a Descriptive Catalogue of the ‘By W. V. Bam 129 105 >ATO.| A sa? Mn ss NL) Ar Species in the Herbarium of the British Museum. By Arruur 1 by cuore! they Site Boa el Rt See, es Froplanterne (Spermatofyter). At Dr. Euc. WARMING .. . ; Exkursionsflora von Java umfas- send die Bliitenpflanzen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der im Hochgebirge wildwachsenden Arten. Bearb. von Dr. S. H. KoorpDERs Types of British Vegetation. Edited by A. G. Tanstry, M.A., F.L.S. Vocabulaire Forestier Francais, Allemand, Anglais. Par J. Grr-_ SCHEL, revu par W. R. FisHer. Zur Phylogenie der Primulaceen- bliite. Studien tiber den Gefiiss- biindelverlauf in Bliitenachse und Perianth. By Dr. Sanrvaror THENEN x : Book-Notes, News, &e. SUPPLEMENT.—The Genus Fumaria L. in Britain. By H. W. Pues- LEY, B.A. (continued) LONDON WEST, NEWMAN & OO.. DULAU & CO., 54, HATTON SOHO SQUARE GARDEN, E.C. Price One Shilling and FHightpence JOURNAL OF B01 BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.6., F.L.S {ux Journat or Botany was established in 1863 by Dr. See In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, - assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spe: Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England fo Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Kidito: Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, t the Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing . upon this subject has remained unnoticed. we Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to. receive — considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publientione = ss has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and important books written by competent critics: in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in no way officially connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. In 1896 it became necessary to increase the size of the Journal, owing ‘to the number of papers sent for publication: the number of plates” ea was at the same time augmented. Subscriptions (16s. post free) and advertisements tack later than the 24th at each month) should be sent to West, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton one Hondop's ree A ‘communications for publication and books for review to re The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford, eae The volumes for 1884 to 1895, bound in cloth, can still be had, price 14s.each,or _ £7 10s. the set. From 1896 to 1911, bound in cloth, can be had at £1 1s. each. | Cases for binding 1911 volume, ‘and blanks for previous volumes can be had — price Is. 6d. each. AUTHORS’. SEPARATE. COPIES.—Contributors are presented with six copies of their papers as printed in the Journat or Borany. Authors who require more are requested to order from the publishers, and to notify this and state the number reauired at head of their MS.; otherwise the type may be distributed before ‘i ~~ Oe i _ sees the order is received. The charges for special separate copies are as under:— = 2pages 25 copies 4s.|4 pages 25copies Ss.| 8pages 25 copies 8s. Od. Fs. ? 50 ” ds. ” 50 ” 6s. ” 50 73 9s, Od. = th 200 Sn; 7s. ‘3 THOR ss, 8s. | » 100 “ys 10saieee A greater number of pages to be charged in equal proportion. Separate Titles, : ae Wrappers, W&c., extra. e a For articles supplied as aoa in the Journal, and not re-made UP» the 4 c barge is SEERA DY less. ic London: WEST, NEWMAN é Co., 54, Hatton oda ae ‘idole * e-« . , - oe ee ee nee et eee A = 4 : aioe +e * ) “ _ . ’ ¥ 7 ders ‘ ie . ins - 4 F - ¥ <« aoe. 44 ene . i 4 . , ‘ ? . = * “ : ‘ i : ’ i . y ? Avo + é mi AEFRED FRYER 105 ALFRED FRYER. (1826-1912.) (WITH PORTRAIT.) BritisH botanists will have learnt with the greatest regret that Alfred Fryer died at his residence at Chatteris, in Cambridge- shire, on February 26th, in his eighty-sixth year. Living quietly for the greater part of his life in a small country place, few but his most intimate friends were aware of the depth of his intellect or appreciated at their full worth his literary and scientific attainments. To take only one instance, few persons can read with ease French, German, Dutch, and Latin, with the addition of a little Swedish or Danish; such know- ledge is especially useful to the botanist in England who has to study, and make comparisons with, foreign forms of plants. But what impressed his friends most deeply, when he was in the prime of life, was his wonderful enthusiasm for any pursuit he took up, and in another direction his marvellous fund of anecdotes con- nected with the men of the Fens, with whom he always identified himself. What Fryer might have accomplished with a very slight change of Fortune’s wheel it is impossible to say; he witnessed many phases of life both in London and the country, made the acquaintance of many men of eminence in different lines, and in his younger days had many advantages; but, in spite of his enthusiasm, he was of a modest and retiring nature, and never could bring himself to make full use of opportunities as a more pushing man would have done. The Fryers are an old Cambridgeshire family of the northern fenland, and the branch to which Alfred belonged has been resi- dent for at least three hundred years in the Chatteris district ; his father was a gentleman-farmer of considerable means, who did not consider it necessary to bring up his son to any regular pro- fession, but allowed him to follow the bent of his natural tastes. Eventually this proved unfortunate, as the son did not inherit any portion of his father’s capital, as it was supposed he would be provided for by a rich aunt. The aunt, at her death, was found to have left her money elsewhere, and Alfred was thrown almost entirely on his own resources. Born on Christmas Day, 1826, he was sent to school at Leicester in or before the year 1840, and there, among others, met a dreamy clever boy of the name of Bates, who was afterwards to become the celebrated traveller and explorer of the Amazon. The two boys became very intimate, and they soon proved them- selves to be more devoted to natural history and poetry than to school work; their love for the former subject was no doubt stimulated by the fact that they made the acquaintance of Alfred Russel Wallace, who doubtless even then showed signs of the talent strikingly brought to light by his joint paper with Charles Darwin on the Origin of Species. When Bates subsequently left JOURNAL OF Botany.—Vot. 50. [Aprin, 1912.) I 106 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY England for South America he urged Fryer to accompany him, but family considerations did not permit the latter to accept the offer, as he had just lost his first wife. Circumstances took a decided change when, about 1846 or 1847, he became acquainted with a new circle of friends in London, including some belonging to the Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood. It does not seem that he saw much of Holman Hunt or Muillais, but he was very intimate with the Rossettis and still more with Coventry Patmore, in one of whose letters he is referred to as ‘“‘a noble fellow and will be much nobler.’”’ His poetical tendencies received much encouragement under these auspices, and it seems that he thought of publishing a book of his own verses. Nor was the advantage on his side alone, for he always claimed the credit of inducing Dante Rossetti—who had then only contributed to The Germ, the periodical of the Brother- hood—to turn his attention to poetry rather than to painting. Rossetti and Keats seem to have been Fryer’s favourite authors, with Browning and perhaps Tennyson next in order; towards the end of his life, however, he changed his ideas a little, and often said that Shakespeare was above them all. These London friend- ships continued for a time after Fryer returned to Cambridge- shire; but even that with Patmore lapsed when the poet became a Roman Catholic, or a little later. The life of Patmore by Mr. Basil Champneys contains many letters from and references to Fryer, who was invited to con- tribute his reminiscences to it: but he says, writing to one of us at the end of 1899: “I refused any help of the kind; Coventry laid his soul fairly open to me—we had little hid from each other —but I have no right to let the public share his confidences to me. We were closer than ordinary friends, almost or quite as close as brothers. He had great natural gifts as a poet and might have been one of our great ones if he had been true to his first impulses.” Fryer was always ready to talk and to write to appreciative friends and correspondents on matters relating to literature: the letter just quoted continues :— ‘Dante Rossetti was true, and his name will grow bigger year by year. Have you ever noticed how Catholic his inspiration is? Without the influence of your Church he would never have been quite what he was in form. I rank him as only a little less than Shakespeare and Keats in natural inspiration, though, like the latter, there was not a full outcome of the innate power. ‘Looking over old letters to destroy them, now my life is near its end, I find an invitation to a meeting of the ‘P. R. B.’—a ‘set’ I would have liked had occasion permitted. Dante Rossetti introduced me to several of them on the sole occasion I saw him at his own house. He was bigger than either his poetry or his less excellent painting, and I regret that I did not keep up the friendship that promised so well.” The next, and to our readers the most important, stage of Fryer’s life begins about 1848, when we find him finally settled down in his native district, and turning his whole attention to science. His energy was remarkable, and his physical powers ALFRED FRYER 107 quite exceptional during his whole life, in proof of which we may mention the distances that he covered while exploring on foot the greater part of the Cambridgeshire Fens, and the fact that after taking up his residence in his freehold house at Chatteris he cultivated the large garden attached to it, and managed long ranges of glass for fruit-growing almost entirely with his own hands. At first he seems to have been chiefly attracted by ornithology, entomology, and conchology, as there are manuscript lists in his writing of the local birds, butterflies, and fossils; while he continued to take a special interest in the first of these subjects till the day of his death. It is not clear at what period he turned his attention to botany, but from the absence of any reference to him in Babington’s Flora of Cambridgeshire we may conclude it was after 1860—the date of the publication of that work. His first contribution to this Journal was a short note on Carex distans in Huntingdonshire (Journ. Bot. 1883, 246), which is interesting as showing that he was then in correspondence with Babington and Messrs. J. G. Baker and Arthur Bennett. In the Memorials of the first-named are several letters to Fryer, the earliest, written in 1876, in which Babington acknowledges a list of plants for District vu. of the Flora of Cambridgeshire ; an appreciation of Babington by Fryer, who met him on the occasion of his rare visits to the Cambridge Herbarium, occurs on p. xlvili. of the same work. In 1883 Fryer was contem- plating a Flora of Huntingdonshire and his name occurs as a correspondent of H. C. Watson for that county and for Cam- bridgeshire in the second edition of Topographical Botany (1883, p. 075); his interesting published notes, until his attention became absorbed in Potamogeton, mainly related to these counties, and showed an intimate knowledge both of the plants and their habitats. At the time of the publication of the note above referred to Fryer was already in correspondence not only with the botanists already mentioned but with others—notably the Messrs. Groves, with whom he contracted a warm friendship and who accompanied him on various expeditions in the Fens. His communication to this Journal was the beginning of an intimate correspondence with its Editor, which continued with warmth though not with- out interruptions until within a few weeks of his death. A little later he enlarged his circle of friends to include Mr. G. C. Druce, of Oxford, the discoverer of his Potamogeton Drucei, while Dr. Moss, of the Cambridge Botany School, and Mr. Hunnybun, of Huntingdon, were subsequently added to the list. A. H. Evans eet knew Fryer about 1880, and did much work with him in the eld. The first of Fryer’s long and valuable series of communications on the genus with which his name is chiefly associated appeared in this Journal for 1886 (p. 306); his growth of the plants for the purpose of study began (as we learn from the note) at least two years before this. At that period (1884) he was already sending 21 108 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY living plants to Mr. Arthur Bennett, an acknowledged authority on the genus, whose help he always greatly valued and who refers to Fryer (Bot. Exch. Club Report for 1884, p. 111) as his ‘acute friend,’ and quotes from his observations. The many forms of Potamogeton which grew about Chatteris, some of which could not be determined from any existing manual of British botany, no doubt in the first instance led Fryer to specialize on the genus, the general flora of the district having been sufficiently examined. He became more and more interested in the genus, and finally devoted himself entirely to it, growing many species in his tanks ‘and watching their development both in his garden and in their native haunts at different times of the year. He corresponded with all the best foreign authorities on the genus, and was an especially valued correspondent of Dr. Morong, the American Potamogeton specialist. From this time until 1899 the pages of this Journal bear ample testimony to the enthusiasm with which Fryer prosecuted his investigations, in recognition of which the Linnean Society in 1897 elected him an Associate. He was fortunate in finding in Robert Morgan, who until his death in 1900 drew most of the plates for this Journal, a collaborator who shared his interest in ‘“ Pots.”—his pet diminutive for his favourite plants. Fryer’s warm and well deserved tribute to Morgan’s work will be found in Journ. Bot. 1900, 490; it was in conjunction with Morgan as artist that he produced the fine quarto work, The Potamo- getons of the British Isles, of which the first instalment appeared in 1898, and which occupied the remainder of his life, remaining, unfortunately for science, incomplete at his death. A notice of the book was given in this Journal for 1898, p. 354; it enters elaborately into questions relating to the species, varieties, forms, and hybrids of the genus, and is a monument of carefulness and observation. In connection with his monograph, or rather as leading up to it and providing material for it, Fryer had accumulated a vast mass of specimens which he mounted with great care. Some years ago one of us corresponded with him as to the possibility of his Potamogeton herbarium, on the completion of his work, finding a resting-place—as will now be the case—in the National Herbarium, but the view which at that time prevailed as to the incorporation of all specimens in one series prevented his enter- taining the notion. ‘“‘The few botanists who have glanced at my collection’’ (he says) ‘“_no one has looked through a tenth part of it—all say it would be deprived of its special value if mixed with other specimens, or altered in any way.... In some form or other the collection will probably come to the Museum, but if it is to be maxed it would be better for me to reduce tle specimens by about nine-tenths, and so let the remaining thousand specimens represent the whole. I really do not know how many speci- mens I have; the drying-press numbers run to about 8000, and some of them have ten or more sheets of reserved specimens. Dr. Tiselius’s contributions probably fill 500 sheets. When the collection is looked over by anyone who has a month or two to spare, my reputation for ALFRED FRYER 109 liberality will be gone for ever, and I shall be set down as a fit companion for Daniel Dancer and other eminent misers.”’ In another letter he writes :— “Many of the specimens must be gummed down to the paper—glue would ruin them. ‘To this I add that I must do this myself—no ordinary mounter of museum specimens could do it properly. Pray do not think me too conceited! in this respect I am not a bit so—I merely know what is wanted, no one save a special Pot. man can know..... Again, ordinary botanical paper is quite unfit for mounting Pots. if they are to be studied. Paper such as I by chance hit upon is just suitable. It is firm enough to handle, and yet is sufficiently translucent to admit of the venation being closely examined. .... To show all that I had in view in making such a long series of the same form, it is necessary that the whole mass should be rearranged and catalogued, numbering each sheet. One set, for instance, would contain a series of forms from lucens to heterophyllus without a single gap! This would show the way in which two quite distinct species pass from one to the other without a missing link. Then each of the dozen species and hybrid species into which I have broken up this mass of allied forms wants illustrating by some fifty sheets of each segregate. Less than that number would not give the sluggish human intellect a true conception of a species. I have no idea of how many sheets there will be when, if ever, all is finished, five or six thousand at least—how many more?” Fryer left several separate collections of pond-weeds: one con- sists largely of foreign specimens, one of a series of British forms, but these two, though in separate cabinets and containing many duplicates, should be doubtless considered as forming one united whole. He always impressed upon his friends the necessity of having a long series of specimens to show the range of variation with sufficient clearness, and many apparent duplicates must by no means be so considered. A third collection consists of picked specimens, to show to visitors who could not for want of time examine the full series, while a fourth is of extra specimens, no doubt originally intended for exchange. All the collections are to go to Mr. Charles Bailey for his life; the bulk is to be sent, after his death, to the Botanical Department of the British Museum, and a set of the duplicates to the Botany School at Cambridge. One daughter by his first marriage and six children by his second remain to mourn Fryer’s decease; Miss Rose Fryer, his eldest daughter, contributed beautiful coloured drawings to the third edition of Sepp’s Nederlandsche Insekten, published in 1905. A grand-nephew, Claude Fryer, has just completed his course at Cambridge with the highest honours in Natural Science, and is at present working in Ceylon. Fryer was a delightful companion in the field, where he dis- coursed on the most varied subjects; and one of the writers of this notice has had many pleasant expeditions in his company during the last few years to the localities where the rarer species of Potamogeton occurred. It is often said that to know is to love, but the words are more true in his case than in many another. The robust health which happily characterized Fryer through- out his life remained until a few days before his death, when he quickly suecumbed to an attack of influenza followed by heart dis- 110 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ease. He was buried at Doddington, near Chatteris. Two months previously he had written to the Editor of this Journal a letter, a portion of which may fitly conclude this notice :— ‘‘ Herewith my kindest wishes for the coming year to you and yours; and many heartfelt thanks to you for all the years of kindness and help- fulness you have given abundantly since we first met in the Museum. I can always see you as I saw you then; a kindly but disciplinary face coming towards me full of helpfulness and greeting! This may seem in little agreement with my delayed reply to your welcome note of twelve months ago but it is not really so; in heart and mind I write to you almost daily, bnt never get the words written down. In fact the past year has been one of strenuous work, the hardest of a long life, and rest was needed. Now at eighty-five I have given up the garden that used up all my energy, and hope to finish the natural history work that is due from me. . “T don’t feel old, and can walk a dozen miles without fatigue, or twenty at a pinch, so I hope for enough time to enable me to put my plant- house in order; the more important order has been in the doing for some eighty years, and cannot be altered or undone by any effort of mine. The mercy of The Father can alone forgive and amend that.” A. H. Evans. JAMES BRITTEN. The accompanying portrait is from a photograph taken in 1901. A REVISION OF THE GENUS BERTIERA. By H. F. Wernuaw, B.Sc. THE GENUS. THE examination of various Rubiacee in the course of my duties in the National Herbarium has led me to attempt the revision of some of the more doubtful genera. Hamelia formed the subject of a previous paper (Journ. Bot. xlix. 206), and in the present one the allied genus Bertiera will be dealt with. The latter shares with Hamelia the characters of the tribe Hameliee, viz., a fleshy indehiscent fruit containing a large number of minute seeds, usually angular and flattened, with foveolate testa and fleshy albumen. Tt differs from Hamelia in having contorted corolla lobes and a bilocular ovary, the five anthers being subsessile in the throat of the corolla, and also in its general facies, which is more or less distinctive. As in the case of Hamelia the unopened corollas are characteristic, being conspicuously pointed at the apex of the bud, sometimes lengthily acuminate. The leaves are invariably opposite, never whorled, with sheathing stipules; the whole plant forms a shrub usually, or occasionally a small tree. _ The genus was founded by Aublet upon a shrub collected by him in the woods of Aroura, Guiana, the publication of the name dating from 1775; a co-type is preserved in the National Her- barium. Aublet gave a careful and detailed description, naming the species B. guzanensis; this has proved to be the most widely A REVISION OF THE GENUS BERTIERA 111 distributed of any of the species which have been relegated to the genus, although it does not extend beyond the American tropics. The next published mention of bertzera occurs in I’. Gaertner’s Carpologia (p. 75, t. 192), published in 1805, in which the fruits of two species are figured and described. The distinction between the two is based upon the character of the persistent calyx which crowns the bilocular berry. In one, B. mucronata, the segments of the calyx-limb are erect and more or less rigid; this appears to be identical with Aublet’s B. guwianensis, and is so regarded by A. Richard (Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. v. 254). The question cannot, however, be finally decided, as Gaertner describes the fruit only, and gives no hint of locality ; he makes no mention of B. guianensis. In Gaertner’s other species, B. Zaluzania, the calyx-segments are reflexed or spreading and ultimately form an umbilicus on the berry. This plant, rightly referred to the genus Bertiera, had been described and figured in MS. by Commerson as a new genus, Zaluzania; the latter collected it in Mauritius—a locality widely remote from that of B. gwanensis, and at the other extreme of the area of distribution as known at the present time. F. Gaertner also described what was to prove a third species of Bertiera, and in a third distinct area of distribution, namely, the African continent. The plant in question was collected by Smeathman in Sierra Leone, and named Genipa labiata in L’ Héritier’s herbarium. Gaertner founded the genus Pomatium upon this plant (Carpol. 252, t. 225, fig. 10), naming it P. sprcatwm, and giving a short description of the general external characters of the whole plant, as well as of the fruit. The latter has the spreading calyx of the B. Zaluzania type (supra), and Smeath- man’s plant, which is preserved in the National Herbarium, is undoubtedly referable to the genus Bertiera (v. infra). An inter- esting feature of Gaertner’s description is his recognition of the near affinity between his Pomatiwm and Hamelia. Poiret in his continuation of Lamarck’s Encyclopedia (Encye. Meth. Supp. i. 625) recognizes two of the three species already referred to—B. guianensis and B: Zaluzania; but makes no refer- ence to Pomatiwm, which was, doubtless, unpublished at the time he was preparing this part of his work. A. Richard published his “Mémoire sur la Famille des Rubiacées”’ in 1829, in the fifth volume of the Mém. Soe: Hist. Nat. de Paris. He there gives descriptive characters for the genus, and recognizes six species, viz.:—B. guianensis and B. Zaluzania, previously described; B. africana, the name he gives to the Pomatiwm spicatum of F. Gaertner (swpra), after pointing out the identity of the latter genus with Bertiera; and three new species of his own description—B. borbonica and B. fera from the island of Bourbon (Ile de la Réunion), and B. palustris from Guiana. A. Richard further identifies J. Gaertner’s genus Tarenna (Fruct. i. 139, t. 28 (1788)) with Bertiera; but from Gaertner’s 1a? THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY description, as well as the figure, the calyx appears to be 4-merous, while Bertiera seems to be essentially 5-merous, as Richard himself implies in his description of the allied genus Higginsia (loc. cit. 255). The rugose seeds of this Tarenna, again, do not correspond with the foveolate seeds typical of Bertiera; nor, moreover, does the locality—Ceylon—favour the suggestion that Gaertner’s Tarenna is synonymous with Bertiera. Gaertner’s fruit very probably is that of an Adenosacme, an Asiatic genus with which Bertzera has been confused by Blume and Don (infra). De Candolle in his Prodromus (iv. 392 (1830) ) adopts five of the six species in Richard’s memoir, from which the essence of his descriptions is taken, differing from the latter author in retaining Pomatium as a genus. He follows, however, the error of Blume (Bijd. Fl. Ned. Ind. 987) in associating the genus Mycetva of Reinwardt with Aublet’s Bertzera, and so adds three Javan species to the latter genus; they belong, however, to Adenosacme (v. Benth. & Hook. Gen. Pl. Il. i. 69). G. Don (Gard. Dict. iii. 505 (1837) ) follows De Candolle exactly in the enumeration of the species, adding one, B. coccinea, which has since been identified with Mussenda elegans. He admits, however, that his species is ‘‘not sufficiently known,” and, strangely enough, treats the subject of its culture and propagation under Mussenda. Don retains the genus Pomatiwm. Under the head of “species not sufficiently known” Don described two species proper to Bertzera under Wendlandia, an Asiatic genus, viz., W. pilosa and W. racemosa. The former is identical with B. africana Rich.—2. e. with Pomatiwm spicatum Gaertn.; the type of Don’s plant is preserved in the National Herbarium. The type of W. racemosa, also in the National Herbarium, has no flowers, but fruits only. Bentham, in Hooker's Niger Flora, p. 394, discusses Don’s W. racemosa, pointing out that the fruit and seeds do not in any way correspond structurally with those of Wendlandia, suggesting Bertiera as the proper genus, in spite of the unusually large size of the berry; specimens collected since fully justify this suggestion, and Don’s plant was undoubtedly a Bertiera. Bentham described at the same time a new species, B. laxa, from Fernando Po, with inflorescence of the lax thyrsoid type characteristic of the American and Mascarene species. Since Bentham’s work just mentioned (1849) until the present time only three new species from America have been described, and one from Madagascar. The most numerous additions have been from the African continent, so that the African species known now far exceed the rest in number. It will be gathered from the foregoing brief historical sketch of our knowledge of the genus that its distribution is somewhat curious. Unlike its ally Hamelia, Bertvera is not confined to the New World. ‘There are three areas of distribution, no species being common to any two of them, vzz.: (1) The tropical American area; (2) the tropical African area; (3) Madagascar and the Masca- rene Islands. Within each area, again, the distribution is limited. A REVISION OF THE GENUS BERTIERA 113 None of the Madagascar species, for instance, have been found in the other Mascarene Islands, nor vice versa. One species, B. gonzaleoides, is endemic in Cuba, but the genus is absent from the other islands of the West Indies, and, except for one Nicaraguan species (B. oligosperma), elsewhere in Central America. A species described by Bentham, B. angustifolia, was collected in the isolated Cocos Island, on the Sulphur expedition. The American B. gwianensis, the most widely spread of any of the species, occurs from Panama to Trinidad and Guiana in the north to Bolivia and Barra in the south and south-east, respectively. On the African continent the genus occurs as far north as Senegambia (B. labiata), but not south of the Congo; Upper Guinea is the area richest in species; and the most easterly points of distribution are Niamniam-land (B. @thiopica) and Uganda (B. montana). THE SPECIES. I have arranged the species in four sections, in accordance with the type of branching in the inflorescence. In the first section (Divaricate) the branching is dichasial, and no definite main rachis is differentiated. In the second and third a pro- nounced median rachis occurs; this bears lateral cymose branches, which may be relatively long and pedicellate, the flowers being more or less laxly arranged (Laxe); or the lateral rachides may be quite short or obsolete, the inflorescence being therefore spicate or subspicate (Spicate). In the fourth section (Capztate) all the flowering branches tend to suppression, and the inflorescence is capitate or subcapitate. These sections are by no means sharply differentiated, although the species typical of each are readily distinguished. Transitional species occur; and perhaps the most interesting is B. laxissema, which links Divaricate with Laxe, and gives a hint as to how the prominent median rachis of the latter section may have been derived from the dichasial branching of the former. Tracings made from the actual plants are reproduced in the appended diagrams. No. 1 shows the dichotomous inflorescence of B. brevi- flora (the ultimate branches are not shown at their full length, which may be very considerable). No. 2 is a full tracing of the inflorescence of B. laxissima, and it will be readily seen that the main rachis doubtless owes its ill-defined and sinuous character to its obvious origin from a succession of dichotomies. No. 3 is a similar diagram of the inflorescence of B. Batesi, revealing a more definite main rachis, but the latter retains clear evidence of its similar origin. No. 4 is a full tracing of the thyrsus of B. guwanensis, typical of the section Laxe, with a straight and well-defined median rachis; but it will be seen that dichotomy still plays an important part in the branching. The Divaricate, then, will be regarded in the present arrange- ment of the species as the relatively primitive section. From these the Lax@ were derived in the manner suggested above. 114 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY The Spicate would then emerge as the result of suppressing the lateral branches in Laxe; this transition is reflected in B. bracteo- lata and B. macrocarpa (q. v.). Finally, the Capitate may have originated from Spicate by shortening and ultimate suppression of the rachis; or, on the other hand, it might be conceived not Fig. 1.—B. breviflora. Fig. 2.—B. laxissima. unreasonably that the Dzvaricate may have given rise to the Capitate more directly by suppression of all the axes. B. Lauwr- entiz, however, seems to leave little doubt as to which supposition we should incline to adopt. In this species a single abbreviated but well-pronounced main axis is present, and this is significant as indicative of the probable origin of Capitate directly from Spicate. Thirty-three species are recognized in the present paper— twenty-one from the African continent, seven from the New World, one from Madagascar, and four from the other Mascarene Islands. The five latter and the American species, with one A REVISION OF THE GENUS BERTIERA O15 exception, belong to the section Laxe, the exception being the Nicaraguan B. oligosperma, one of the Spicate. The relation apparent between the distributional areas and the proposed sections lends some support to the view that the latter may represent more or less truly natural groups. Fig. 4.—B. guianensis Fig. 3.—B. Batesii. KEY TO THE SPECIES. Inflorescence composed of several divaricate dichotomous branches, no one predominating in length over the others. (DIVARICATZ.) Calyx-limb truncate, entire, stipules 2°5 cm. long ... 1. B. Dewevret. Calyx-limb deeply lobed, stipules seldom so much as SR MMIRE Recta si veg oicnss cease ods csesnusessesesvessaes 2. B. breviflor. Inflorescence with an indefinite main rachis, the lateral cymose branches relatively long, flowers not crowded. (Lax2.) Inflorescence usually very long, often exceeding the leaves, and lax; main rachis often sinuous. (Tropical African continent.) 116 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Flowers sessile or with relatively short pedicels. Inflorescence axis very sinuous, indefinite; flower-buds hispid, with yellowish hairs.........sssssesseees 3. B. laxissima. Inflorescence axis not very sinuous, well pronounced ; flower-buds not hispid. Open corolla less than 1 em. long, subglabrous ex- hermalhy sicahetece ses osiceereeeasa«isesectsacsetnatop 4, B. Batesw. Open corolla 2 cm. to 2°5 em. long, white or grey, sericeo-tomentose externally..........cscscsesveeees 5. B. laxa. Flowers with pedicels 8 mm. long ............ss000 6. B. pedicellata. Inflorescence usually not very long nor lax nor much, if at all, exceeding the leaves; main rachis straight and well pronounced. Flowers 5-7 mm. long at most. Bracteoles inconspicuous, minute or obsolete. (Tropical American.) Branchlets usually glabrous ............s.seseee 7. B. gonzaleordes. Branchlets usually cinereo-pilose (but see B. guianensis). Berries usually not ribbed ; calyx glabrous, or nearly so. Lateral inflorescence branches very diffuse, 10-80- HOW CEO \oicnuhianuacanevenceomsreeesseaeeeeseee 8. B. parviflora. Lateral inflorescence branches more or less rigid, few -flOWETEE— cc.escedvesssoeenesannetnens 9. B. procumbens. Berries usually ribbed; calyx strigose-pubescent. Plant subherbaceous (ex descr.) .......seeeeeee 10. B. palustris. Plant a shrub Leaves lanceolate, narrow, lengthily acuminate 11. B. angustifolia. Leaves mostly ovate or broadly elliptical, not lensthily acuminate-2...c.:c.c-h<<0< 12. B. guianensis. Klowers not exceeding 8 mm. _ Bracteoles subfoliaceous, much exceeding the calyx. (Madagascar.) 18. B. longithyrsa. Flowers 7 mm.—1 cm. or more long. Bracteoles not con- spicuous. (Mascarene Islands.) Branchlets and inflorescence axes clothed with dense ferruoimOus WAtEs ys .c.).c. ose oes cnce este enes 14. B. fera. Branchlets and inflorescence axes glabrate or silky pubescent. Lateral branches of inflorescence long, much branched, often sinuous, 10- or more flowered. Stipules less than 1 em. long............s0< 15. B. borbonica. Stipules 2°5=3 Em MONS | 5.0... sc ae ore os * J 4 > 4) ‘4 < ‘. 7 E Pees 64 pp. oie 1s. ak 1s. ‘2d. ae free. HINTS ON Collecting and Preserving Plants. By STANLEY GUITON. Chapters on Collecting and Equipment, Drying, Preserving and r Arranging, Mounting, &c. Fully Illustrated. London: WEST, NEWMAN é CO., 54 Hatton Garden, E.C. Journal of Botany Veprints. BouND. SEPARATELY IN PAPER CovER. Pricer 1s. 6p. PostaGeE Ip. THIRD SU PPLEMi ENT TO THE BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH & IRISH BOTANISTS. t GP Sot no. Se PIS ; 254 pp., Demy 8vo, CrotH EXTRA, Prick 9s. 6p. NET. 3 BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX _ DECEASED BRITISH d IRISH BOTANISTS JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., LS, & G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S. BOUND UP TOGETHER WITH FIRST (1893. 97) & SECOND (1898-1902) SUPPLEMENTS, The SuprLemMeENts can also be had separately, price 1/6 each ; postage 1d. THE BRITISH ROSES. By Masor A. H. WOLLEY: DOD. 144 pp, ors a6 PosTAGE 2D. Excluding Eu-caninz Pricr 2s. 6p., PostTaaE 2p. The Subsection Eu-caninz PRIcE O5, paseaaks ihod aN List of British Roses : London: WEST, NEWMAN 4 Co., 54, Hatton Garden. METHUEN’S NEW BOOKS ae REPTILES, AMPHIBIA, FISHES, AND LOWER CHORDATA. 3 By R. LYDEKKER, B.A., F.R.S., and others. With many Illusirations. Demy 8vo. 10s. 6d. net. ~ [Animal Life. This volume of Mr. Pycraft’s Animal Life follows the same plan and covers the same ground as that on birds, by Mr. Pycraft himself. That is to say, it traces in broad outline the evolutionary history of the Reptiles, Amphibia, Fishes, and the less familiar, but as these pages will show, no less interesting types . commonly described under the term ‘‘ lower vertebrates.” THE OX. By R. Lydekker. With many Illustrations. Crown Svo. 6s. This work -will prove welcome alike to the naturalis’, the antiquary, the breeder, and the pare a After an introductory d'ssertation as to the proper English name of the ‘‘ ox,” the work deals with the general structure and zoological position of the species, and the ancient European wild ox and its exter- mination. This part cf the subject is treated in greater detail than in any other English work. THE FRESHWATER FISHES OF THE BRITISH ISLES. By C. TATE REGAN, M.A., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the , British Museum (Natural History). With 27 Figures and 37 Plates by, the Author. — : Crown 8vo. 6s. : A popular account of the fishes of our lakes and rivers. This is not a book about angling, but one for the angler and for all who wish for reliable information as to our fresh-water fishes, their specific characters, geographical distribution, and life history. THE LIFE OF CRUSTACEA. By W. T. Calman, D.Sc. With many Illustrations. Crown 8yo. 6s. This book gives an account of the wonderfully diversified habits and modes of life of the Crustacea—that large division of the animal kingdom which includes lobsters, crabs, shrimps, and a host of panics less _ familiar forms. BRITISH PLANT=GALLS: A Classified Textbook of Cecidology. By E. W. SWANTON, Author of ‘Fungi, and How to Know Them.’ With a Preface by Sir JonatHan Hutcuinson, F.R.C.S., Se.D., F.-RS. Illustrated with 32 Plates, 16 in Colour, and 16 from Photographs. Crown 8vo. 7s. 6d. net. {Ready shortly. Numerous galls, such as the Robin’s pineushion and oak-apple, with which ail country lovers are familiar, are beautifully illustrated in colour, together with the insects that cause them. The interesing life histories of the gall cuusers are described in the chapters forming the first part of the book, which concern galls caused by wasps, sawflies, beetles, moths, flies, aphides, mites, eelworms and fungi. METHUEN & CO., LTD., 36, ESSEX STREET, LONDON, W.C. Demy 8vo, 44 pp., Price 1s., Postace 1p. INDEX ABECEDARIUS, © AN ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO THE FIRST EDITION OF THE “SPECIES PLANTARUM’ OF LINNAUS. Compinep By WILLIAM PHILIP HIERN, F.R.S. Demy 8vo, Price 1s. 6p. Key to Genera & Species of British Mosses By tHe Rev. H. G. JAMESON, M.A. Demy 8vo, 118 PP., Prick 38s. A Supplement to Topographical Botany, Bd. 2. By ARTHUR BENNETT, F.L.S. WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, Hatton Garden, London, B.C. wt ( t to the aie of Botha for. fae post Kae shoule 4 ae be sent to. West, Newman d Co. . MAY, 1912 : Vol. L THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY hes ¢ eo ) my i’ BRITISH AND FOREIGN a3 at EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., “PLS. ; | (PUBLISHED MONTHLY.) \ mee f ‘ a % “CONTENTS PAGE eee : PAGE Bryosedgwickia, novum genus Ento- Bibliographical Note :— 5 ~dontacearum, with further Con- L. — Pohl’s ‘Tentamen Flore 3 tributions to the Bryology of | Bohemiz.’ By F. G. Winr- | India. By H. N. Dixon, M.A. SHRM Or. ot hy ant Sons Berane F.L.S. (Plate 517) Pegs Sal ie . _ | Suort Noves, — Salix reticulata in || A Revision of the Genus Bertiera. Wales— International Botanical - ||. ByH.F. Wernnam, B.Sc. (con- | Congreasie’ 85 ical “Gis. gene Mee Clmdog) fee. oe ee 1565 ee eee ’ ae _ Untersuchungen iiber Pfropf- ee By. Wet Auta | bastarde. Dr. Hans WInKLER.. 174 : : , ‘ son, M.D. .. «.. +. «+ ++ 164) Book-Notes, News, &.... .. «. 175 || -John Vaughan Thompson (1779- | SuPPLEMENT.—The Genus Fumaria . 1847). By James Brirren, | L. in Britain. By H. W. Pves- - De a 5. eit “aa LOA LEY, B.A. (continued) — LONDON “WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, B.C. DULAU.& CO.. SOHO SQUARE Price One Shilling and .Kightpence eee ae Be mat 7; Res. es i> an. tes . o ad 4 ‘ tid es sr ~— > ¥ . j ‘ = “= eet | a. = JOURNAL. BRITISH AND- FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G., PLS. Ss SEs eet EN ee ES Tux Journau oF ‘Botany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann. ‘In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occupy, the vast field of general Botany, the | é Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and -punctually on the ist of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed, - Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publications - has been elucidated. Jivery. number contains reviews of new and important books written by competent critics: in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in no way. officially connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. In 1896 it became necessary to increase the size of the Journal, owing to the number of papers sent for publication: the number of plates was at the same time augmented. Subscriptions (16s. post free) and advertisements (not later than the 24th of | each month) should be sent to West, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, London ; communications for publication and books for review to The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford. The volumes for 1884 to 1895, bound in cloth, can still be had, price 14s. each, or £7 10s. the set. From 1896 to 1911, bound in cloth, can be had at £1 1s. each. Cases for binding 1911 volume, ‘and blanks for previous volumes can be had ~ price 1s. 6d. each. AUTHORS’ SEPARATE COPIES.—Contributors are presented with six copies of their papers as printed in the Journat or Borany. Authors who require more are requested to order irom the publishers, and to notify this and state the number reauired at head of their MS.; otherwise the type may be distributed before the order is received. The charges for special separate copies are as under :— 2pages 25copies 4s.|4pages 25copies 5s.| 8 pages 25 copies 8s. Od. rs 50 Se Bee oe 305, 6s. i 50. 9s. Od. * 100 _—,, 7s. 3 100. —,, 8s. = 100 ,, 10s. 6d. A greater number of pages to be charged in equal proportion. Separate Titles, Wrappers, &c., extra. For articles supplied as printed in the Journal, and not re-made up, the - charge is ponemerauly less. Shae WEST, NEWMAN ¢€ Co., 54, Hatton ee : 4 ‘ Sh Journ. Bot. ee West, Newman proc. H. N. Dixon del. INDIAN MOSSES. 145 BRYOSEDGWICKIA, novum genus ENTODONTACEARUM, WITH FURTHER CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE BryoLoGy oF INDIA. By H. N. Drxon, M.A., F.L.S. (PuatEe 517.) In this article I continue the study of mosses received from various parts of India (cf. Journ. Bot. 1911, p. 1387). Since the publication of the last article a further small collection made by Mr. C. EH. C. Fischer, in the Nilgiris, has come to hand, and a considerable number of mosses collected by Mrs. F. Roper, in the spring of 1911, about Darjeeling have been placed in my hands for study by Rev. C. H. Binstead. Before proceeding with these I should add that, in describing the new genus Hyophilopsis (op. cit. p. 1387), reference should have been made to the genus Beccarza C. Mill., doubtfully and pro- visionally reduced by him in the Genera Muscorwm Frondosorum, and treated by Brotherus as a section of Pottza (which includes also Hyophila, Hymenostyliwm, &c., in C. Miiller’s arrangement). An examination of the specimens of Beccaria in the British Museum shows that it closely resembles Hyophilopsis, but differs in one or two important and essential characters; the peristome is wanting, not rudimentary as in Hyophilopsis, and the papille of the leaves are not on the face of the cells, but consist of coarse tubercles on or near the cell divisions, giving a remarkably rugose and striking appearance to the leaf. I may add that in a later gathering of Hyophilopsis entosthodontacea received from Mr. Sedgwick (No. 119), the papille are very sparse and often wanting. BARTRAMIA NORVEGICA (Gunn) Lindb. Darjeeling, leg. Mrs. Roper (Nos. 44, 63), c. fr. PHILONOTIS IMBRICATULA Mitt. Attapadi Hills, Coimbatore, alt. 3100 ft,, Sept. 1910, with Brachymeniwm Fischert Card. & Dixon ; leg. Fischer, st. P. HETEROPHYLLA Mitt. Purandhar, Poonah District, May, 1911; leg. Sedgwick (No. 129), st. P. REvouuTA vy. d. Bosch. & Lac. Lonavli, Western Ghats, Sept. 1908 (No. 8), st.; walls and banks, Mahableshwar, Western Ghats, 1909 (Nos. 53, 59), st.; all leg. Sedgwick. P. Loneicotuis (Hampe) Mitt. Darjeeling, leg. Mrs. Roper (Nos. 45, 50, 56, 57), c. fr. BREUTELIA DEFLEXA (Wils.) Broth. Darjeeling, leg. Mrs. Roper (No. 43), st. OLIGOTRICHUM SEMILAMELLATUM (Hook.) Mitt. Darjeeling, leg. Mrs. Roper (Nos. 51, 65), c. fr. PoGoNATUM ALOIDES (Hedw.) Beauv. Shady bank, Mahab. leshwar, Jan. 1909, leg. Sedgwick (No. 38), c. fr. Det. Broth. P. JuNcHunNIANUM (Dz. & Mb.) Bry. Jav. Near Galle, Ceylon, Mar. 1898; leg. J. H. Darrell (No. 131), c. fr. The marginal cell of JOURNAL OF Borany.—Vot. 50. [May, 1912.] M 146 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the lamelle in transverse section is flattened and often emarginate. The capsule is distinctly ribbed when fresh, and plicate when dry and old, as figured and described in the Bry. Jav. Several of the Indian specimens I have seen under this name have the capsules smooth. Other species of Pogonatum appear to exhibit the same dimorphism in the capsule. If this is admitted, together with the liability of the terminal cell of lamelle of P. aloides to the varia- tion pointed out by Salmon (Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xxxiv. 463), and the well-known polymorphism of this and P. swbrotwndum as to general height, length of seta, and outline of capsule, it appears evident that several of the Indian species are founded on unstable characters, and a large and rather welcome reduction of species may be ultimately looked for. Var. INcuRvVuM Bry. Jav. Attapadi Hills, Coimbatore, alt. 2500 ft., Oct. 1910, leg. Fischer (Nos. 7, 8), c. fr. Pogonatum papillosulum Card. & Dixon, sp. nov. (Tab. 517, fig. 1.) Fusco-viride, sat conferte cespitosum. Caulis simplex vel sub pericheetio innovans, 2-4 cm. altus, rigidiusculus. Folia sat conferta, humida erecto-patentia, sicca forteter imcurva vie contorta, subrigida ; 3-4 mm. longa, e basi brevi subito in laminam lanceolatam latiusculam angustata, apice acuto, marginibus nune obscure nunc argute per partem folii dimidiam superiorem den- tatis; costa valida rufa percurrens, dorso prope apicem plus- minusve argute dentibus sublamellosis dentata; cellule lamine parve, incrassatze, 10-14 p» late, subquadrate, ad basin dilatatam pellucide, quadrate vel breviter rectangulares, infime tantum elongate (3:1 vel4:1). Lamelle 25-35, dense confertz, totam fere laminam obtegentes, sectione transversa e 5-7 cellulis wnstructe, cellula terminale majore, dilatata, sepius depressa vel emarginata, minute sepe obscure papillosula. Dioicum; plantz mascule densius confertz, breviores, foliis brevioribus, rufescentibus; bracteze ex- terne latissime triangulares, suborbiculares, infraaurantiacez, supra hyaline costa excurrente breviter rufo-cuspidatz ; interne minores, mucronate. Bract. perich. foliis caulinis similes; seta 2—2°5 cm. longa, intense rubra; theca fusco-viridis, subsymmetrica, elliptico- cylindrica levis nec angulosa, collo distincto tumidiusculo (state obscuro), sub ore valde constricta, per totam superficiem papillis acutiusculis obtecta. Calyptra totam thecam obtegens, superne straminea infra pallida. Hab. Near Ghoom, Himalayas, alt. 7000 ft., 1910, leg. Miss Craig (No. 9), c. fr.; Darjeeling, 1911, leg. Mrs. Roper (No. 59), c. fr. Belonging to the section Anasmogoniwm, and nearest to P. rufisetum and P. infuscatum Mitt., but differing from these and from all others of the section in the subpapillose, flattened and emarginate terminal cells of the lamelle. The solid nerve and dense elevated lamellz give the leaves a rigid texture, so that in the dry state they are less contorted and also less convolute than in most of the allied species. P. rufisetum Mitt. has much less developed lamelle and a narrower nerve. The capsule and calyptra are described from the Darjeeling plant, which is in better condition as regards the fruit, but agrees with the Ghoom BRYOSEDGWICKIA, NOVUM GENUS ENTODONTACEARUM 147 plant entirely in all its characters. The dorsal teeth of the nerve are pluricellular and sublamellose. P. seminupum (Wils.) Mitt. Darjeeling, 1896, leg. Mrs. Sims (No. 53), st., det. Mitt. This was mixed with a fruiting plant referred by Mitten doubtfully to P. fuscatum Mitt. P. PERICHETIALE (Mont.) Jaeg. Attapadi Hills, Coimbatore, alt. 5500 ped., Oct. 1910, leg. Fischer (No. 5), c. fr. P. microstomuM (R. Br.) Brid. Walls and stones, alt. 7000 ped., Kundali, Nilgiri District, leg. Fischer (Nos. 17, 70), c. fr. Ghoom, Himalayas, leg. Miss Craig, 1910 (No. 8), st. Binsar, Almora, 1910, leg. Miss Shepheard (No. 5), st. Near Galle, Ceylon, 1898, leg. J. H. Darrell (No. 132), st. Forsstroemia inclusa Card. & Dixon, sp. nov. (Tab. 517, fig. 2.) Inflorescentia dioica videtur, fl. masc. non visi. Jf’. tr- chomitrion (Hedw.) Lindb. var. ammers@ Sull. peraffinis ; differt foliis szpius angustioribus pro more longioribus, nervo unico pertenut distincto ad medium folium attingente, theca breviter late ovata, in perichetio omnino inclusa; seta perbrevi, vix dimidiam longitudinem vaginule equante. Sporogonium totum (vaginula et operculo inclusis) vix 3mm. longum. Vaginula breviter parce pilosa. Hxothecii cellule elongate subrectangulares, laxe, parie- tibus tenuibus, pallide lutescentes, apud orificium subito in serie- bus pluribus (circa 8) multo minores, subquadratz, fusce vel aurantiace. Peristomil dentes lutei, subleves, vix papillosi. Calyptra breviter parce pilosa, pilis haud summam calyptram superantibus. Spore magna, 25-32 pz. Hab. Naga Hills, Assam; found in stuffing of mammal-skin in British Museum, and sent by Mr. W. R. Sherrin (No. 4). In habit and general structure scarcely differing from the North American f’. trichomitrion var. tmmersa, but the entirely immersed capsule of different form, the well developed though slender nerve, larger spores, &c., are quite distinct. F'. cryphe- otdes Card., from Japan, differs in the habit and narrower capsule. PrEeRoBRYOPSIS WaALKERI Broth. Trees, Mahableshwar, Western Ghats, Jan. 1909, leg. Sedgwick (No. 25), st. (cf. Journ. Bot. 1910, p. 298). P. Maxwenuiu Card. & Dixon. Trees in damp _ hollow, alt. 4-5000 ft., Mahableshwar, Western Ghats, Feb. 1909, leg. Sedgwick (No. 46), st. P. FounKesiAna (Mitt.) Fleisch. Naga Hills, Assam. From the skin of a flying squirrel in the British Museum, comm. W. R. Sherrin (No. 2), st. The gathering shows all gradations between the softer, more regularly pinnate form, characteristic of the plant as described by Mitten, and the rigid, yellowish form, Garovaglia guliramea C. M. in herb. Levier, referred to by Ren. & Card., Musci Exotscr, p. 227; thus confirming the conclusion of Fleischer, who has reduced G. guliuramea to a synonymn of this species. The Assam plant exhibits numerous small brown, articulate sausage- shaped gemme in the leaf axils along the main stem. M 2 148 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY P. rronpDosA (Mitt.) Fleisch. On tree-trunks in sholas,* Kun- dala, Nilgiri Hills, Feb. 1911; leg. Fischer (Nos. 16, 21), c. fr. Examination of numerous sporogonia in these specimens and in plants in the British Museum, e.g., No. 826, Hb. Ind. Or. Hook. & Thomson, Ceylon, leg. Gardner, one of the specimens cited by Mitten, show that his description (Musc. Ind. Or. p. 86) of the seta is slightly incorrect, vz., ‘‘pedunculum (cujus dimidium e perichetio exsertum)”’; I find it rarely, if ever, to occur that as much as half is exserted; the perichetial bracts usually extend much beyond the middle of the seta, and occasionally almost to the base of the capsule. I have in my herbarium a plant distributed by the late T. W. Naylor Beckett as ‘‘ Met. frondoswm Mitt., on trees, 5000 it., Maturata, Ceylon, Sept. 1883,” as to the correctness of which I feel considerable doubt ; the stem is long, flexuose, with irregular and short pinnate branches, considerably different from the rigidly closely pinnate branching of P. frondosa, and the alar cells are very little differentiated. In P. frondosa they are numerous, orange-brown, and clearly defined, forming well-marked decurrent auricles (‘‘ obscurius” in Mitten’s description must be taken of the contents of the cells, not of their presence). P. Hooxeri (Mitt.) Card. & Dixon. Darjeeling, Miss L. J. Robinson (No. 33), st. Good fruiting specimens of this were issued by Miss Roberts in her sets of Himalayan Mosses, No. 92. PAPILLARIA FUSCESCENS (Hook.) Jaeg. A common moss in the neighbourhood of Darjeeling. A plant sent by Miss L. J. Robinson in 1896 (No. 9) has thick branches, and I should refer it to var. crasstramea Ren. & Card., to which also would probably belong a striking form issued by Miss Roberts in the Himalayan Mosses, No. 27, determined by Brotherus as forma ramis crassis. A further Darjeeling plant, leg. Mrs. Sims, 1896 (No. 41), c. fr., of a bright green colour, has leaves not much contracted when dry, but convolute, and spirally arranged on the branches, some- times in a very marked manner. This was sent to Mitten, who labelled it “ Trachypus funiformis C. Muell. Wilson considered this to be a large state of Meteoriwm fuscescens.” He wrote further about it: “No. 4 is MW. fuscescens, in which the capsule is immersed in the perichetium; it is very variable in stature, rare in fruit, and Iam unable to distinguish your 41 from it; this too was Wilson’s opinion.” This No. 41 is identical with a plant col- lected by Mrs. Bamforth in Ceylon, and sent me by Rey. C. H. Binstead as P. Bamforthieg Broth. MS. In spite of the colour and habit, this is very close to P. fuscescens in structure, and at first scarcely separable; there is however a character which appears to be constant and of some value. In P. fuscescens, as pointed out first, I believe, by Fleischer, the papillae are not on the cell lumen, but on the longitudinal walls dividing the cells, a character which separates it from all the Indian species, at least, of the * Sholas = wooded ravines. BRYOSEDGWICKIA, NOVUM GENUS ENTODONTACEARUM 149 genus. The position of the papille is not always very easy to ascertain in the upper part of the leaf owing to the density of the areolation, but it is easily made out in connection with the wider and more pellucid cells towards the basal auricles. In P. Bam- forthie Broth. I have sometimes found the papille on the upper cell walls, but for the most part they are on the face, and on the basal part of the leaf they are seen very distinctly to be on the lumen. P. Bamforthie is therefore in all probability a good species, contrary to the opinion of Wilson and Mitten. P. semitorta (C. M.) Jaeg. is another abundant moss at Darjeeling; I have received numerous specimens from there, two or three of them, leg. Mrs. Roper (Nos. 13, 16) and Miss Craig (No. 3), I refer to f. subsemitorta Fleisch. (P. swbhsemitorta C. M. in sched.) ; they are more robust than the type, blackish within and often golden above, with somewhat shorter, wider leaves. MeEtror1IumM Bucuanani (Brid.) Fleisch. I have received from several stations in the north of India, ranging from Almora to Assam. One specimen, leg. Miss E. Shepheard (No. 3), has a few capsules. This is also the case with a specimen in the British Museum (No. 490, Herb. Griffith in Herb. East India Co., Bhotan); the fruit of this species has not, I believe, been de- scribed. The sporophyte is very similar to that of M. Miquel- zanum (C. M.), but the seta is practically smooth, scarcely at all roughened, the capsule slightly smaller and more turgidly oval, the exothecium cells somewhat larger and laxer, and especially the peristome teeth are much less papillose; in fact, the papille are nearly absent, so that the peristome is pellucid, and the trans- verse striz at base almost wanting. M. arratum (Mitt.) Broth. (Trachypus atratus Mitt.). This plant has given rise to much misunderstanding. Fleischer (Musci. . . von Buitenzorg, iii. 778) makes it a synonym of M. punctulatum (C. M.) Mitt. But C. Miuller’s plant is an Aéro- bryidium, with gradually pointed, transversely undulate leaves, and Mitten’s description of Trachypus atratus by no means agrees with this, as he compares it with M. Buchanani, a totally different plant; moreover, his description of the leaves (cymbiformi- concavis oblongo-obtusis subito in cuspidem tenuem elongatam productis, cellulis levibus, &c.), does not at all apply to M. pune- tulatum. I have received several plants from Ceylon, gathered by Naylor Beckett, and named M. atratwm (Mitt.), which agree in nearly every detail with Mitten’s description, except that the leaves are longitudinally plicate, as to which Mitten says nothing. It became obvious on comparison that these belonged to M. Miquel- canum (C. M.) forma atrata Fleisch., but whether or not they were really Mitten’s plant was another matter. In order to solve the difficulty, if possible, I applied to Mrs. Britton, who kindly sent me portions of several plants from Mitten’s herbarium of his T’. atratus, including some cited by him in his original description. 150 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Some of these are absolutely identical with Beckett’s plants, and nearly all have the deeply longitudinally plicate leaves (characteristic of M. Miquelianum), especially when dry. One or two, it is true, have a different appearance, having the stem- and lower branch- leaves black and the upper branches orange, attenuated at the tips, more distant, and with the leaves not plicate; but these are indisputably connected with the other form by plants bearing both forms of leaves on the same stem. Moreover, a part of one specimen, coll. Griffith, which Mrs. Britton has marked “'The type is like this,’ has the orange colouring of the above form with the leaves deeply and regularly plicate. There can be no doubt that Mitten’s 7. atratus is identical with M. Miqueltanum f. atrata Fleisch. Like other forms of that species it varies very much in habit and colour, and it is probably an extreme form which has led Fleischer to identify it with M. punctulatum (C. M.). Fleischer has already pointed out that Neckera plicefolia C. M. (Nilgiris, leg. Schmidt) is the same thing as M. Miquelianum. Specimens of this in the British Museum from CG. Miller’s her- barium are absolutely identical with Foulkes’ Ootacamund speci- mens of TZ’. atratus (marked “‘co-type’”’ by Mrs. Britton). The sporogonium, it may be added, of T. atratus quite agrees with that of M. Miquelianum. AEROBRYIDIUM PUNCTULATUM (C. M.) (Pilotrichum punctulatum C.M.); Darjeeling, 1895, leg. Miss Robinson (No. 10), st. I have compared this with specimens (Ceylon, leg. Nietner, ex herb. C. Miller) in the British Museum, and it certainly belongs here. An identical plant was sent me by Mons. Cardot from Kodikanal, Madura, leg. André, 1908. They appear to belong to Aérobryzdiwm rather than to Meteorvwm, near to A. filamentoswm (Hook.), and doubtfully separable from A. awronitens (Hook.). FLORIBUNDARIA AUREA (Griff.) Broth. Darjeeling, leg. Miss robinson (Nos. 7, 37), st. FE. puma (Mitt.) Broth. Darjeeling, 1911, leg. Mrs. Roper (No. °.. st.; and 1895, leg. Miss Robinson (No. 25), st. I RBELDA STEVENSII (Ren. & Card.) Fleisch. Darjeeling, 1911, .1eg. Mrs. Roper (No. 16), st.; and 1896, leg. Mrs. Sims (No. 42), c. fr. B. ruFiFouia (Thw. & Mitt.) Broth. Nuwara-Eliya, Ceylon, 1898, leg. J. H. Darrell (No. 139), st. B. amana (Thw. & Mitt.) Fleisch. Nuwara-Eliya, Ceylon, 1898, leg. J. H. Darrell (No. 138), st. In comparing Mr. Darrell’s plant with Thw. & Mitten’s WM. amenwm in the British Museum in 1898, I ascertained that the species was at that time undescribed, although distributed by Thwaites in the Ceylon Mosses under No. 206. I wrote to Mitten on this point and quote his reply, as it is of some interest: ‘‘I have looked over my M. amenum and I find I have written in the name on the sheet containing it, so that I must have considered it done with when the Ceylon mosses sent out by Thwaites were published, for I marked it ‘M. amenum BRYOSEDGWICKIA, NOVUM GENUS ENTODONTACEARUM~ 151 T. & M.,’ but on looking at the paper, a copy of which I send, I see it is not included; how this came about I do not know.” Fleischer has published a description of the species in the Musci . . . von Buitenzorg, iii. 802. B. COMPRESSIRAMEA (Ren. & Card.) Fleisch. Sikkim (from a squirrel skin in the Brit. Mus., comm. W. R. Sherrin) (No. 1), st. B. sprcunata (Mitt.) Broth. Sikkim, with the last species (No. 2), c. fr. The lid, which I believe has not been described, gradually tapers from a high conical base to a sharp oblique beak, about two-thirds the length of the capsule. The leaves in this specimen have the cells remotely but sharply papillose, as they are also in a specimen “ No. 12, H. Levier, Bryoth. exotica, Kurseong, leg. Decoly.” This character, I find, varies considerably in different parts of the same plant, and the leaves may be almost smooth, as described by Mitten. B. BomBycina (Ren. & Card.) Fleisch. Sikkim, 8000 ft., leg. H. H. Mann, comm. G. Webster (No. 338), st. Det. Paris. METEORIOPSIS RECLINATA (Mitt.) Fleisch. Naga Hills, Assam (from the skin of a flying squirrel in the British Museum, comm. W. BR. Sherrin) (No. 3), st. DIAPHANODON BLANDUS (Hary.) Ren. & Card. Darjeeling, 1911, leg. Mrs. Roper (No. 3), st. D. THuipioipES Ren. & Card. Binsar, Almora, 1910, leg. Miss HK. Shepheard (Nos. 6, 8), c. fr.; (No. 23), st.; det. Cardot. Near Almora, 1905, leg. Miss L. J. Robinson (No. 63), st. D. Brotueri Ren. & Card. Darjeeling, 1911, leg. Mrs. Roper (No. 23), st. D. pProcumBENS (C. M.) Ren. & Card. Trees and stems, Mahableshwar, Western Ghats, 4—4500 ft. alt., Jan. 1909, leg. Sedgwick (No. 28), c. fr. The plant recorded (Journ. Bot. 1909, p. 164) as Trachy- podopsis blanda, from Trimbak, properly belongs here also. It was determined as 7’. blanda by Fleischer, but this was probably a lapsus calamz for procumbens, as it certainly belongs to this species.* TRACHYPODOPSIS AURICULATA (Mitt.) Fleisch. Darjeeling, 1911, leg. Mrs. Roper (Nos. 24, 25, 27), st. Near Ghoom, Himalayas, 1911, leg. Miss Craig (No. 2), st. CRYPTOLEPTODON FLEXUOSUS (Hary.) Ren. & Card. Binsar, Almora, 1910, leg. Miss Shepheard (No. 9), c. fr. Necxkeropsis (Paraphysanthus) ANDAMANA (C. M.) Fleisch. Near Karwar, North Kanara, Western Ghats, June, 1909, leg. R. M. Maxwell, comm. Sedgwick (No. 70), c. fr. Specimens from the Andaman Islands in the British Museum have been compared. It has hitherto, I believe, been recorded only from that group. * The district referred to in the above-cited paper as ‘ Nasile’ should, I learn, be corrected to ‘ Nasik.’ 152 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY HoMALIODENDRON MonraGneanum (C. M.) Fleisch. Sikkim, comm. W. R. Sherrin (No. 4), st. Det. Cardot. H. yigubH#rotium (Mitt.) Fleisch. Nuwara-EHliya, Ceylon, March, 1898, leg. J. H. Darrell (No. 147), st. Det. Fleischer. am very loath to import any fresh difficulties into the problems of this very troublesome genus, more especially as I cannot suggest any solution of the point at issue; but I feel compelled to refer to Mitten’s opinion on the matter of H. ligulefoliwm. Fleischer, it may be recollected (Hedwigia, xlv. 97, and Musci.. . von Buitenzorg, iii. 911), has separated the Homalia ligulefolia — of the Bry. yavanica from that of Mitten, and described it as a new species, Homaliodendron squarrulosum Fleisch. In the latter publication he has a note on 4. ligulefolium (Mitt.), comparing it with H. scalpellifolum, and adding, “ferner sind die Stengel- blatter deutlich querwellig.” This undulation of the stem-leaves is marked in No. 191, Max Fleisch. Muse. Fr. Arch. Ind., Ser. iv., H. ligulefoliwm (Mitt.) Fleisch. from Ceylon, and also in Darrell’s Ceylon plant, determined by Fleischer. But Mitten, to whom I sent a specimen of Darrell’s plant (as N. ligulefolia Mitt.), wrote of it: ‘I do not see any undulation, as in yours, in any of my Ceylon or Indian specimens. I send you a stem of what I have marked as the original of N. ligulefolia, as to outline; no two stems are alike, and I think the form of the leaves on the attenuated ramuli varies as they are more or less prolonged; all this set are difficult to discriminate . . . now I should place all these Indian species in Porotrichum. . . . I have looked at the small specimen I have of Thwaites’s collecting and I see no undulation, otherways I should think your moss to be a state of P. ligulefolium.” The specimen (leg. Gardner) sent by Mitten as the original of his species certainly shows no trace of undulation in the stem- leaves. As Mitten himself was unable to detect any differences between the two Ceylon plants, beyond the undulation, it may be that they should be looked upon as two forms of the same species; but in any case the facts above stated must be held to modify the description of H. lgulefolum given by Fleischer. Apart from the undulation of the leaves, there are other differences of more or less value, though certainly not great, between the Javanese plant and the Ceylon forms, and I do not venture to suggest that Fleischer is wrong in keeping them specifically distinct, at any rate, while so many species are retained in this group differing from one another by perhaps even less important characters. Pinnatella calcutensis (C. M.) Fleisch. In large masses, pendu- lous from branches of trees, Mahableshwar, Western Ghats, alt. 45000 ped., Jan., 1909, leg. Sedgwick (No. 26), c. fr. A fine plant, the fruit of which has not been found before. Its stems reach to 8 or 9 in. in length, with mostly simple, distant, irregular branches, which are more or less curled when dry. I have compared it with a part of the type specimen determined by C. Miller (kindly sent to me by the late Dr. E. Levier) as ‘“Urocladiwm calcutense”’ (I have adhered to the original spell- BRYOSEDGWICKIA, NOVUM GENUS ENTODONTACEARUM 153 ing of the specific name). The fruit may be described as follows (Tab. 517, fig. 4):—Perichetia from the middle of the secon- dary stems and branches, about 2 mm. long, bracts faintly nerved, from a subsheathing base abruptly narrowed to a short, wide, rigid, sub-ligulate denticulate point, which is patulous in the outer, suberect in the inner bracts; areolation elongate, smooth, chloro- phyllose, often with a single marginal row of narrow, retangular, colourless cells. Vaginula large, hairy. Seta, 2-3 mm., straight or slightly curved, yellowish, somewhat thickened and very slightly roughened above. Capsule turgidly oval, with a short neck, orange-brown, pachydermous, somewhat glossy, exothecium cells large, firm-walled, irregular. Calyptra and lid unseen. Outer peristome (fragmentary), yellow, teeth united at base, papillose below, smooth above; median line zigzag, sometimes perforated above. Endostome (very fragmentary), a low yellowish, smooth basal membrane with short (probably broken), subulate erect pro- cesses. Spores about 25 », greenish. SymMPHyopDON aNGustus (C. M.) Broth. Trees, alt. 4000- 4500 ft., Mahableshwar, Western Ghats, Jan. 1909, leg. Sedg- wick (No. 27), c.fr. I have compared this with an original specimen from Bombay in herb. Bescherelle, from C. Miller, and find that it agrees exactly. C. Miiller’s description of the capsule as “‘minuta, elliptica’’ seems quite inappropriate to his own speci- men; the capsules measure 3 mm. without and 3-5 mm. with the lid. The lid and upper third of the capsule are usually smooth. S. ASPER (Mitt.) Jaeg. Sikkim, comm. W. R. Sherrin (No. 5), ©. if, ? ENTODON caLicinosus (Mitt.) Jaeg. Darjeeling, 1911, leg. Mrs. Roper (No. 9), st. A sterile plant, which I should have referred without hesitation to H. orthocarpus (La Pyl.), were it not that EL. caliginosus (Mitt.), according to specimens ex herb. Mitt. (No. 536, Bhotan, Griffith), in spite of the differences in cell- structure described by Mitten, appears to be absolutely identical with the European plant in vegetative characters; the alar cells, especially, seem in no way different. Griffith’s plant, however, is in fruit, and the capsules are distinctly shorter and wider than the few I have seen of H. orthocarpus, and I hesitate therefore to refer the Bhotan plant there. I have not seen Mitten’s type, which he describes from sterile specimens (he does not appear at that time to have seen Griffith's plant), and the question must therefore be left in abeyance; but it appears to need further investigation. HK. PROREPENS (Mitt.) Jaeg. Naga Hills, Assam (in skin of flying squirrel from the British Museum), comm. W. R. Sherrin oo, 14),. c. fr. HK. Tuomsoni (Mitt.) Jaeg. Binsar, Almora, 1910, leg. Miss Shepheard (No. 10), c.fr. Banks and stones, alt. 4000 ft., Fort Purandhar, Western Ghats, 1910, leg. Sedgwick (Nos. 135, 136), st.; (No. 105), c.fr., a robust, very glossy form with stout branches, julaceous and curved when dry. 154 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY EK. puicatus C.M. Attapadi Hills, Coimbatore, 1910 (No. 12), and Bolampatti Hills, 2500 ft. alt., 1911 (Nos. 25, 56), c.fr.; all leg. Fischer. On trees, Lonavla, Western Ghats, 1903, leg. G. A Gammie, comm. Sedgwick (No. 101), c.fr. The leaves in this Species vary much, from almost entire to closely and finely serru- late, even in different leaves on the same stem. Bryosedgwickia, Card. & Dixon, gen. nov. Entodontacearum. Habitus, folia, theca, &c. Pylaisie. Peristomium internum ab externo liberum; membrana basilaris alta, pergranulosa; pro- cessus filiformes, nodost, papillost, haud perforatt, dentibus ex- ternis subeequilongi. Perist. externum Pylaisiz. It may possibly be a question whether some of the genera of this Order, allied to Pylazsia, and differing znter se but little in vegetative characters, are not founded on somewhat minute differ- ences of peristome; but accepting such a classification as, e.@., that of Brotherus (in Engler & Prantl, Pfllanzenfamilien), the plant on which we have founded this genus certainly stands clearly apart, and to unite it with any of the existing génera could only be consistently done by a total reconstitution of the Order, and by ‘lumping ’”’ together a number of well recognized generic groups. Platygyrium, for example, and Platygyriella Card., a new Mexican genus, scarcely differ from Pylaisia except in the absence of a basal membrane, and Gvraldizella C. M. in little but the estriate outer teeth; and the character of the endostome in our genus is distinctly of more importance than such differences as these. Pylaisia nana Mitt., from Japan has, as Mons. Cardot informs me, a granulose basal membrane, but the processes are broad and of the normal Pylaisza type. The new genus will therefore probably be considered by most bryologists as a very well founded one. We have named it after the collector, Mr. Sedgwick, from whom I have received many interesting Indian mosses. Bryosedgwickia Kirtikarii Card. & Dixon, sp. nov. (Tab. 517, fig. 3.) Dense cespitosa, mollis, nitida, serzcea, pallide lutescens; caules dense intertexti, ramosi, ramis circa 2 cm. longis, tenellis flexuosis, ramulis paucis tenerrimis, sepe curvatis, siccis subjulacets. Folia sat conferta, imbricata, humida patula, sicca erecta subjulacea, caulina late ovata, breviter acute acuminata, szepe parte superiore decolorata, ramea brevius latius acuminata vel acuta, marginibus planis integris, brevissime obscure binervosa ; cellule foliorum caulinorum angustissime lineares tenuissime, rameorum paullo breviores latiores, basilares in medio folio latiores, ad angulos im seriebus circa quinque subquadrate, magne, bene definite, chlorophyllose. Autoica; flores masc. minuti, in foli- orum rameorum axillis siti, bracteis breviter ovatis subobtusis. Perichzxtium breve, bracteis suberectis, sensim acutis, apice sub- denticulato. Seta tenuis, rubra, erecta, circa 2 cm. alta; theca erecta, equalis vel leniter curvata, anguste elliptica, sicca sub- c ylindrica, rufa, circa 2 mm. longa, operculum elongate conicum vel breviter oblique rostellatum, obtusiusculum. LExothecii cel- lule irregulariter ovali-hexagona, sat magne incrassate, apud BRYOSEDGWICKIA, NOVUM GENUS ENTODONTACEARUM 155 orificium breviora minora subquadrata. Stomata sparsa, male evoluta. Annulus nullus. Peristomium prope orificium insertum, dentes externi lanceolati, ‘3-35 mm. longi, lutei, lamina dorsalis sat dense trabeculata, linea media angulata, superficie usque ad mediam partem fortiter transverse striolata, parte superiore grossi- uscule irregulariter papillosa, subpellucida; lamellis externis paucis obscuris. Endostomii membrana circa 1 mm. alta, saturate lutea, e scutellis bene delimitatis fortiter granulosis instructa, processus lutei. (Cetera generis.) Spore 15-26 p. Hab. On tree, Fort Purandhar, Poona District, May, 1910 (No. 92), c.fr.; and on stem of Huphorbia (No. 88), ¢. fr.; on trees, alt. 4000 ft., Panchgani, Western Ghats (No. 55), abi: on tree, Mahableshwar, Western Ghats, Jan. 1909 (No. 22), c. fr. ; all leg. Sedgwick. In appearance and general characters almost exactly identical with Pylaisia awrea (Hook.) Broth., and only to be distinguished by the very different structure of the peristome and the smaller spores. In P. awrea the inner peristome is adherent to the outer, and consists of a pale, not granulose, basal membrane, with very short processes of the normal Pylazsza form. We have named this species after Lieut.-Col. K. R. Kirtikar, - I.M.8., whose contributions to the botany of South India are numerous and valuable, and who has collected a number of interesting mosses from the Poona and Bombay districts. Lindbergia longinervis Card. & Dixon, sp. nov. (Tab. 517, fig. 5.) Habitus L. Austen (Sull.) Broth., sed paullo gracilior, sordide fuscescens ad ramos arborum inter muscos repens. Folia caulina e basi subsquarrosa patentia vel assurgentia, sepe sub- secunda, sicca vix mutata, vix 1 mm. longa, ad basin breviter angustissime decurrentia, anguste ovata, sensim in acumen longum tenue angustata, margine plano, ad infimam basin tantum ali- quando angustissime recurvo, superne minute denticulato. Costa sat valida, lutea, in foliis inferioribus nonnunquam wsque ad medium acumen producta, sepius versus 3 folic longitudinem soluta. Folia ramulina minora, paullo brevius acuminata, sicca subappressa, erecta. Areolatio subpellucida, cellule rhomboideo- hexagone, 8-12 p longe, 5-6 pw late, ad utramque paginam papillam unicam mediam altam acutam gerentes ; alares numerose, transverse ovales, superiores elongatz, in acumine rhomboideo- lineares. Autoicum. Perichetium parvum, bracte erectz, breviter acuminatz, pellucide, e cellulis subrectangularibus levibus in- structs. Seta rubra perbrevis, ‘5-75 cm. longa; theca minuta, an- guste ovalis, circa 2 mm. longa, pachydermica, rufo-fusca, operculo convexo. HExothecii rete valde densum, parietibus longitudinali- bus fortiter incrassatis, transversalibus contra tenuibus. Peristo- mium generis; dentes albidissimi, lati (ad basin 70-80 ,), sub- acutt, latissime marginatt, papillosi, extus altiwscule trabeculatt. Spore aurantiace, minutissime granulose, circa 15 p Hab. On trees, Binsar, Almora, 7000 ft. alt., 1910: leg. Miss Hi. Shepheard (No. 11). A very distinct plant, differing from all the other Indian 156 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY species of the genus in the papillose leaves; from L. Austin (Sull.) in the narrower, more finely acuminate leaves with more acutely papillose cells, short seta, and different structure of the peristome teeth. Leskea abbreviata Schp. from Abyssinia, while extremely close in habit and fruiting characters, has the wider, less gradually and longly tapering leaves of L. Austin, and the cells very shortly, often quite obscurely, papillose. EXPLANATION OF PuaTE 517. Fig. 1. Pogonatum papillosulum. a, leaf, x 10. b, back of nerve, x 100. c, lamelle in section, x 200. Fig. 2. Forsstroemia inclusa. a. leaf, x 20. b, perichetium, partially opened, x 12. c, calyptra, x 20. Fig. 3. Bryosedgwickia Kirtikarit. a, stem, nat.size. b, stem leaf, x 20. c, branch leaf, x 20. d, apex of stem leaf, x 50. e, apex of branch leaf, x 50. J, peristome, x 100. Fig. 4. Pinnatella calcutensis. a, part of fruiting stem, nat. size. Fig. 5. Lindbergia longinervis. a, plant, nat. size. 0b, leaf, x 20. c, upper cells, x 200. d, basa] marginal cells, x 200. e, peristome, x 100 (from left to right, profile, dorsal, and ventral view). f, peristome tooth, dorsal view, x 200. g, papille at back of leaf, x 200. eS A REVISION OF THE GENUS BERTIERA. By H. F. Wernuawy, B.Sc. (Continued from p. 117.) DIVARICATA, sect. nov. Inflorescentia ramorum sub- eequantium dichotomorum divaricatorum composita. 1. B. Dewerveret de Wild. in Ann. Mus. Congo, m1. i. 118 (1901). Hab. Congo, near Stanleyville : Deweévre, 11676. A somewhat isolated species, comparable, according to the authors, only with B. breviflora; we have associated the two on the ground of the inflorescence character. According to the description this species is distinctive in the large size of the stipules and the truncate glabrous calyx, with limb entire. 2. B. BREVIFLORA Hiern, in Oliver. Fl. Trop. Afr. iii. 85 (1877). Hab. Eppah: Barter, 3292! Gaboon River: Mann, 923! Batanga: Bates, 180! 305! Sierra Leone: Scott Elliot, 4646! 4939! Oban, 5S. Nigeria: Talbot, 209! Ashanti: Cummins, 124! Lagos: Rowland! Kamerun: Preuss, 324! 11382! Rudatis, 91! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. LAX, sect. nov. Inflorescentia rachide mediana plus minus bene distincta ramis lateralibus cymorum laxiusculorum compositis. 3. B. uaxissima K. Sch. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxiii. 348 (1904). Hab. Kamerun: Zenker, 1425! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. The floral pedicels, in many cases measuring over 2 mm., are noticeable in this species, as well as the rather ill-defined, sinuous main rachis of the inflorescence. (See fig. 2 and introduction, supra). 4. B. Batesii, sp.nov. Inflorescentia laxa thyrsoidea rachide A REVISION OF THE GENUS BERTIERA 157 mediana leviter undulata floribus inter minores sessilibus corolla extus glabra stipulis magnis. Hab. Batanga, West Africa: Bates, 222! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. Verisimiliter frutex, ramulis gracilibus appresse cinereo- pubescentibus, foliis ellipticis utrinque equaliter breviter angus- tatis 8-15 em. x 2°5-5:5 cm. apice acuto margine ciliata superne glabris nisi super venam mediam strigoso-pilosis subtus similiter passim precipue super venas sparse indutis petiolo ad 8 mm. longo, stipulis lanceolatis ad 2°5 cm. x 8 mm. caudato-acuminatis intus glaberrimis extus ramulorum modo pilosis, inflorescentia perlaxa pedicello 6-10 cm. rachide mediana leniter undulata ramulis lateralibus 6-10-floris bracteis lineari-subulatis ca. 5 mm. longis bracteolis obsoletis alabastris valde acuminatis calyce toto vix 2 mm. longo pubescente limbo minutissime dentato, corolle tubo 7-8 mm. longo externe a basi longitudine ca. 5 mm. glaberrimo superne pubescente limbi laciniis basi latiusculis insuper setaceis vix 2 mm. longis glabratis faucibus villosis stylo filiforme sub stigmate bilobato complanato, bacca subglabra 10-costata, seminibus tetrahedris. 5. B. naxa Benth. in Hook. Nig. Flor. 394 (1849). Hab. Niger: Vogel, 148! Fernando Po: Mann, 200! Oban: Talbot,51! Kamerun: Staudt, 549! 4090! 4272! Preuss, 13867 !— a broad-leaved form; Bates, 390! a form with small stipules and short, rather dense inflorescences, the latter probably due to im- maturity. Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. The mature flowers, as seen in Talbot’s plant, are among the largest in the genus, measuring from 2 cm. to 2°5 cm. in length. 6. B. pedicellata, sp. nov. B. laxa Benth. var. ? pedicellata Hiern in Oliv. Fl. Trop. Afr. iii. 85. Inflorescentia longa thyrsoidea laxissima floribus pro genere longissime pedicellatis. Hab. St. Thomas Is., West Africa: Mann, 1068! Hb. Kew. Frutex ramulis sparse pubescentibus foliis angustis oblongis ca. 12cm. xX 3 cm. utrinque angustatis glabris nisi super venas appresse pilosis petiolis ad 1 cm. longis, stipulis glabris lanceolatis 1 cm. longis acuminatis vix vaginantibus inflorescentia laxissima cymis lateralibus paucifloris bracteis bracteolisque minutis florum pedicellis fere ad 1 cm. longis 2-3-bracteolatis, calyce campanulato Sparse pubescente limbo apparente dentibus subulatis, corolle tubo basi intus villoso extus pubescente antheribus linearibus basi alte bifidis ca. 4 mm. longis seta 1 mm. longa apiculatis, stylo filamento stigmate lineari striata, bacca. .. . . The difference from B. lava seems to be more than varietal. Apart from the shape of the leaves and the presence of con- spicuous floral pedicels, the stipules are much smaller and the calyx-limb well-pronounced. 7. B. conzaLEorpEs Wright ex Griseb. Cat. Pl. Cub. 124 (1866). Hab. Cuba: Wright, 2668! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. The species is described as glabrous, and the example named 158 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY is entirely so; in this character it differs from most of its allies, although glabrous examples of B. guzanensis (q.v.) occur. The critical characters of this Cuban species appear to be the obtuse apex of the narrow leaf, which is lengthily acuminate at both ends, the short corolla-tube, and the comparatively short and broad an- thers, which have but a small apical continuation of the connective. 8. B. PARVIFLORA Spruce ex K. Sch. in Mart. Fl. Bras. v1. 325 (1889). Hab. Brazil, near San Gabriel do Cachoeiros, Rio Negro: Spruce, 2774! Sao Paulo, Trazl, 392! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew, and Univ. Cambridge. At once recognizable by the small size and large number of the flowers, arranged in a lax thyrsus. The leaves in the avail- able material, too, are conspicuously large—22 cm. x 8 cm. 9. B. pRocuMBENS K. Sch. et K. Krause in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xl. 328 (1908). Hab. Ecuador, near Bulao, in woods: Eggers, 14282. Columbia, loamy banks in woods of St. Francis, Esmeraldas: Barclay, 738! Hb. Mus. Brit. . I have, unfortunately, not seen the type-plant, but from the description I have little doubt in assigning Barclay’s plant to the same species. The stipules, sheathing for the greater part of their length, and produced each into a long seta, which is decurrent as a line of hairs down the middle face of the sheath, are very characteristic. ‘The general habit recalls B. angustifolia. 10. B. pauustris A. Rich. in Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, v. 204 (1829). Hab. Guiana, in forest marshes: Richard. Differs from B. guianensis, according to the description, in having bifid stipules and closely approximated lateral leaf-veins, and in its almost herbaceous habit. JI have not seen a specimen. 11. B. aneusriroui14 Benth. Bot. Sulph. 103 (1844). Hab. Cocos Island: Hinds! Barclay, 2184! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. Its affinities are with B. guzanensis, but its narrow leaves and small berries are characteristic. The seeds, too, are less deeply foveolate than in B. gwanensis. 12. B. euranensis Aubl. Pl. Guian. i. 180, t. 69 (1775) ; Poiret, Supp. Encye. Méth. 1. 625; Lam. IIl. t. 169, fig.1; A. Rich. Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. v. 254, t. 23, fig. 1. B. mucronata Gaertn. f. Carpol. 75, t. 192. B. lecantha Spruce MS. Hab. Guiana: Aublet! Sagot, 890! Hostmann, 1202! de Vriese! von Rohr! Rudge! Martin! Schomburgk, 82! Poteau! Trinidad: Fendler, 451! Purdie, 11! Colombia: Triana, 1844! Venezuela: Rusby, 214! 285! Fendler, 2340! (a form with exceptionally large stipules). Brazil: Spruce, 1788! Baker, 113! Spencer Moore, 372! Riedel, 1298! Burchell, 9664! 9674-2! 9728! 9268! Ule, 5193! Peru: Spruce, 4109! aglabrousform. Bolivia: Walliams, 405! Panama, dense woods, Lion Hill Station, Hayes, s. n.!— glabrous in part. Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew, and Univ. Cambridge. A REVISION OF THE GENUS BERTIERA 159 In nearly all the specimens seen the branchlets are covered with a relatively dense light-brown strigose indumentum; but the presence of this, unfortunately, does not appear to be a safe criterion—at least, not in the dried state —as the specimens from Peru and Panama are almost perfectly glabrous. Part of the latter, moreover, is glabrous and part clothed similarly to the typical B. guianensis, and both parts were gathered in all proba- bility from the same plant. In these circumstances it becomes necessary to distinguish the present species from B. gonzaleoides ; this has been attempted under the head of that species (gq. v.). It will be seen that B. guwzanenszs is unrecorded from the West Indian area. There is one sheet in the Kew herbarium bearing a queried label :—‘‘ Jamaica, Dr. Dancer, Herb. Forsyth’’; but this is apparently an error, and Mr. Fawcett, late Director of Public Gardens and Plantations, Jamaica, assures me that the genus Bertiera is not, so far as he knows, included in the flora of that island. 13. B. tonarirayrsA Baker in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxy. 322 (1890). Hab. Madagascar: Baron, next 5789! Hildebrandt, 3002! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew; Pervillé, 759! probably should be assigned to this species. Notable for its conspicuously long, subfoliaceous bracteoles. 14. B. rera A. Rich. in Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, v. 254 (1829). B. rufa DC. Prod. iv. 392; De Cordemoy, Fl. de la Réun. 504. Hab. Ile de la Réunion: de I’Isle, 7676! Balfour! Hb. Kew. The name rufa in the Prodromus appears to be the result of a clerical error, as the authority there cited is ‘A. Rich. in mem. soc. h. n. Par. v. 5, p. 254,” from which de Candolle’s description is, essentially, transcribed; and in Richard’s memoir the name of the same species appears as B. fera. This error persists even in de Cordemoy’s flora (loc. czt.). The species is readily distinguishable by the dense ferruginous indumentum, which recalls that of B. africana, and by the rela- tively long (2 mm. or more) calyx-lobes, erect in the fruit. 15. B. Borponica A. Rich. in Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, v. 204 (1829) ; DC. Prod. iv. 392. Hab. La Réunion: M. Richard! Carmichael, 271! de U'Tsle, 909! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew, and Univ. Cambridge. Mauritius: Bouton! Hb. Univ. Cambridge. De Cordemoy (Fl. de la Réun. 504) regards this as identical with the Mauritian B. Zaluzania, but it appears, from the material available in the English herbaria, to be quite distinct, in the character of the erect fruiting calyx-lobes, and’in its much more diffuse and widely branched inflorescence and smaller flowers very acuminate in the bud. The anthers, moreover, are linear in this species; in B. Zaluzania they are shorter and broader, almost ovate. 16. B, BistipunATA Boj. Ramulis foliisque glabratis, stipulis 160 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY oblongis glabris membranaceis inter maximis, inflorescentia thyr- soidea laxe paniculata rachide mediana distincta, bracteolis nec conspicuis. Hab. Mauritius: Hb. Blackburn! Bouton! Grey! in Hb. Kew. The stipules, attaining a length of 3 cm. and breadth of 1:5 em., readily distinguish this species, as well as the spreading paniculate inflorescence and short ovate, mucronate buds. 17. B. Zauuzanta Gaertn. f. Carpolog. (1805) 74, t. 192, fig. 7 (1805) ; Poir. Encyc. Méth. Supp. 1. 625; Lam. IIl. t. 165, fig. 2. Zaluzania Commerson MS. et Ic. ined. Mussenda racemosa Boj. Hab. Mauritius: Commerson! Thompson! Carmichael, 66! Macgregor! Aublet! Roxburgh! Bojer! Hb. Blackburn! Bouton! Néraud! Ayres! Grey! La Réunion, in Hb. Univ. Cambridge! collector unknown. UHbb. Mus. Brit., Kew, and Univ. Cambridge. This species has been confused by some authors with B. borbonica (q. V.). 18. B. BRAcTEOLATA Hiern in Oliv. Fl. Trop. Afr. 11. 84 (1877). Hab. Sierra Leone: Afzelius! Don! Scott Elliot, 3922! 5619! Kamerun: Zenker, 1189! 2760! Zenker & Staudt, 89! Hbb. Mus. Brit., Kew, and Univ. Cambridge. This species seems to stand upon the border-line between Laxe and Spicate. In the type plant, collected by Afzelius, the lateral inflorescence-branches are very reduced, but the flowers are in bud. In Zenker’s plant (2760) cited above the inflorescence is in the fruiting-stage, but the arrangement is subspicate. In Scott Elliot’s plants the lateral inflorescence-branches are re- latively well developed, and the inflorescence approaches the Thyrsoidee type. Some difficulty may thus be experienced in applying the clavis to this species; in the introduction special attention has been drawn to this “transitional” species and to others (supra, p. 114). SPICATA, sect. nov. Inflorescentia subspicata rachide mediana bene distincta cymis lateralibus sessilibus densifloris axibus pro rata suppressis. 19. B. spicata comb. nov. Pomatiwm spicatum Gaertn. f. Fruct. il. 252. Wendlandia pilosa G. Don, Gard. Dict. iii. 519. B. africana A. Rich. in Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. vy. 255. 3B. Pomatium Benth. in Hook. Niger Fl. 594. Hab. Sierra Leone: Smeathman! Vogel, 161! Don! Smythe, 235! Scott Elliot, 4161! 4176! Senegal: Heudelot, 627! 719! Liberia: Whyte! Dinklage, 2106! Bunting, 115! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. The species is readily distinguishable by the outstanding red hairs which cover the branchlets, petioles, and leaf-veins, and by the closely pinnate venation. 20. B. racEMosA K. Sch. in Bolet. Soc. Brot. x. 127. Wend- landia racemosa G. Don, Gard. Dict. iii. (1837) 519. B. macro- carpa Benth. in Hook. Nig. Fl. (1849) 394. Hab. Sierra Leone: Don! Scott Hiliot, 4523! R. Niger: Vogel! Batanga: Bates, 75! Brass: Barter! Calabar: Thom- A REVISION OF THE GENUS BERTIERA 161 son, 55! Princes Island: Mann! Welwitsch, 5086! Barter, 1974! Ashanti: Cummins, 49! Lagos: Millen! Akpanu, 8. Nigeria : Dennett! Kamerun: Zenker, 1544! 1976! 2423! 4150! Johnston! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. Remarkable for the size of the mature berry, which is over a centimetre long and crowned by a tubular calyx-limb exceeding 2mm. in length. The lateral cymes are distinctly pedicellate and sometimes relatively lax. 21. B. THonneri de Wild. & Th. Dur. Pl. Thonneyr. 44 t. xiii. 1900). ( Hab. Congo, Bangalas: Thonner, 19. I have not seen a specimen, but the figure quoted is an excellent one. As the author states, the affinities are with B. racemosa and B. spicata. 22. B. auasrata K. Sch. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxiii. 450 RaO 7). ( Hab. Kamerun: Zenker, 811! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. Liberia, Sinoe Basin: Whyte! in Hb. Kew. There are no flowers or fruits on the type specimens in the National and Kew Herbaria; but Whyte’s plant is in full flower and seems to correspond with the description. It is distinctive in the complete glabrousness of the exterior of the corolla, even in bud. 23. B. montana Hiern in Oliv. Fl. Trop. Afr. iii. 83 (1877). Hab. Fernando Po Island (alt. 7000 ft.): Mann, 292! Ashanti: Thompson! Buddi, Uganda: Dawe, 268! Hb. Kew. Kampala, Uganda: Scott Hiliot, 7327! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. The flower-buds are all deflexed in the specimens examined, much as in B. retrofracta, but the leaves are much broader than those of the latter species. 24, B. retrorracta K. Sch. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxiii. 452 (1897). Hab. Kamerun: Preuss, 337! 1279! Hb. Kew. Oban, 8. Nigeria: Talbot, 236! Hb. Mus. Brit. Distinguishable from its near allies by the relative narrow- ness of its leaves. 25. B. sussessizis Hiern in Oliv. Fl. Trop. Afr. iii. 83 (1877). B.congolana de Wild. & Th. Dur. Ann. Mus. Congo, 1. i. fase. 2, 28. Hab. R. Niger, Brass! Barter! Congo, Leopoldville: Dewevre. Sapin! in Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. A careful comparison between the examples and descriptions of the two species named urges me to regard them as identical. The authors of B. congolana point out, as its only difference from B. subsessilis, that the leaves are distinctly petiolate; but this can scarcely be regarded as a character either constant or important enough to separate two distinct species. The calyx-limb, as in B. racemosa, is a prominent feature in the fruit—tubular, erect, entire, about two-fifths of the total length of the berry. JOURNAL OF Botany.—Vou. 50. (May, 1912.) N 162 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 26. B.° mraiopica Hiern in Oliv. Fl. Trop. Afr. iii. 83 1877). Hob. Niamniam-land: Schweinfurth, 3274! 3108! Hb. Kew. The type specimens in the Kew Herbarium are in the fruiting- stage; the berries are closely sessile upon the rachis, constituting a true spike. 27. B. tenuiflora, sp.nov. Foliis glabris venis lateralibus paucis distantibus, stipulis inter parvos, inflorescentia stricte spi- cata cymis distantibus paucifloris, bracteolis obsoletis. Hab. Bipinde, Kamerun: Zenker, 3528! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. Frutex (?) ramulis gracilibus teretibus fulvo-sericeo-pubescen- tibus, foliis ovato-lanceolatis utrinque glabris acuminatis acutis basi brevissime angustatis ca. 14 cm. x 5:5 cm. brevissime petio- latis, stipulis lanceolatis extus dense precipue super venam mediam prominentem pubescentibus, intus glabris, inflorescentia cymorum pauciflorum sessilium distantium spica rachide dense breviter pubescente bracteolis obsoletis, calyce subglobosa minuti- uscula limbo patente brevissime dentata, corolle tubo pubescente tenuissimo 10-2 cm. longo insuper in parte 5 mm. longa campanulata extus densiuscule pubescente lobis brevissimis dilatato. Distinguished from B. gracilis, its nearest ally, by the absence of bracteoles and the pubescence of the corolla. 28. B. eraciuis de Wild. Miss. Laur. 290 (1906). Congo, Kiri and Kapinga: Mission Laurent. B. var.? latifolia de Wild. Fl. Congo, ii. 170 (1908). Hab. Congo, Bangala: F'. Demeuse, 315. Yambua: M. Laurent, 1458, 1444. This variety must remain somewhat doubtful, as no flowering specimen has been seen. 29. B. cinereo-viridis K. Sch. MS. in Hb. Mus. Brit. Folliis petiolatis superne hispidulis venaque media dense pilosa, stipulis inter minores, inflorescentia stricte spicata, floribus parvis in fasciculis paucifloris plus minus distantibus, bracteolis apparen- tibus. Kamerun: Zenker, 4037! Zenker & Staudt, 640! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. Frutex ramulis strigoso-pubescentibus foliis ellipticis 10-135 m. x 4:5-5'5 cm. acutis brevissime acuminatis basi angustatis vel subrotundatis superne hispidulis subtus pubescentibus petiolo 5-6 mm. longo ramulis similiter induto, stipulis oblongis subacutis extus pilosis intus glabratis vix 1 cm. longis, spica ad 20 cm. longa rachide gracillima dense sericeo-pilosa, floribus cylindricis insuper parum ampliatis ca. 8 mm. longis corolle ore dense villoso, alabastris subulatis vix acuminatis. Near B. gracilis, but readily distinguished by the indumentum of the leaves. 30. B. oligosperma, sp.nov. Ramulis pilosis, inflorescentiis A REVISION OF THE GENUS BERTIERA 163 subspicatis, bracteolis calycem fructumque excedentibus, baccis inter minores, seminibus paucis pro rata magnis. Hab. Nicaragua: Seemann, 129! Hb. Mus. Brit. Verisimiliter arbor, ramulis strigoso-pubescentibus demum glabris nodosis, foliis 7-12 cm. x 3-4:5 cm. obovatis vel ellipticis utrinque angustatis vix nisi juniores acuminatis utrinque przecipue super venas rufo-pubescentibus brevissime petiolatis, stipulis lan- ceolatis ca. 1‘7 cm. longis glabrescentibus acutis, inflorescentiis subspicatis ca. 10 em. longis floribus in fasciculis paucifloris plus minus distantibus subsessilibus, bracteis linearibus strigoso-pilosis fere ad 1 cm. longis, bracteolis ad 4 mm. latiusculis multo calycem strigulosum excedentibus, ovulis ovarii quoque loculo 3-4, bacca ad 4 mm. diam. matura sparsiuscule hirto-pubescente a calycis dentibus minutis erectis coronata, seminibus pro genere inter maximis valde compressis concavis minutiuscule foveolatis. I have not seen a flower of this species, but the general habit, the character of the inflorescence, and the structure of the ovary and seeds, leave no doubt that the plant is properly referred to the genus Bertiera. The affinities are with B. gracilis, from which, however, it is readily distinguished by the seed-character alone. The species is interesting as being the only member of the Spicate hitherto recorded from the New World. CAPITAT sect. nov. Inflorescentia capitata vel subcapi- tata axibus omnibus pro rata suppressis. 31. B. Laurentit de Wild. Miss. Laur. 290 (1905-7). Hab. Congo: H. Laurent; J. Gillett, 1975, 2789; L. Gentzl; Sapin; Chevalrer, 11,152! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. A “transitional” species, swpra, p. 114. 32. B. guopicers K. Sch.in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxiii. 451 (1897). Hab. Kamerun, Lolodorf: Staudt, 128! Zenker, 4143! Hbb. Mus. Brit. and Kew. 33. B. caprrata de Wild. Fl. Congo, 11. 169 (1908). Hab. Congo: M. Laurent, 131, 1260; L. Pynaert, 410. According to the description, this species is distinguished readily from B. globiceps by the very accrescent pedicel and large size of the fruit, as well as by the short corolla-tube (6 mm.). When the foregoing account was in the printer's hands, the following two additional species were described by Krause, from specimens collected in the Duke of Mecklenburg’s expedition to Central Africa in 1907-8. According to the description, both appear to belong to the Spicate section; I have, unfortunately, had no opportunity to examine either :— B. 1rurEensis Krause in Wiss. Ergeb. Deutsch. Tent.-Afr.-Exp. 1907-8, ii. 324 (1911). Hab. Ituri: Mildbraed, 3047. This species is described by the author as recognizable by its small leaves and large foliaceous stipules. The measurements of the narrow-oblong or lanceolate oblong leaves are given as 14 to 18 cm. long and 4 to 6 em. broad, with petiole from 1 to 1:2 cm. N 2 164 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY long. The stipules measure 1:2 to 1:8 cm. in length. The species is apparently very near to B. retrofracta. B. Minpsraepiu Krause, loc. crt. 325. Hab. Aruwimi: Mildbraed, 3212. The most nearly related species is said to be B. subsesszlis, the distinguishing features being the leaf-shape and the indu- mentum of the younger parts. NEW AND RARE WEST AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. By ALEXANDER Morrison, M.D. Calandrinia schistorhiza, n.sp. Radice tuberoso, foliis omnibus radicalibus, scapis nudis unifloris, staminibus numerosis, styli ramis 3, ovulis numerosis. Dwarf plant with tuft or rosette of leaves seated on the upper end of the tuberous root, which is forked or irregularly divided into several lobes or branches, usually tapering .downwards to a point from which the fibres are continued. Leaves all radical, fleshy, about 1:5 cm. long, with a broad obovate lamina on a petiole twice as long. Scapes up to seventeen in number, simple, leafless, flexuose, 3-4 cm. long, each bearing one large flower at its summit; bracts in two or three pairs, or verticils of three, at the nodes— exceptionally, four pairs with a pair of flowers in the uppermost— broadly ovate with a short acuminate often recurved point. Pedicels 7 mm. long, dilated at the top, buds acutely pointed; sepals orbi- cular, thin, about 5 mm. diam.; petals five rather more than twice as long as sepals, broad, pink; stamens numerous, anthers oblong ; style divided to near the base into three long, linear, stigmatic branches, ovary subglobose, much shorter than sepals in expanded flower, ovules numerous. Boulder, Sept.; W. D. Campbell. In affinity this plant is very close to C. primuliflora Diels, agreeing with it in most of the essential characters, excepting the short union of the style-branches at the base, as in C. Lehmanna, and the smaller number of pairs of bracteoles on the scapes. It is, however, a coarser plant, with the leaves and flower-scapes, as a rule, in direct contiguity with the upper end of the tuber, although sometimes the upper part of the root is narrow for a short distance downward, then expands into the more fleshy tuberous portion ; but in both of the species referred to the tuberous condition is due merely to an accumulation of succulent tissue round the fibres of the root, which are opened out in the bulbous part, and continue as fibrous threads on emerging at the lower end. The branched condition and rough surface of the tuber of the Boulder plant, with the absence in most specimens of the “rootstock” or “rhizome,” offer a strong contrast with the underground portion of C. primulifiora; but the similarity in structure of the floral organs suggests a query as to whether a difference in the constitution of the soil, such as the presence of salt, might NEW AND RARE WEST AUSTRALIAN PLANTS 165 not account for the peculiarities of the root in the case of the former. Mr. Campbell, however, has informed me that the speci- mens were found in dry rocky places, similar to the habitat of C. primuliflora. CALANDRINIA CREETHH Tratman. Floribus in paniculas foliosas digestis, sepalis latioribus quam longis, petalis 6 post floritionem supra ovarlum calyptratim persistentibus, staminibus 12 disco hypogyno insidentibus, antherarum loculis oblongis, styli ramis 4 plumosis. A prostrate succulent herb of a bright coral red colour, with sixteen to twenty-one leafy flowering-branches radiating to a diameter of 8-10 inches. KRadical leaves in a rosette, terete- clavate, longest 3:5 cm. tapering downwards from a thickness of 5-6 mm. near the top to a very short smooth rounded petiole ; stem-leaves sometimes in verticils of three or occasionally four on the main stem and at base of branches, or also one at base of branches of inflorescence, clavate to obovoid or pearl-shaped, sometimes slightly oblique or falcate, very obtuse, with a minute slender point or filament at the top, the attachment to the stem effected through a thin laterally expanded flat and clasping basal portion of the petiole. Flowering-branches dividing in the upper half and forming a panicle, the branches of which bear unilateral racemes of 1:5—4 cm., containing six to eight flowers, or sometimes dividing at the top di- or tri-chotomously with a flower in the fork; pedicels terete, thickened at top, 0:5-1 cm. long, bracts minute, broad, scarious ; sepals 2, broader than long, red, with scarious margins, 2 x 3 mm.; petals 6, ovate, obtuse or subacute, pale purplish, 5 x 3 mm.; stamens uniformly 12, the inner 6 opposite the petals and seated on the ring-like margin of the hypogynous disk, the outer 6 alter- nating with them, filaments slender and tapering, from half to two-thirds as long as petals, the slender tip attached to the narrow bar-like connective on the inner side, anther-cells oblong, distinct and separate except at the connective, dehiscing by longitudinal slits and everted when the pollen is shed; ovary conical-semi- ovoid, 2 mm. long in the opened flower and nearly as broad at the base, 1-celled with numerous almost globular ovules, style divided to the base into four branches, cohering till the pollen is shed, then spreading to 6 mm. diam., plumose from the base on the inner side with long smooth stigmatic hairs; the dried petals forming a calyptra on the capsule, which at that stage is 4 mm. in length. Laverton, about 480 miles east from coast at Champion Bay, October; Miss Creeth. This elegant plant has its own combination of floral characters, but agrees with C. guadrivalvis F. Muell. and C. wniflora F. Muell. in haying its flowers in panicled racemes and provided with four styles and six petals. The stamens, however, are definite, as in Claytonia, though in that genus they are five in number and seated on the base of the petals, while the seeds are few. The position of an outer circle of stamens alternates with the petals, and an 166 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY inner circle opposite to them is found also in C. Menziesit Hook.; a Western American species, but in that case the petals are five in number, and while the outer five stamens are alternate, the remaining seven are opposite to the petals, of which the two posterior have a pair in front instead of one. INDIGOFERA BOVIPERDA Morr. Foliorum foliolis 5 fol. termi- nali ceteris majori, racemis axillaribus, calycis lobis quam tubus longioribus acutis, legumine recto cylindrico. A shrub under 2 ft. high, in advanced fruiting stage, clothed all over with a tomentum of centrally attached hairs, and more or less rusty. Leaves unequally pinnate, the petiole with common rachis grooved above, from 14 to 38 mm. in length, leaflets 5 on petiolules of about 2 mm., broadly oblong-obovate, mostly cuneate towards the base, slightly retuse with a short dense point, under surface dark grey with a short tomentum, mid- rib and veins prominent, with corresponding depressions and thinner pubescence on upper surface, lower pinne about 6 mm. long, the terminal one up to 12 mm.; stipules of about 2 mm. and stipelle both rigidly setaceous. Flowers numerous, shortly pedicellate on long somewhat rigid racemes which are pedunculate in the axils, and vary from 2 cm. to 12cm. or even 19 cm. in length, pedicels about 1:5 mm. long and recurved in fruit; calyx- tube under 1 mm. with subulate-pointed lobes of about 2 mm. ; corolla not seen; ripe pod straight, terete, sessile, obtuse at both ends but mucronate at top, 12-28 mm. long and 2-3 mm. thick, brown, densely tomentose, sutures somewhat thickened, seeds usually eight in number, subglobose or truncate-cylindrical and papillar-rugose on surface. Ashburton River, North-west Australia. The nearest affinity of this species is to I. saxicola F. Muell. and I. George: H. Pritz., having like them five stalked leaflets; but the calyx-teeth are longer than in the former, while, as compared with the latter, the leaves and pods are shorter, and the racemes attain a much greater length. The plant came under special notice from having caused the death of one hundred and twenty cattle out of a ‘‘mob” of five hundred while travelling between Nanutarra, on the Ashburton River, and Uaroo, on the way towards Carnarvon at Shark’s Bay. A preliminary analysis of the dry plant by Mr. E. A. Mann, Government Analyst, showed the presence of a poisonous alkaloid. Drosera occidentalis, n.sp. Foliis rosulatis lamina orbicu- lari peltata donatis, stipulis trifidis, scapis bifloris vel unifloris et tunc bractea ad basin pedicelli onustis, sepalis petalis et staminibus 5, stylis 5 simplicibus. A minute plant, found in sandy soilin a newly cultivated wheat paddock. Leaves to about twenty in number, rosulate, lamina orbicular, eccentric-peltate, ciliate with long glandular hairs, very concave, about 1 mm. diam.; petiole about 4 mm. in length, flattened below but slender at top, the rosette spreading to a diameter of about 10 mm.; stipules shining white, forming a bud NEW AND RARE WEST AUSTRALIAN PLANTS 167 of about 2 mm. long but not dense, divided to the middle into three oblong-lanceolate lobes. Seapes 2-3 from the rosette, leafless, slender, studded with very short glandular hairs, 17 mm. or less im height, and bearing at the top, on pedicels about as long as the calyx, two flowers, or only one, with a bract at base of pedicel. Sepals 5, glabrous, ovate, obtuse, with margin from middle upwards coarsely toothed or crenate, about 1 mm. long, enlarging to 1-75 mm. after flowering ; petals 5, white, oblong-ovate or -obovate, obtuse, 2 mm. or a little more in length; stamens 5; styles 4, slender at base, clavate up- wards, longer than sepals. Beenup, between Canning and Murray Rivers, November. ~ This species resembles D. pygmeza DC. in its minute size and general aspect, but also more definitely in its leaves and stipules, as well as in the number and clavate character of the four styles. Té differs, however, in its otherwise 5-merous symmetry, and in the presence of more than one flower, and of bracts, on the scape. These differences exclude it from-Planchon’s Sec. i. Bryasirum, containing D. pygme@a alone ; but while in the form of its organs it shows a close similarity to that species, its differences relate rather to the numbers of paris in the fioral organs, showing therein an approach to perfect isomerism, which is less common in the genus than a variability in the number of paris, not only in individual plants of a species, but also between one species and another. D. occidenialis would best form a subsection of Bryasirum, g with D. pygmea in its four styles and in the leaf lamina, but differing in its otherwise 5-merous symmeizy. Angianthus acrohyalinus, n.sp. Caulibus erectis a basi foliosis griseo-lanato-tomentosis, foliis alternis lineari-lanceolatis amplexicaulibus, capitulorum glomerulis cylindraceis bracteis paucis stipatis, capitulis 2-flosculosis, pappi setis 5 plumosis, An erect plant, reaching 31 cm. in height, somewhat woody towards the base, with numerous flexuose leafy branches from the base upwards, clothed with a grey woolly tomentum. Leaves alternate, somewhat rigid, narrow-lanceolate, induplicate, sud- denly contracted below to a stem-clasping base and somewhat decurrent, spreading above the base, then incurved to a stiff hooked point, beyond which is often to be seen a thin hyaline yellow expansion, midrib and two lateral veins prominent on the under surface, maximum length 5cm., breadth 0-8 cm. at base, but mostly smaller and diminishing upwards to flower-heads. Flower-spikes terminal, single, ovoid to cylindric-obovoid, yellow, the largest 2-2 x 1-2 em., subtended by a circle of leafy bracts, seldom exceeding the width of the spike, and showing the hooked point and scarious appendage observed in the leaves. Florets two in each partial head, the two innermost involucral bracts hyaline with an opaque midrib, flat, spathulate and nar- rower than the outer, with a short incurved hyaline yellowish lamina, bracts and florets 3-4 mm. long; corolla 5-lobed, expand- ing towards the top, slender below, but swollen at base over the 168 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ripe achene; pappus of five capillary bristles nearly as long as the corolla, plumose except towards the base, where they are dilated and united in a ring with one or two teeth between each two bristles; achene almost cylindrical but tapering slightly to base, minutely papillose. Globe Hill Station and Minderoo, Ashburton River, October. The singular appendage on the tip of the leaf of this plant appears to be homologous with the coloured lamina of the in- volucral bracts, forming the ray in so many of the Gnaphalice, although at first sight it looked as if formed of inspissated resinous secretion from the horny tip of the leaf. Its presence on the small leafy bracts of the general involucre seems, however, to prove the transition of leaf to floral bract. The affinity of this species is evidently with A. tomentosus Wendl., particularly in the shape and colour of the spikes, and in the form of the pappus. Helipterum cirratum, n.sp. Planta humilis, caulibus as- cendentibus simplicibus vel rari-ramosis, ramis monocephalis, foliis amplexicaulibus lineari-lanceolatis obtuse acutis ut caulis indu- mento lanoso obtectis, involucri hemispherici phyllis ext. ovato- lanceolatis scariosis radiantibus, flosculis exsertis, pappi setis 10 satis elongatis inferne dilatatis ima basi connatis, acheeniis villosis. Dwarf plant with one or more stems, 4 cm. or less in length, ascending from the base, simple or once branched near the top, a single head of flowers terminating each branch shortly above the uppermost leaves. Leaves linear-lanceolate, erect, along with the stems enveloped in fine wool, subacute, sessile and stem-clasping, 2°5 cm. or less in length, some of the lower reaching but not exceeding the flower-heads, which are hemispherical and spread to a diameter of 1'5 cm. Outer involucral bracts thin, scarious, and shining, with a slight brownish tinge, ovate-lanceolate, the inner on short opaque thinly woolly claws, their lamine lanceolate, subacute, fluted, pure white, up to 8 mm. long, the innermost somewhat shorter than the intermediate. Florets exceeding the involucre; pappus nearly as long, composed of ten bristles shortly united at base, each broad and flat below but gradually narrowed to the summit, shortly plumose from the base, the cilia at the top much longer, somewhat tufted and more spreading; achenes densely covered with long silky hairs. On flat between Globe Hill and Uaroo Stations, Ashburton River, October. This plant, which was desiccated and brittle when found, belongs to Sec. Huhelipterum of the genus, and its nearest affinity is with H. Pyrethrum Benth., having the same, though longer, dilated pappus, and showing a general similarity in the flower- heads. It may be mentioned, by the way, that H. Pyrethrum, as found about the Lower Swan River, has a distinctly fistulose stem, readily noticed in the fresh state, a characteristic that does not appear to be noted in any description of the plant. 169 JOHN VAUGHAN THOMPSON (1779-1847). By James Britten, F.L.S. A piscussion on ‘The terms Polyzoa and Bryozoa,”’ which occupied the attention of the Linnean Society on three evenings (March 2, 16, May 4) of its last session, is reported at length in the Proceedings of that session (1910-11). It includes a paper by the Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing which, although headed ‘On John Vaughan Thompson and his Polyzoa,” is naturally enough con- fined to the consideration of the author in relation to that more important portion of his work. But as neither here nor in the Dictionary of National Biography nor in Symbole Antillane is Thompson’s botanical work recognized, and the references to him in the Biographical Index are very meagre, it may be worth while to put together what is known of him from a botanical point of view. John Vaughan Thompson was born at Berwick-upon-Tweed on November 19, 1779. He studied in the University of Edin- burgh in 1797 and 1798, taking anatomy, surgery, and chemistry in the former year, and anatomy, midwifery, and botany in the latter. In 1799 he “joined the Prince of Wales’s Fencibles as assistant surgeon, and on 15 Dec. 1799 was ordered to sail with the 37th foot for Gibraltar. Three months later his regiment embarked for the West Indies and Guiana. ... He was made full surgeon in 1803” (Dict. Nat. Biogr.). He remained in the West Indies until the close of 1809, when he returned to England. Thompson must early have acquired considerable proficiency in botany. His Catalogue of Plants growing in the Vicinity of Berwick upon Tweed was prepared before he left England—~. e. at or before the age of twenty—and shows a very complete know- ledge of the plants of that region and of the literature of the period: the pretty coloured group which adorns the title-page and a plate (also coloured) and dissections show him to have been a capable artist. The work is dedicated to William Percival Pick- ford, Esq., of Edinburgh, “to whom the author feels almost entirely indebted for his early initiation into the principles and practice of scientific botany.” ‘Although by much the greater part of the habitats were the fruits of my own excursions,’ he tells us in his preface (which is not dated), ‘‘ yet for a few I was originally indebted to my father; a few more were pointed out by William Percival Pickford Esq.” ‘The references to my Hortus Siccus,”’ he says, ‘‘ have been subjoined, in consequence of my intention of depositing it in the shop of Mr. Reid, stationer in Bridge-street, Berwick, where it will be at all times accessible to such ladies and gentlemen as may wish to consult it.” He acknowledges “ per- sonal and kind aid” from Smith, Sowerby, and Dickson, and makes special mention of “the facilities which Lord Seaforth 170 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY opened to me in the investigation of doubtful species, and the many obligations I owe to this source.” Seaforth had by this time (1807) returned to London from Barbadoes, where he had been Governor from 1801 to 1806,* and it seems probable that among these “obligations” was that of superintending (and possibly of subsidizing) the Berwick Flora, which was printed and published in London in that year. In the same year Seaforth communicated to the Linnean Society, of whose council he was then a member, an account of some West Indian species of Pzper, prepared by Thompson, who had proposed to make a complete study of the genus but had been hindered by his “ professional occupations.” Two new species are described and figured as new, one—Piper quadrangulare—hbeing still maintained, although now transferred to Peperomsa—a genus which Thompson refused to accept: the paper appeared in Trans. Linn. Soe. lx. 200. It was in this year that Thompson became an Associate of the Linnean Society, proceeding to Fellowship in 1810. In 1812 Thompson went to Madagascar and Mauritius, where he remained for some years. During this period he sent dried plants to Robert Brown, which are in the National Herbarium. Among these is the interesting passifloraceous plant which Brown named in compliment to him Thompsonia (Trans. Linn. Soe. xiii. 221, 182). Brown merely indicated the character which he thought distinguished this generically from Deidamia, to which it is now generally referred (as D. Thompsoniana DC.); but it was not until 1875 that Masters published in this Journal (xii. 161) a full description and figure of the plant, based upon Thompson’s original specimen. Thompson himself had sent specimens to Lambert, but these cannot be traced. A note on Acacia Lebbek by Grandidier in Hist. Nat. Pl. Madagascar, i. 65, runs: ‘“ Cet arbre semble avoir été introduit & Madagascar par 8. [sic] V. Thompson, envoyé en 1814 auprés de Radama I* par Sir Robert Farquhar avec des cadeaux, au nombre desquels figurait un sac des graines de Bovs now destinées & étre semées dans les prairies de Madagascar ot il n’existait point d’arbres.” In 1813 Thompson was at Gibraltar, as we learn from a refer- ence to him by Salisbury in Lzriogame, who, speaking of Narcissus viridiflorus, says: ‘ This curious plant was introduced in the time of Parkinson, and again in 1813 by Dr. J. V. Thompson, who, being told by me that Schousboe had seen it in the neutral ground between St. Rocque and Gibraltar, brought several hundred bulbs here from thence”’ (p. 107). ‘ After his return in 1816 Thompson settled at Cork as district medical inspector, and completed those wonderful discoveries of the life-histories of the marine invertebrata of the Cove of Cork, which made his name famous’”’ (Dict. Nat. Biogr.). Any dis- * Thomas Williams Simmonds was in Seaforth’s suite as naturalist: he died of fever in Trinidad in 1804. _ _t The paper on British birds in the same volume, attributed to Thompson a pile Nat. Biogr. on the faith of a false entry in R. S.C. y. 958, is by George ontagu. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE fil cussion of these would be out of place here; reference may be made to the Proceedings of the Linnean Society mentioned at the beginning of this paper, where the spelling of the sympode genus Vaunthompsonia, named in his honour by Spence Bate, is dis- cussed. In 1835 Thompson went to Sydney in charge of the convict medical department, where he died on Jan. 21, 1847. While in New South Wales he interested himself in the growth of cotton and in varieties of the sugar-cane, on which he published observations in the Journal of the Agricultural Society of India in 1842-3. Francis Mackenzie Humperston, Lorp SEAFORTH (1754-1815). I take this opportunity of supplementing the very incomplete account in Dict. Nat. Biogr. and in Symbole Antillane of Lord Seaforth, who has been referred to in the preceding observations, confining myself to his relations with botany: a sufficiently full account of his general career will be found in Dict. Nat. Biogr. xxviii. 205. The records of his active botanical work relate almost entirely to the period of his Governorship of Barbadoes (1800-1806), although he had evidently before this interested himself in science, as, besides the help which he seems to have given to J. V. Thompson (vide supra), he was elected F.R.S. in 1797 and F.L.5. in May, 1796. In Rees’s Cyclopedia he is described as ‘‘a, liberal and very intelligent cultivator and patron of botany, who has enriched the gardens of Britain with numerous West Indian rarities”; and Brown, in dedicating to him the genus Seaforthia, styles him “botanices periti cultoris et fautoris.” Dawson Turner named in his honour Mucus Seaforthi, which Seaforth ‘collected, with many others, during his residence as Governor at Barbadoes, where he obligingly exerted himself in procuring materials for this work” (fwez, 11. 130). D. Don, in his account of Lambert’s collections, mentions ‘‘ several hundred living plants brought home by Lord Seaforth on his return from his government of Barbadoes, and presented to Mr. Lambert: many of these flowered in the stove at Boyton, and were added to the Herbarium.” ‘A long list of West Indian plants sent home by Seaforth in 1804-06 forms Brit. Mus. Add. MS. 28610 f. 20 et seq.” (Dict. Nat. Biogr.). BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE. L.—Pouu’s ‘TENTAMEN FLOREZ BOHEMIA.’ THE contributions of Johann Baptist Emanuel Pohl (1782- 1834) towards a knowledge of the Bohemian flora, though impor- tant, have been very generally overlooked by systematic botanists. Pohl published several papers on this subject in the Botanische Zeitung (1805-6) and in Hoppe’s Newes Botanisches Taschenbuch 2 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY (1806-7), but by far his most important contribution is the Tentamen Flore Bohemie. This work was prepared for publi- cation in the Abhandlungen der kénigl. bohmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften; it did not appear there, however, but was issued subsequently in two volumes. The first of these, the manuscript of which (with the exception of the preface and biblio- graphy) was ready for printing in 1806 (Maiwald, Geschichte, 97 (1904) ), appeared in 1809, and was reissued in 1810. The second volume, the manuscript of which was ready in 1811, appeared in 1814, and was reissued in 1815. A copy of the first issue is in the botanical library of the British Museum (Natural History), and is of special interest, as it contains an autograph presentation note by Pohl dated “ Prag, 19 Sept. 1809.” Its title reads ‘“Tentamen Flore Bohemiz. Versuch einer Flora Bohmens von J. EK. Pohl. . . . Erste [and Zweyte] Abtheilung. Fir die Abhandlungen der konigl. bohmischen Gesellschaft der Wissen- schaften. Prag. 1809 [and 1814]. Gedruckt bey Gottlieb Haase.” It was reissued without alteration or addition by G. W. Enders & Co., of Prag, in 1810 and 1815; it is to this reissue that Pritzel refers in the Thesaurus (ed. 2. n. 7229), and copies of it are in the libraries at Bloomsbury and Kew. Pohl seems to have based his work on H. A. Schrader’s unfinished Flora Germanica, 1806; part of the cost of publication was defrayed by the Konig]. Bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. The work is as interesting to the botanist as to the biblio- grapher. Many of the names which were here first published have been omitted from the Index Kewensis, and it is obvious from the mode of citation of those included that the compiler did not consult the work itself, but quoted it at second-hand. This fact seems to warrant the re-publication here of the names first published in the Z'entamen. These are given in the following list, which includes one British plant—‘ Cladiwm Mariscum mihi,” with full description, synonymy, &c., which antedates Robert Brown’s publication in Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holland. p. 236 (1810). It has not been thought necessary to give a list of the species cited in the genera Gallion, Lysimachusa, and Gentianusa, as these differ only in their terminations from names already in use under Galium, Lysimachia, and Gentiana respectively. The first column contains Pohl’s new names with a reference to the J'entamen, and in the second are their citations as given in the Index Kewensts, with their synonyms :— Pout, TENTAMEN. j INDEX KEWENSIS. Circea pubescens (i. 6). ‘Pohl, ex Steud. Nom. ed. 2, i. 366” [1840; ed. i. 198 (1821)] = C. lutetiana L. Veronica plicata (i. 15 and V. plicata is quoted correctly ; errata [post 302]; fig. 1)= V. Schmidt ‘ex Schult. V. Schmidti Pohl (in Hoppe, Mant. i. 108” [1822] = V. Neuen Taschenbuche, 1807, Chamedrys L. 115). BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE Pouu, TENTAMEN. Veronica pinnatifida (i. 17). Salvia distans (i. 29). Cladium Mariscum (i. 32). Valeriana exaltata Mikan f. and V. sambucifolia Mikan f. (i. xvi, 41). Iris vulgaris (i. 46). Iris extrafoliacea Mikan sen. (i. Poa latifolia (i. 94). Elymus cylindricus (i. Ei. ewropeus L. 122) = = Galiwm; seventeen species enumerated. Soldanella montana Mikan (i. £91). Cyclamen variegatum (i. 192) = C. europewm L. Lysvmachusa (i. 163, 194) = Lysimachia; five species enumerated. Campanula paniculata (i. 207). Vincetoxicum nigrum mihi. (i. 238). Moench used this name for the same plant in 1802. Gentranusa (i. 167, 248) = Gentiana; fifteen species enu- merated. Athamanta hirsuta (i. 270) = A. cretensis L. Allium tenwufolium (ii. 10) = A. Schenoprasum L. B. Ornithogalum Zauschneri (ii. Acer Trattinmki (ii. 66) = A. campestre L. Mespilus pubescens (ii. 164) = M. germanica Li, 173 InDEXx KEWENSIS. Correctly quoted = V. austriaca L ‘¢Pohl, ex Steud. Nom. 725” [1821] = S. austriaca L. Evers Eroar. 236. * (1810), = C. germanicwm Schrad. Correctly quoted as ex Pohl. ‘¢Pohl, Tent. Fl. Boh.; ex Schult. Mant. 1.304” [1822] =I. ger- manica Li. ‘‘Mikan f. ex Roem. & Schult. Syetstin 460. 41817) =.1- aphylla L. Correctly quoted = P. Charzxi Vill. Omitted. Omitted. ‘“Willdenow, Enum. Hort. Berol. 192” [1809]. Omitted. Omitted. * Font, ex. A... DC. Monogr. Camp. 244” [1830] = C. sibirica L. “Moench, Meth. Suppl. 313” [1802]. Omitted. Omitted. Omitted. Correctly quoted = Gagea pyg- mea Salisb. Omitted. Omitted. 174 Pouu, TENTAMEN. fiosa varians (ii. 171) = BR. gal- lica L. Potentilla Guentheri Spreng. (ii. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY INDEX KEWENSIS. ‘Pohl, ex Link, Handb. u. 93 [1831]. (Quid ?).” ‘Pohl, Tent. Fl. Boh. 11. 185” 185). [1814]; it should be quoted as of Sprengel, Pugillus, i. 34 (1813). Acomtum Clusi (ii. 208) = A. “Reichb. Uebers. Acon. 22” Napellus L. (A. neubergense [1819] = A. Napellus L. (A. DEC.). formosum Reichb.). Pulsatilla Hackelii (ii. 213). “Pohl, ex Maly, Fl. Stir. 2 [1838] ; Ledeb. Fl. Ross. 1. 20 [1842]” = Anemone Pulsa- tulla L. The name in Maly is Anemone Hackelv. F. G. WILTSHEAR, British Museum (Nat. Hist.). SHORT NOTES. SALIX RETICULATA IN WALES.—In the Power collection in the Herbarium of the Holmesdale Natural History Club, Reigate, an example of S. reticulata exists labelled, ‘‘ N. Wales. Cader Idris.” Botanists visiting that fine mountain, which rises to 2929 ft., would do well to try and confirm this record, as at present no other exists for Wales; the Cambrian localities mentioned by Ray for this plant really refer to S. herbacea.—C. HE. Saumon. INTERNATIONAL BotanicaL Coneress.—On March 21st a large and representative meeting of British botanists was held at the rooms of the Linnean Society for the purpose of electing officers and a general committee to make arrangements for the Fourth International Congress, which is to be held in London in 1915. Lt.-Col. Prain presided, and the following officers were elected :— Presidents: Prof. F. O. Bower, Lt.-Col. Prain, and Prof. A. C. Seward. Treasurer: Sir Frank Crisp. Foreign Secretary: Dr. O. Stapf. General Secretary: Dr. A. B. Rendle. A large and influential general committee was formed, which, it is proposed, will meet on May 17th to consider the election of an executive committee and other matters. REVIEW. Untersuchungen tiber Pfropfbastarde. Dr. Hans WINKLER. pp. viii. + 186. Jena: G. Fischer. 1912. ProFressoR WINKLER has undertaken the arduous task of writing a comprehensive account of our present knowledge of BOOKNOTES, NEWS, ETC. 175 Graft Hybrids: the work is to be completed in three parts, of which the first is now before us. It deals with the direct reci- procal influence of the scion and stock upon each other, and its compilation must have been both laborious and irritating, in- volving as it does the collection and criticism of a great mass of unscientific data with which, up to the present, the serious study of this largely horticultural subject has been cumbered. That Professor Winkler has produced a useful réswmé of the literature is certain: the chief criticism that can be levelled at his book is the charge of prolixity—a demerit of less importance in a country where copious verbiage is habitual, but objectionable to English readers. The definition of the concept of a hybrid would seem to be unnecessary and laboured, and many of the citations might have been treated much more summarily. Fifty pages are devoted to galls, deformations through parasites and lichens—subjects whose connection with graft-hybridism is slender: and even here the work of Marshall Ward on bridging species is unnoticed, though this is one of the clearest cases in which the physiological con- stitution of a parasite may be permanently altered by its sojourn on a particular host. The main conclusion of the work is that, though there is evidence of the transfer of certain organic sub- stances through the fusion-surface (even of a “virus” in the case of infectious variegation), yet there is no known instance in which the hereditary tendencies of either graft-symbiont have been affected by their association with the other: the changes often observed in the scion being of the same nature as the production of habitat- forms. Professor Winkler includes an account of some new ex- periments of his own in which by certain devices one plant was made holoparasitic upon another for long periods, but without modification of its biotype. The forthcoming parts of Professor Winkler’s book will doubt- less present a less depressing record of inconclusive experiments, lack of controls, and untrustworthy data generally; for we are promised an account of that aspect of the subject in which Professor Winkler has been a pioneer and in which, thanks to his efforts and those of Professor Baur and others, a body of facts of striking novelty and importance has been acquired: namely, the discoveries with regard to chimeras and related phenomena, which have solved many old problems and have given rise to new. Ri. Hees BOOKNOTES, NEWS, ée. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on March 21st, Mr. H. N. Dixon showed a series of plants from South Portugal, stating that the plants shown were collected on a botanical visit to Algarve in company with Mr. W. E. Nickolson in May, 1911. The trip was mainly taken with a view to bryophytic study, and the phanerogams were only incidentally collected. They were 176 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY exhibited principally to draw attention to the method of mounting in some instances, certain of the specimens being mounted on sheets of black paper, instead of the ordinary white. In certain cases, as for instance with white and yellow flowers, or with many grasses, the colour of the flower is shown up much better by the contrast; and in others, where this is not conspicuously the case, the black background produces a restfulness to the eye which probably, quite apart from colour contrast, is an advantage. It is not suggested that in all cases, or for herbarium purposes, there is any advantage gained, but for exhibition purposes and for a certain class of plant it seems an improvement on the ordinary white sheet. The surface should of course have as little glaze as possible, and a paper should be chosen which has been found to bear considerable exposure to light without discoloration. Mr. H. W. Riprezy has returned to England having retired on a pension from the Directorship of the Botanic Gardens, Singa- pore, a post which he had held since 1888. The older generation of botanists will remember that before leaving England Mr. Ridley spent some years as an Assistant in the Department of Botany of the British Museum ; during his period of service, he assisted in transferring the Collections from the old Museum at Bloomsbury to the new Natural History Museum at South Kensington. During his term of office in the Hast Mr. Ridley has found time for botanical exploration in the Malay Peninsula, and has sent large series of specimens to the herbaria both at Kew and the British Museum. ActineG on behalf of Miss Fryer, Mr. Charles. Bailey has trans- mitted to the Department of Botany of the British Museum the valuable collection of British Potamogetons made by the late Mr. Alfred Fryer. The collection contains more than 5000 sheets of specimens, beautifully prepared and selected to illustrate the remarkable variation in the different species and forms. It is much to be regretted that Mr. Fryer was unable to complete his Monograph of the British Pondweeds, but it is matter for con- gratulation that his working collection has been preserved in excellent condition, and having been presented to the National Herbarium will be available for study. Ar the Royal Geographical Society’s meeting on April 22nd, Mr. W. E. Kitson gave an interesting account of his work in Southern Nigeria. Mr. Kitson spent five years in the country in Government service, but found time to make valuable observations on the geology and natural history of the province, as well as on its inhabitants. He has presented a small collection of plants to the National Herbarium ; among them are some interesting addi- tions to the flora, including a few novelties. ~ PRODROMUS FLORE ‘BRITANNICA By FREDERIC N. WILLIAMS. F.L.S. Parr 9 now ready (Rhamnacee to Euphorbiacee) ; by post, 2s. 94.— _ A few sets left of Vol. I. (SyMPETALOUS FAMILIES) ; price £1 5s. Od. Separate Parts at double the subscription sae price (1901-1911). Published by C. Sturre:r, 110, Hee 7 _ Street, Brentford, Middlesex. “Bowrnal of Botany Fi eutigts. er? eee 8 ee ~ Bounp SEPARATELY IN PapeR Cover. Price Is. 6p. Postrace Ip. THIRD SUPPLEMENT TO THE BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH & IRISH BOTANISTS. 954 ppe., Demy Svo, ChorH Extra, Price 9s. 6p. Net. BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX © _ DECBASED BRITISH & IRISH BOTANISTS. BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S., & G@. S. BOULGER, F.L.S. BOUND UP TOGETHER WITH FIRST (1893-97) & SECOND (1898-1902) SUPPLEMENTS. The SupeLemMents can also be had separately, price 1/6 each ; postage 1d. THE BRITISH ROSES. By Masor A. H. WOLLEY-DOD. 144 pp. Price 3s: PostTaGE 2p. Pasig Eu- -caninae Prick 2s. 6p., PosTacE 2p. The Subsection Eu-caninee PRICE Qs. Daas lp. A List of British Roses Lone WEST, “NEWMAN & Co., 54, Hatton Garden. a. a ee A New Condenser for es <4 Mounted in substage — -Dark-ground Illumina- = fitting, with centring — tion, forming the high- 2 am SCFCWS «. .<..x0>0 cio eee est achievement i in the “ra construction of con- =< Mounted on plate to densers for the obser- ». ~~ rest upon stage of any vation of living and WY pattern microscope, unstained microscopi- as cal preparations. t 1 ; <= SPECIALLY RECOMMENDED FOR UNSTAINED <=, | BOTANICAL SECTIONS. Descriptive Booklet post free on request. Microscopes and Accessories for all réquirements, Micro- tomes and Microtome Knives, Photomicrographic and Projection Apparatus, Dissecting Stands, Aplanatic Pocket Lenses, Prism Field and ee Glasses, &c. “E. LEITZ, 18 Bloinicbiry Stee London, W. C. (A few doors from the British Museum.) If you wish to BUY or to SELL Books and. Periodicals bearing on or relating to NATURAL HISTORY in all its branches, write to | : W. HEFFER & SONS LTD., CAMBRIDGE. Demy 8vo, 118 pp., Prick 8s. A Supplement to Topographical Botany, Ed. é By ARTHUR BENNETT, F.L.S. < WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 64, Hatton Garden, London, B.C. wd hye Pe ae < Of y for 1912 (16s. t free) should eat Wewman @ Co. ‘te 4 JUNE, 1912 Pr: ¥. e. | ; ; THE ee | JOURNAL OF BOTANY |} —si BRITISH AND FOREIGN | JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G.,( F.u!8) 3 4 e ? & = | ae CONTENTS | ~ ie, a. S | eae RABE PAGE || New Plants from Jamaica. By Suort Norres.—Alchemilla acutidens 1 ~ W. Fawcert, B.Se., F.L-8., & | Buser in Britain — EHquisetum wail A. B. RENDLE, F.R.S. (Plate 518) 177 aes Linn. in Hants .. es 201 ee ee shire Ascomycetes. By Haroip REVIEWS :— 3 “1. WHELDON .. 4 ei, cc . 182 |. A Manual of Structural Botany : b a : an introductory Text-book for Si ; Students of Science and Phar- | Soon ermaet, bs 193 | macy. By Huny H. Respy, Mere Mrs ; | INE Dy = 2% ee. ee v Suffolk Plants .. -. 203 pe ttitle eas eae capes. Monograph of the British Des- E.L.S., ‘ G. 8. Bouncer, F.L.S. | midiacee. By W.&G.S.Wasr 204 . a (concluded) 194 Practical Botany. a Cie: ny sas gates Fatt? ie HD, ScrP Ins. =f: . 204 a % {, outh Kerry Plants. a Y: i. 9: bet ton ee aah Gs Minsnanm MiA., F.L.8. .. 02. 197 ee nea NOW Sy Cee tS eee a ait SuppLEmMent.—The Genus Fumaria me sags New South African Marine ee L. in Britain. By H. W. Puas- Bt Spee Se By W. Tyson .. 199 | uy, B.A. (continued) Mt ees a LONDON “West. NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, E.C. -DULAU & CO., SOHO SQUARE . Price One Shilling and Hightpence aver -- Ceylon. Since then it has Keen in the hands of the present Mditor. - no way officially connected with the Department of Botany of the BRITISH i roneioh Se oe oe EDITED BY pe = i = “JAMES BRITTEN, is ae F, Pe 8. a a Pappas Nite Bree ‘fue JOURNAL OF Botany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann. — In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, — assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is — covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and punctually on the 18t of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. fuspecial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance Hearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. 7 - Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive — considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publications has been elucidated. Hvery number contains reviews of new and important books written by competent critics: in this as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those whose acquaintance with the National. Herbarium has enabled — them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. In 1896 it became necessary to increase the size of the Journal, owing to the number of papers sent for publication: the number of plates was at the same time augmented. ~ Subscriptions (16s. post free) and advertisements (not later than the 24th of ~ each month) should be sent to West, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, London ; communications for publication and books for review to The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford, 3 The volumes for 1884 to 1895, bound in cloth, can still be had, price 14s, each, or ty £7 10s. the set. From 1896 to 1911, bound in cloth, can be had at £1 1s. each. Cases for binding 1911 volume, and blanks for previous volumes can be had price 1s. 6d. each. AUTHORS’ SEPARATE COPIES.—Contributors are presented with six copies of their papers as printed in the JourNnaL or Botany. Authors who require more are requested to order from the publishers, and to notiiy this and state the number reauirea at head of their MS.; otherwise the type may be distributed before — a 4 the order is received. a charges for special separate copies are as under:— » — 2pages 25copies 4s.|4 pages 25copies ds.| 8 pages 25 copies 8s, Od. : 3 a Sages se = BOS Ty, 6s. 5 503 9s. Od. : 100 Ts. s 19055; 8s. c= 100..*3,~. 105. tae A greater number of pages to be charged in equal proportion. Separate Tes Wrappers, &c., extra. e ti For articles supplied as printed in the Journal, and not re-made MPs 7 ee is considerably less. aoe London: WEST, NEWMAN @ Co., 54, Hatton Gard Newman imp: 2 West P. Highley del.et lith New Species of Pilea from Jamaica. 177 NEW PLANTS FROM JAMAICA. By W. Fawcett, B.Sce., F.L.S., & A. B. Renpusz, F.R.S. (PuatTE 518.) Tuer Trustees of the British Museum having consented to issue a complete Flora of Jamaica as a Museum publication, we are now engaged on the preparation of the first volume dealing with the Dicotyledons. As the Flora will be written entirely in English, we propose to publish the Latin descriptions of the novelties in this Journal; of these the following is an instalment. Peperomia crassicaulis. . Cawlis crassus. Folia (in sicco) coriacea, obovato-elliptica, apice obtusa, interdum leviter emargi- nata, basi cuneata, in petiolum decurrentia, nervo mediano subtus prominenti et in petiolum decurrente. Spice sublaxiflore, tandem foveolis ellipticis cum marginibus lignosis reticulatis. Bractee ellipticee vel rotundate. Stylus lanceolato-acuminatus. Bacce sessiles, ellipsoidez, subovate, verruculosze, apice cum scutulo plano subobliquo instruct, stigmati subcentrali, rostro subu- lato, curvato, baccze subzquilongo. PP. obtusifolia Griseb. FI. Brit. W. Ind. 166 (in part). Type in Herb. Mus. Brit. and in Herb. Jam. Stem rooting below, erect, simple or with 2 or 3 branches, to 70 cm. 1., to8mm. br. Leaves with 4-8 nerves pinnately arranged on each side, 1 or 2 lower pairs springing from near the base, apex slightly puberulous, blade 4:°5-12 cm. 1, 2°5-5 cm. br.; stalk to 3 cm. l. Spikes terminal, geminate to paniculate; rhachis 7-16 cm. |., 2-5-3 mm. br., common peduncle 4—8°5 cm. 1.; peduncles 2-4 cm.1. Berries 1-1:25 mm. 1, ellipsoidal. Hab.—In peat in shady woodland, and on decaying trunks of trees, Macfadyen! John Crow Peak, J. P. 1481, Hart! Morse’s Gap, 4900-5000 ft.; Greenwich, 4500 ft., Harris! 8104, 8321, 10,140 (in part); Morse’s Gap, G. Nichols!—Cuba (Wright, no. 1689). Near P. alpina A. Dietr., but distinguished by the larger ellip- tical leaves, and the smaller bracts more numerous at same level. FICUS MAMILLIFERA Warb. var. HIRSUTA. Stcpuwle puberule, dorso hirsute. Bractee hirsute. Receptaculs quam in typo minores, 7 mm. longi, 11 mm. in diam. Hab.—Grierfield, near Moneague, Britton, 2364! The ‘species was founded by Warburg (see Urban, Symbole Antillana, iii. 470) in 1903 on three specimens collected by Mr. W. Harris in different parts of the Blue Mountains. Since then it has been found in two localities in the extreme west of the island by Mr. Harris, and in the extreme east by Dr. Britton and Mr. Harris. Specimens collected many years ago by Wullschlaegel and March at intermediate localities show that this species is Le ag in Jamaica, but so far it is not known from any other island. Pilea Weddellii. Swffrutex monoica, caule adscendente, JOURNAL OF Borany.—Vor. 50. (June, 1912.] ) 178 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY simplici vel ramoso, glabro. Folia ejusdem paris inequalia ellip- tica vel anguste elliptica, breviter vel longe acuminata, acuta, basi emarginata, integerrima, trinervia, utrinque glabra vel supra sparse pilosa, nervis infra pubescentibus, margine glabro vel sparse ciliato ; cystolithis in pagina superiore minutis, prominentibus, conspicuis, inferiore minutis, inconspicuis inspersa. Stipule deciduz, breves, lunares. Cyme@ paniculate, androgyne, pedun- culo petiolo breviore interdum paullo longiore. P. ciliaris var. Riwvorie Wedd. in DC. Prodr. xvi. pt. 1, 114 (1869) (in part). P. Parietarva Griseb. Fl. Br. W. Ind. 156 (excl. syn. P. Rivorie). Types in Herb. Mus. Brit., in Herb. Kew., and in Herb. Jam. Stem to 9dm. high. Leaves 1:5-7:5 cm. 1, 1-2°5 em. br., venation on under surface conspicuous. Stzpules ‘5-1 mm. 1. Cymes 1 or 2 in axils. Male bud ‘75 mm. 1., globose-pyriform ; segments with a raised median line ending in connivent tubercles. Achene ‘75 mm. |., roundish-elliptical or roundish-ovate, margined, muriculate, projecting beyond median perianth-segment by one- quarter to one-third; median segment as long as the achene, oblong-elliptical with a light-coloured dorsal keel; lateral segments elliptical, shortly acute, half to one-third as long as the median. Hab.—Wright! Masson! Swartz! Bancroft! Bath, Purdie! Wilson! Blue Mts., Alexander! J. P. 1147, Morris! Portland Gap, 5500 ft.; near Morse’s Gap, 4800 ft., Harris! 5426, 7351. There has been some confusion as to the species P. Parietaria and P. cilzaris, owing in part to want of knowledge of Sloane’s specimen on which Linneus founded Urtica Parietaria. P. ciliaris Wedd. does not occur in Jamaica; the var. Rivorie includes a Martinique species (formerly described by Weddell as P. Rivorie) and a distinct species from Jamaica which we describe as P. Weddellit. Pilea rufescens. Sw/frutex monoica, caulibus ramosis, ad- scendentibus, ramis hirsutis. Folia ejusdem paris inequalia, majora petiolata, elliptica, alia multo minora, subsessilia, rotundata, triplinervia, in dimidia parte superiore serrata, supra glabra, mar- ginibus nervisque subtus hirsutis, pilis rufescentibus. Stepule rotundate, persistentes. Cym@ androgyne, umbellate vel corym- bose, pedunculo petiolo multo longiore. Types in Herb. Mus. Brit. and in Herb. Jam. Stem 2-3 dm. high. Leaves, larger 1-2:2 em. 1., ‘6-1 em. br., smaller ‘5-1 cm. 1.; basal nerves reaching about the upper third of the leaf; cystoliths linear-fusiform, conspicuous on upper sur- face, smaller and much more numerous beneath; petioles -4—1 cm. l., hirsute with brownish hairs. Stipules 3-4 mm. 1., glabrous, ferruginous (when dry). Cymes small, peduncle about ‘5 cm. |. Male flowers white; perianth ‘7 mm. 1., dorsal appendage small, tuberculate, patent. Achene 1:1 mm. |, elliptical, not margined, minutely spotted, projecting beyond the median segment by half its length; median segment ‘75 mm. 1.; lateral segments slightly shorter than the median, elliptical, obtuse. Hab.—On limestone rocks ; near Troy, 2000 ft., Harris! 8533. Near P. rufa Wedd., but differs in being less hirsute; leaves NEW PLANTS FROM JAMAICA 179 apparently tougher, not serrate so far down, and with much more obvious cystoliths; inflorescence with few flowers, not paniculate ; perianth-segments of the female flower subequal. Pilea oblanceolata. Herba dioica (?) (floribus femineis tan- tum visis), glabra, caulibus decumbentibus vel ascendentibus, simplicibus. ola ejusdem paris magis minusve equalia, ob- lanceolata, acuta vel breviter acuminata, basi longe attenuata, 3-6 cm. |., apice serrata, triplinervia, membranacea, cystolithis supra linearibus, infra obsoletis, minutis inspersa. Cyme@ feminez paniculatz densiflore, pedunculis petiolis longioribus. Type in Herb. N. York Bot. Gard. Stems 10-30 cm. 1., rooting below at the nodes, and between the nodes, when dry, more or less compressed, 1:5-3 mm. br., with very short linear cystoliths only seen on young shoots; internodes very variable in length, 1-4 em. 1. Leaves 1-8-1 cm. br., with the two lateral nerves produced to about three-fourths of their length; petioles -3-1cm.1. Cymes solitary from axils of upper leaves; peduncles 3-4em.1. Female flowers sessile or subsessile. Achene 1 mm. |., broadly ovate, muriculate; median segment of perianth 1:2 mm. |., with tuberculate dorsal appendage; lateral segment two-thirds as long as median. Hab.—In crevices of rocks; Peckham Woods, Upper Clarendon, 2500 ft., Harris! 10,946. This species is near P. crassifolia Bl. and P. reticulata Wedd., but is easily distinguished from both by the form of the leaves. Pilea Elizabethe. Su/ffrutex dioica (mascula tantum visa), glabra. Folia ovata acuminata basi obtusa vel rotundata crenato- serrata. Stipule elliptice decidue. Cyme dense multiflore paniculats. Perianthit masculi appendices patentes. Types in N. York Bot. Gard. and in Herb. Jam. Leaves 1 dm. |. or less, 3-6 cm. br., nerves produced nearly to the apex, with numerous dark sunken glands on lower face follow- ing the course of the veins; margin less coarsely serrate than in P. grandifolia; cystoliths on upper surface very unequal, fusiform or punctiform, beneath subequal, linear, smaller and more frequent. Stipules 1 cm. 1. Cymes (including peduncle) shorter than the leaves, 25-6 cm. 1. Male perianth globose, 1:2 mm. 1., with patent thick appendages, ‘2 mm. 1. Hab.—Hills near Bullstrode, March, M7s. EL. G. Britton, 2876 ! This species resembles P. grandifolia L., but is smaller with ovate leaves, smaller deciduous stipules, and differs also in the character of the inflorescence and in the male flower. The specific name is given in honour of the collector, Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, the well-known American bryoiogist. This species is very near P. grandifolia Bl., but the male flowers differ, and the leaves are smaller and ovate. Pilea appendicilata. Swffrutex monoica, caule simplici, erecto, glabro. Sola ejusdem paris magis minusve inequalia, petiolata, ovata, acuminata, cordata, crenato-serrata dentibus magnis, trinervia, supra glabra, subtus pilosa preecipue in nervis, oO 2 180 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY membranacea. Stipule magne, obtuse et late ovate, decidue. Cyme@, mascule capitulis pluribus densifloris pedunculo longo ; foeminez multo breviores in eadem axilla. Perianthi masculi appendices lati. Type in Herb. Jam. Stem to 1m. high. Leaves 7-12 cm. 1, 5-7 cm. br., basal nerves produced nearly to apex; cystoliths on upper surface numerous, linear, smaller beneath; petioles 2-5 cm. 1.; stipules lem.l. Male cymes, peduncle to 7 cm.1., glabrous; flower-heads white, each 6-8 mm. in diam.; perianth (with appendages) about 2mm. l., with pedicel of equal length, ellipsoidal-globose, segments coherent below, dorsal appendages roundish-elliptical about half the length of the perianth. Female cymes, peduncle to 1 cm. 1, glabrous; flowers ‘56 mm. l., sessile and subsessile; perianth- segments subequal and coherent in the greater part of their length. Hab.—In shady places near river; Leicesterfield, Upper Clarendon, 1800 ft., Feb., Harris! 10,8432. This species at first sight might be regarded as a variety of P. grandifolia Bl., but the male flowers, even without the use of a lens, are evidently quite different. Specific name from the broad appendage of the male perianth- segments. Pilea troyensis. Herba monoica, caulibus repentibus, pube- rulis. olia ejusdem paris magis minusve inequalia, late ovata aut seepe rotundata, ultra trientem inferiorem crenato-serrata, vel interdum fere integerrima, trinervia, utrinque pellucidis pilis sparsis induta, infra nervis strigilloso-puberula, membranacea ; cystolithi lineares, infra minores. Stzpule brevissime, rotundate. Cym@ paniculate, pedunculis petiolis longioribus, glomerulis aggregatis, flore masculo inter femineos singulo. Type in Herb. N. York Bot. Gard. Hab.—Rocky wooded hill, Troy, Britton, 708! Leaves :d-1 cm. 1., ‘5-9 em. br., with the two lateral nerves produced to one-half or three-fourths of their length; petioles 1-255 mm.1. Stipules about ‘5 mm. 1. Peduwncles glabrescent, 5-7 mm.1. Male flowers subsessile; perianth globulose, with a few pellucid hairs, about ‘d mm. |.; dorsal appendages, those of a pair equal, one pair bluntly and shortly triangular, the other linear, blunt. Female flower about ‘5 mm. l|., larger segment -4 mm. L, the lateral about half the length. Achene (unripe) white with orange-red stigma, about ‘d mm. I. This species is very near P. Harrisit Urban (Symbole Antil- lane, i. 299), but differs in the flowers. Pilea lamiifolia. Herba monoica, caulibus simplicibus, de- bilibus in parte inferiore decumbentibus et radicantibus dein adscendentibus, pubescentibus, ramulis junioribus hirsutis. Folia ejusdem paris magis minusve inzqualia, petiolata, ovata vel ellip- tico-ovata, basi obtusa rotundatave, ultra trientem inferiorem grosse serrato-crenata, trinervia, supra sparse pilosa, subtus in nervis pubescentia, membranacea. Stipule semilunares. Cyme in apice pedunculi filiformis petiolo longioris aut brevioris, dense NEW PLANTS FROM JAMAICA 181 aggregate. Type in Herb. N. York Bot. Gard. and in Herb. Mus. Brit. Stem 6-8 cm. 1., sometimes rooting below at the nodes, densely covered with thin linear cystoliths; internodes 1-3cm.1. Leaves 3-1 cm. 1., 1-5-8 cm. br., basal nerves produced to one-half to two-thirds of their length, not visible on upper surface, connected reticulately beneath ; cystoliths small, linear, numerous on upper surface; petioles 2-8 mm.1. Stipules ‘6—8mm.1. Cymes solitary from axils of upper leaves, peduncles glabrous. Male flowers sessile or subsessile; perianth about 1 mm. 1., globose, segments coherent below, sparsely hirsute, dorsal appendages triangular. Female flowers pedicellate. Achene ‘6 mm.1.; median segment reaching to about one-half of achene, -4 mm. 1., oblong, truncate, dorsal appendage mucronate; lateral segments half as long as median, ovate, acute. a Hab.—Woodlands, near Newport, Manchester, Sept., Britton, 05! This species is very near P. diffusa Wedd., but the flowers are different, as well as the indumentum of the leaves. Pilea Hollickii. Herba dioica, caulibus simplicibus vel sub- ramosis, adscendentibus, pubescentibus, infra nudis, apice foliatis. Folia ejusdem paris magis minusye inequalia, elliptico-ovata, basi obtusa, ultra trientem inferiorem crenato-serrata, trinervia, supra glabra, subtus in nervis venisque pubescentia, membranacea. Stipule late ovate, amplexicaules. Cyme@ (mascule tantum vise) in apice pedunculi petiolo longioris aggregate, rarius subsessiles. Types in Herb. N. York Bot. Gard., in Herb. Mus. Brit., and in Herb. Jam. Stem 10-20 cm. high, about 2mm. br., covered with thin linear cystoliths; lower internodes sometimes very long (to 9 cm. 1). Leaves 9-17 mm. 1., 7-12 mm. br., basal nerves produced to about two-thirds of their length, glandular-dotted below; deciduous except at apex where 4-6 are crowded together ; cystoliths linear, small on upper surface ; petioles pubescent, 3-7 mm. 1.; stipules 2-3 mm. 1. Cymes in the axils of the upper leaves, peduncles glabrous, generally 5-17 mm.1. Male flowers sessile or subsessile ; perianth 1°6-1:7 mm. 1.: segments coherent to about level of dorsal appendage, outline (incl. appendage) broadly ovate; appen- dages, opposite pairs of unequal length, triangular, nearly as long as the rest of the perianth. lee Hill, near Moneague, April, Britton & Hollick, ! The leaves suggest a small variety of P. obtusata Liebm., but the cymes are short with dense-flowered clusters at the apex of the peduncles. Pilea silvicola. Herba dioica, infra suffrutescens, caulibus ascendentibus simplicibus v. paullo ramosis, glabris. Folia ejusdem paris magis minusve ineequalia, petiolata, elliptico-ovata, breviter subacuminata, basi subcordata, ultra trientem vel dimidium in- feriorem grossiuscule serrata, trinervia, plante mascule glabra, femines utrinque sparse pilosa, membranacea. Stipule elliptice 182 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY amplexicaules. Cym@ paniculate, pedunculo petiolum longe superante. Type in Herb. N. York Bot. Gard. Stem 20-30 em. 1., 2-3 mm. br., sometimes rooting below at the nodes, densely covered with short broadly linear cystoliths ; internodes 1:°5-3 cm. 1. eaves 5-3 em. 1|., 3-1:5 cm. br., basal nerves produced to about three-fourths of their length, the others not visible on upper surface, connected reticulately beneath ; cystoliths on upper surface linear, beneath thinner and smaller ; petioles 8-22 mm. 1.; stipules 5-6 mm.1. Male cymes, clusters dense-flowered, peduncle 1-1'5 cm. |., flowers subsessile or with pedicels to 1 mm. 1.; perianth 1:25 mm. 1., coherent at base, segments ovate, with a long acuminate dorsal appendage about one-half their length; anthers barely -3mm.1. female cymes, clusters few-flowered, peduncle 2°5-3 cm. 1., flowers sessile or sub- sessile with pedicels to -3 mm. 1.; median perianth-segment about ‘6 mm. |., dorsal appendage short, subconical, about on a level with apex; lateral half as long, broadly elliptical. Hab.—In crevices of rocks, Peckham Woods, Upper Clarendon, 2500 ft., July, Harris! 10,948. This species comes also near to the group of species which includes P. obtusata Liebm. and P. diffusa Wedd., but it differs in the flowers and also in the leaves. EXPLANATION OF PuaTE 518. Fig. 1. Pilea oblanceolata, natural size. 2. P. Weddellii, a, male flower ; b, c, d, e, female flower in various stages; f, fruit; g, perianth with staminodes (p, perianth ; s, staminodes) after escape of fruit; h, cystoliths on portion of upper part of leaf. 3. P. rufescens, a, male flower; b, fruit; c, cystoliths on portion of upper surface of leaf. 4. P. oblanceolata, a, b, female flower in different stages; c, fruit with perianth and staminodes folded in (s, staminodes) ; d, perianth and staminodes opened out (s, staminodes) ; e, cystoliths on portion of upper surface of leaf. 5. P. Elizabethe, a, male flower; b, cystoliths on portion of upper surface of leaf. 6. P. appendicilata, a, male flower; b, female flower; c, cystoliths on portion of upper surface of leaf. 7. P. troyensis, a, male flower; 0b, fruit; c, cystoliths on portion of upper surface of leaf. 8. P. lamii- folia, a, male flower; b, fruit; c, cystoliths on portion of upper surface of leaf. 9. P. Hollickii, a, male flower; U, cystoliths on portion of upper surface of leaf. 10. P. silvicola, a, male flower; 6, cystoliths on portion of upper surface of leaf. Figs. 2-10 all x 10, except fig. 2, b, c, d, and 4, a, which are x 20. The fruit is in each case surrounded by the persistent perianth. The hairs on leaf- surface, where they occur, are not indicated. LANCASHIRE ASCOMYCETES. By Haroup J. WHELDON. Mycouoey has received but little attention in Lancashire from the older botanists, and local floras and lists contain very meagre records or none at all, and such as are given refer almost exclu- sively to the larger species. In investigating the fungus flora of West Lancashire, having undertaken to prepare an account of the fungi of the adjacent LANCASHIRE ASCOMYCETES 183 vice-county for the South Lancashire Flora Committee of the Liverpool Botanical Society, the writer has searched through local literature for the purpose of collating published records, but only one or two brief lists have been found, and these relate to South Lancashire only. Probably the first and only list containing Ascomycetes is that given in The Manchester Flora by Leo H. Grindon (1859), but no definite localities are quoted for some of the species named, and these cannot be included, as it is doubtful whether they occurred in Lancashire or Cheshire, and some of those for Which stations are indicated have been excluded, it being uncertain to which modern species the author referred. A few solitary records and notes have been gleaned from more recent publications, and these are quoted under the respective species mentioned. Hence the following list consists for the greater part of the results of recent investigation, extending over the past two or three years only, and confined to limited portions of both vice- counties. Consequently this must be regarded as an introduction to the flora, not indicating in any degree the distribution or relative frequency of the species named, nor as being even approximately complete. It may not be out of place to mention here that the Basidiomycetes and other groups of fungi are also receiving attention. The results so far obtained indicate the probability of further discoveries of interest, and are published with the hope of stimu- lating, if possible, greater activity in this direction among local botanists, so that a fairly representative list of fungi may be compiled for inclusion in the projected Flora of South Lancashire, and a more complete knowledge gained of the species occurring in the adjacent vice-county. For the arrangement and nomenclature of the Pyrenomycetes, I have followed Saccardo’s Sylloge Fungoruwm, and the identifi- cations have been made chiefly with the aid of the descriptions in this work supplemented by A. N. Berlese’s fine companion work Jcones Fungorum. The numbers preceding localities refer to the Watsonian vice- comital divisions, vzz. 59 South Lancashire and 60 West Lan- cashire, the dividing line of which is the River Ribble. I am indebted to Dr. J. W. Ellis, of Liverpool, and Mr. H. Murray, of Manchester, for various records of interest. For forwarding specimens my thanks are due to those gentlemen whose names appear in the list, and also to Messrs. J. W. Hartley (Carnforth), G. H. Hopley (Brinscall), W.G. Travis (Liverpool), Albert Wilson, F'.L.8. (Ilkley), and J. A. Wheldon, F.L.S. (Liver- pool). The initials following localities refer to these contributors except ‘“C. C., &.,” which denotes that the specimen was collected on an excursion in the company of Mr. Crossland and some members of the Liverpool Botanical Society. Where no authority is quoted, the responsibility rests with the writer alone, or jointly with Mr. J. A. Wheldon. I especially desire to accord my thanks to Mr. Charles Cross- 184 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY land, F.L.S., of Halifax, and Mons. Boudier, for assistance with some critical Discomycetes, of which group they have made special study. PYRENOMYCETES. PERISPORIACE. Podosphera oxyacantha De Bary. 59. Amphigenous on leaves of hawthorn. Langho and near Kirkby, July, 1909, J. A. W. Spherotheca pannosa (Wallr.) Lévy. 59. On garden roses, Walton, June, 1909, Wh.; on Rosa arvensis and garden roses at Davyhulme, Urmston, and Flixton, H. Murray. Phyllactinia suffulta (Reb.) Sace. 60. On almost every young oak at Wennington, Wh.; Wray, and in Roeburndale, August, 1910, J. Wie eae SV Erysiphe communis (Wallr.) Fr. 59. Common, Aintree, Orms- kirk, Ford, &. 60. On Polygonwm aviculare, Morecambe, J. A. W.; on P. Robert, Fleetwood, J. A. W. EL. graminis DC. 59. On grass (Bromus), Aintree, May, 1911. 60. Gressingham, August, 1910. E. cichoracearum DC. 59. On Arctiwm Lappa, &e., Maghull. Eurotium herbariorum (Wigg.) Link. 59. On pileus of an old Agaric, Walton, June, 1909; near Manchester, 1859, 0. H. Grindon. Thielavia basicola Zopf. 59. First conidial stage on peas, Walton, June, 1909. SPHERIACE. Valsa nivea (Pers.). 60. On twigs of Populus, Bay Horse, April, 1911. V. leucostoma (Pers.). 60. On Pyrus aucuparia near Tarn- brook, April, 1911. Eutypella padi (Karst.) Sace. 60. On Prunus Padus, Leck, August, 1910. Hutypa lata Tul. Forming a thin crust on wood and branches. 69. Rivington, February, 1911; Town Green, near Ormskirk; on elm, Flixton, H. Murray. 60. Leck, August, 1910; Arkholme and Gressingham; Silverdale, 1909; Caton, 1910; Tarnbrook, April, 1911; Brock, 1910. Diatrype disciformis (Hoffm.) Fr. 60. On branches, Grisedale, near Abbeystead, April, 1911. D. stigma Fr. 59. Melling; Rainford; Rivington, February, 1911, G.H. H.dé H.J.W.; Flixton, H. Murray. 60. Hornby and Gressingham, August, 1910; Silverdale; Carnforth, J. W. H. é H. J. W.; Caton, March, 1910, and Wreay ; Brock; Abbeystead, April. Gume Diatrypella verrucefornis (Khrh.) Nits. 60. Fallen branch, Silverdale, August, 1909; Caton, March, 1910. D. quercina (Pers.) Nits. 60. Near Abbeystead, April, 1911. Chetomium comatum (Tode) Fr. 60. On furze (Ulex Galli) near Abbeystead, April, 1911. Sordaria coprophila (Fr.) Ces. ei De Not. 60. On cow-dung, Wennington, August, 1910; Tarnbrook, April, 1911. S. bombardioides Auersw. 60. On cow-dung, Grisedale LANCASHIRE ASCOMYCETES 185 Moor, near Abbeystead, April, 1911. The specimens referred to agree very well with Saccardo’s description of this species, but I have not access to authenticated examples for com- parison. The original fungus was found in Germany on hare- dung, and Rehm has recorded it on horse-dung from California. The spores of the German example are stated to be 22-25 x 12-14 », whilst those of the Californian species are 25 x 9p. As the fungus seems to be new to the British flora the following description of the West Lancashire specimens may be of interest :— Perithecia immersed, sparsely gregarious to subcespitose, shape variable, almost cylindrical, oblong, pyriform or utriculiform, about 0°75 mm. high, rough, the rounded apex having a few setulose papille near the ostiole as in S. minuta Eck., brownish black. Asci cylindrical, 142-165 x 15-18 uw, 8-spored. Spores uniseriate, ovate-elliptical, first hyaline but soon fuscous-black, with two or more oily nuclei, 23-25 x 12-14 pw (excluding the hyaline appendages, which are about 10 » long). Hypocopra fimicola (Rob.) Sace. 60. On cow-dung near Tun- stall and Wennington, August, 1910. Rosellinia pulveracea (Khrh.) Fck. 60. Wray, August, 1910, t. Wod A.J. W. i fy conglobata (Fr. et Fck.) Sacc. 60. On furze, Abbeystead, pril. fi. quercina Hartig. 59. On oak seedlings, Nurseries, Brinseall, July, 1909. Received from Mr. McBeath, per G. H. Hopley. fi. aquila (Fr.) De Not. 60. Lords Lot Wood, near Arkholme, August, 1910. Bombardia fasciculata Fr. 59. As Spheria Bombarda, Hough End Clough, Z. H. Grindon, 1859. Xylaria hypoxylon (Linn.) Grev. Common on stumps. Re- corded for every division of both vice-counties. Ustulina vulgaris Tul. 60. On beech-branch, near Dolphin- holme, April, 1911. Hypoxylon fuscwm (Pers:) Fr. 59. Whalley, June, 1910, J.A.W.; Chorley; Ince Woods. 60. Tunstall and Leck, August, 1910; Silverdale, Wz. & Wh.; on hazel, Castlebarrow, March, 1910; Dolphinholme, April, 1911. _ A. multiforme Fr. 59. Hough End Clough, 1859, ZL. H. Grindon (Flora of Manchester). 60. On alder, Abbeystead, April, 1911. Daldimia concentrica (Bolt.) Ces. et De Not. 59. On ash, Ince Woods, 1909; on trunk, Rainford. 60. Deep Dale, Yealand, August, 1910, J. W. H.; Carnforth, 1910, J. W. H. Nummularia succenturiata (Tode) Nits. 60. On oak (?) wood, Wray, August, 1910. Gnomoniella tubiformis (Tode) Sace. (Syn. Cerastoma tube- formis Ces. et De N.). 60. On leaves of Alnus glutinosa, near Abbeystead Lake, April, 1911. Lestadia punctoidea (Cke.) Auersw. 60. On fallen oak-leaves, Bay Horse and Tarnbrook, April, 1911. 186 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Spherella tyrolensts Auersw. 60. On dead fronds of Poly- podium vulgare near Bay Horse. S. maculifornus (Pers.) Auersw. 60. On fallen oak-leaves, hypophyllous, Dolphinholme, April, 1911; on Vacciniwm, Great Clough, Tarnbrook Fell. S. macularis (Fr.) Auersw. 60. Amphigenous on leaves of Populus tremula, Abbeystead, April, 1911. S. hedericola (Desm.) Cke. 60. Ivy-leaves, Dolphinholme. S. Vaccinia Cke. (syn. S. Myrtills Auersw., S. maculiformis Fr.). 60. Forming hypophyllous spots on Vacciniwm Myrtillus, Tarnbrook Fell. S. rumicis Cke. On leaves of Rumex. 59. Melling, 1909. 60. Wennington. Gnomonia cerastts (Riess.) Auersw. (Spheria petiols Eek.). On petioles of fallen sycamore-leaves. 60. Lower Emmetts and Abbeystead, Over Wyresdale. Spore measurements, 16-17 x 3°3-4 pw. (Sace. 17 x 4 p.) G. setacea (Pers.) Ces. et De Not. On petioles of fallen syca- mores. 959. Lathom Park, May, 1911. This species and the preceding are superficially very similar, but the shape of the asci and the size and arrangement of the spores are quite distinct. Ticothecvum pygmeum Koerb. var. ventosicola Wint. 60. On the thallus of Lecanora ventosa, Lower Ease Gill, May, 1904, ABWeerd. AAW, Melanconis alnt Tul. On branches of alder, Dolphinholme. Diaporthe (Chorostate) Crategi (Curr.) Fck. 59. On hawthorn, Aintree, 1910. D. (Euporthe) samaricola Phil. & Plow. 60. On fallen ash samaras, Lower Emmetts. t D, (£u.) pulla Nits. 60. On ivy-twigs, Hole of Hllel Bridge, Bay Horse, May, 1911. Clypeospheria Notarisi Fuck. 60. On twigs, Abbeystead, Dolphinholme. Leptospheria acuta Karst. (Heptameria Cke.). Common on nettle-stems. 59. Brinscall, Aintree, Little Crosby, J. W. £#.; Lathom, &c. 60. Wennington, Gressingham, Caton, Lower Emmetts; Wray, J. W. H. d H. J.W.; Brock Valley. L. acuivuscula Sacc. 60. On stems of Urtica dioica, Lower Emmetts. ; Chetomastia canescens (Speg.) Berl. 60. Melling, near Wennington. Not having seen this recorded previously for Britain, I give the following short description :—Perithecia super- ficial, pilose, gregarious, black, 4-4 mm. Asci cylindrical, 80 x 15-17°5 p, 8-spored. Spores uniseriate, 3-septate, pale brown, concolorous. On the cut end of fallen rotten post. Melling, near Wennington. Melanomma pulvis-pyrius Vek. On cut ends of branches, &c. 59. Chatburn, May, 1910, W. G. T.; Brinscall, G. H. Hopley & H. J. W.; Ormskirk and Lathom. 60. Noted from every division except divisions 4 and 5d. Lasiospheria spermoides Ces. et De Not. (Pstlospheria Cke.). LANCASHIRE ASCOMYCETES 187 On cut ends of trunks, &c. 59. Brinscall, G. H. Hopley ¢ H.J.W. 60. Hase Gill, J. W. H. d H. J. W.; Caton and Brock. L. hisyida Fek. 60. On wood, Leck and Wray, August, 1910. Zignella seriata (Curr.) Sace. 60. On bare wood, Hornby, August, 1910. Z. ovoidea Fries. 60. On hazel branches, Lower Emmetts, Over Wyresdale, April, 1911. 4. collabens (Curr.) Sacc. 60. On bare wood, Wray, August, 1910. 4. ostioloidea. 60. On a stroma of Diatrypella quercina, Grisedale, near Abbeystead, April, 1911. Pleospora herbarum Rabh. 60. Roeburndale, August, 1910, J.W. H. éd H. J. W.; Lower Emmetts, Over Wyresdale, on Cen- taurea nigra. 59. Rivington, 1911. P. vulgaris Niessl. 60. With the preceding on Centaurea, Over Wyresdale. Cucurbitaria conglobata (Fr.) Ces. et De Not. 60. On Corylus, Wray, August, 1910. C. elongata (Fr.) Grey. 60. Grisedale, near Abbeystead, Apr 1911. Ophiobolus vulgare Sacc. 60. On stems, Wennington and Lower Emmetts, Over Wyresdale. O. cesatranus (Mont.). 60. On Cardwus stems, near Tarnbrook. O. Cars (Karst). 59. On Carduus palustris in swamp behind Walton Junction Station, Liverpool, May, 1911. Acerbia bacillata Sacc. 60. On wood, Wray, August, 1910. HYPOCREACE. Hypomyces chrysospermus Tul. Common on decaying fungi, more especially in the conidial stage (Sepedonima chrysospernmuum (Bull.) Link.). Recorded for every division in both vice-counties. Hf. aurantius (Pers.) ck. 60. On Polystictus versicolor, Leck, Wennington and Silverdale. Nectria cinnabarina (Tode) Fr. Common in both vice-counties. N. coccinea (Pers.) Fr. 59. On bark of fallen tree, Fazakerley, near Liverpool, 1910. 60. Lower Emmetts, April, 1911. N. ditissima Tul. 59. On fruit-tree, Leyland, 1910, Rev. C. LE. Pynes-Clinton. N. Peziza (Tode) Fr. 59. On decaying tree-stump, Flixton, 1908, H. Murray. N. epispheria (Tode) Fr. On Diatrype stigma. 60. Warton Crag. 59. Longton, December, 1911. Hypocrea rufa (Pers.) Fr. Common throughout both vice- counties, especially in the conidial stage (= Trichoderma viride) on wood. Dr. J. W. Ellis has sent me specimens growing on a dead corky fungus from near Warrington (v.-c. 59), July, 1909. Claviceps purpurea (Fr.) Tul. 59. On Loliwm perenne, Hough End, 1859, L. Grindon (Flora of Manchester) ; Flixton and Urm- ston, 1909, H. M.; on Festuca elatior at Speke, and on Triticwm junceum, Churchtown, Southport, October, 1910, W. G. 7’. Cordyceps militaris (Linn.) Link. On larva of Lepidoptera, 188 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY &e. 59. Heapy, near Chorley, July, 1909, G. H. H.; conidia (Isavia farinosa) stage at Lathom; Aintree, October, 1909, W. G. T. é J. A. W.; on Crocallis cingularia, Flixton, 1898, and on ichneumon pupa and larva at Urmston, December, 1909, A. M. 60. Bolton-le-Sands, October, 1908, J. W. H.; conidia stage at Wray. Epichloe typhina (Pers.) Tul. 59. Meadow at Flixton, H. M. 60. Occasionally seen on the stems and leaf-sheaths of Dactylis glomerata, Wr. & Wh. (Flora of West Lancashire, p. 321). DOTHIDEACES. Phyllachora Heracle: (Fr.) Fck. 60. On Heracleum Sphondy- lawm, near Tarnbrook, Over Wyresdale. P. graminis (Pers.) Fck. 60. On grass, Melling and Gressing- ham, August, 1910. P. Junci (Fr.) Fck. 60. On Juncus effusus, Melling, August, 1910; and Grisedale, near Abbeystead, April, 1911. P. pteridis (Reb.) Pek. 59. Whalley, May, 1910, J. A. W. 60. Nether Burrow and Caton, August, 1910. Ethopographus filicinus (Fr.) Fek. The subinnate parallel stroma of this fungus have been observed on stems of Pteris aquilina in every locality in which the host-plant has been found. Many records for each vice-county. HYSTERIACER. Gloniwm lineare (Fr.) De Not. (Hysteriwm Fr.). 60. On wood, Roeburndale, August, 1910, J. W. H. d A. J. W. Hystervum pulicare Pers. 60. Arkholme, August, 1910. H. angustatum Alb. & Schw. 60. On birch, Carnforth, August, L910 id We rel td EW. Hysterographium fraxini (Pers.) De Not. 60. Caton, March, 1910. Hypoderma virgultorum DC. 60. On Rubus, Dolphinholme, April, 1911, and near Leck, August, 1910. H. conigenum (Pers.) Cke. On old fir-cones. 59. Lathom Park, May, 1911. 60. Plantation on Hare Appletree Fell, April, 1911; Caton, March, 1910. Lophiodernnum arundinaceum Chey. 59. On Phalaris, near Mere Brow, 1909, J. A. W. 60. Hawes Water, J. A. W.; Abbey- stead Reservoir, April, 1911. L. pinastri (Schrad.) Chev. 60. On fallen pine-needles, in plantation on Hare Appletree Fell. L. guniperinum (Fr.) De Not. 60. Dead leaves of juniper, Warton Crag, 1910. ONYGENACE:. Onygena equina Pers. 60. On decaying sheep’s horns on Tarnbrook Fell, April, 1911. O. corvina Alb. et Schwein. 59. On beak and feathers of a bird in a swamp at Aintree, February, 1911. LANCASHIRE ASCOMYCETES 189 DISCOMYCETES. HELVELLACE. Morchella esculenta DC. 59. On the left bank of the Irwell, below Clifton Aqueduct, James Percival, Junr., 1859. Sandhills hills at Freshfield. Mitrophora semilibera Lév. 59. Hale, January, 1911, W.G. 7. Gyromitra esculenta (Pers) Fr. 59. On the sandhills at Formby, May, 1908, W. G. T. Helvella coritwm (Web.) Mass. 59. Frequent on the sandy flats near the sea, from Formby to Ainsdale, September, 1909, and since annually. Mr. Crossland, who kindly determined these specimens, stated that Dr. Cooke’s figure of these species is two to three times as big as the largest of our specimens, so that it must vary considerably in size, and that he does not figure the central globule in the spores. The Formby specimens were about 1-25 em. high, closed and subglobose then becoming quite plane, the diameter then being from ‘d-3 cm.; externally the ascophores are minutely verruculose, blackish with a bluish grey tinge; the stems are slightly swollen and paler below. Spores 8, hyaline 1-guttulate, continuous, broadly elliptical 20 x 12 uw. The first British specimens were found by Plowright at King’s Lynn. Mons. Boudier, who confirmed the identification, refers it to the genus Cyathipodia as C. corvwm (Web.) Boud. Geoglossum hirsutwm Pers. 59. Birkdale, September, 1910, M ca glabrum Pers. 59. Mr. A. A. Dallman has sent specimens collected at Wavertree Quarry, Liverpool. (See Proceedings of the Liverpool Botanical Society, 1906.) 60. Lytham, November, 1898, ey ea Mitrula cucullata (Batsch.) Fr. 59. On dead fir-leaves, Fresh- field sandhills, October, 1909, C. Crossland. PEZIZACER. Geopyxis coccinea (Scop.) Mass. 60. Near Over Kellet, Wi. & Wh.; Yealand, among moss, January, 1911. Collected by Mr. Threlfall. Peziza vesciculosa Bull. Common on rich soil, dung heaps, &e. 59. Brinseall, G. H. H.; Walton, Aintree, and Garston. 60. Silverdale, August, 1909, and Brock, May, 1910. P. ampliata Pers. 59. Among moss, and on the rotten wood of a fern-box, Aintree, May, 1909. Collected by Miss Dunning. Specimens appeared in the same place the following year. P. repanda Wahl. 59. Wavertree, near Liverpool, 1910, Miss Cook; soil in fernery, Burnley, C. A. Ritchings. P. pustulata Pers. 59. Lathom, on dry ground in a wood. P. brunneo-atra Desm. (Humaria macrospora Mass. (pro parte) ). 59. Occurs in company with Helvella corvwm on the sandy flats by the sea, from Formby to Ainsdale. Mons. Boudier, who has seen the specimens, states they are his Galactinia brunneo-atra (Desm.) Boud., which he keeps distinct from G. macrospora (Wall.) Boud, 190 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Otidea aurantia Mass. 59. Rochdale, October, 1909. Sent by Mr. W. H. Western (see Lancashire Naturalist, vol. ii. p. 215); near Leyland. 60. Over Kellet, Wi. € Wh.; Carnforth, J. W. H. Occurring on paths, roadsides, &c. Barlea cinnabarina Sace. 59. On sandy flats near the sea at Birkdale, Ainsdale, and Freshfield, where it appears annually. Humaria convecula Quel. 60. Yealand, July, 1910, J. A. W.; Carnforth, J. W. H. On soil among moss. H. granulata Sacc. Common on cow-dung. 59. Knowsley Park, September, 1909; Ormskirk; Leyland, July, 1910, sent by Rev. C. Fynes-Clinton; Blackrod, near Adlington. 60. Wenning- ton and Nether Barrow, August, 1910, Wh.; Halton and Hornby; Carnforth ; near Garstang, A. Walson. H. violacea Sace. 59. On floor of greenhouse, Walton, June and October, 1910, teste Mr. Crossland. H. salmomecolor Sacc. 59. Hundred End, north of Southport, on damp soil, May, 1909, W. G. 7. é J. A. W. Sepultaria arenicola. 59. Common on the sandy flats near the sea between Formby and Churchtown. .This plant is easily detected, although buried, as it causes holes in sand which resem- ble those made by an umbrella. Lachnea scutellata Gillet. Common on rotting trunks, wood, &e., especially in shady places. The bright red disc makes it very conspicuous. 69. On rotten trunk in a stream near Colne, H. Robinson; Town Green, Lathom. 60. On inner bark of old trunk, Hornby Castle, August, 1910. L. fimbriata Quel. 59. On soil and rotten wood of fern box, Aintree, June, 1910. Collected by Miss Dunning, teste Mr. Crossland. Inthe Yorkshire Fungus Flora (p. 264) this plant is recorded as growing on dust adhering to the wall in a shop window area at Halifax, with a note that it was previously only known to occur in France. L. hemispherica Gillet. 59. On the ground in wood in Lathom Park. Spherospora trechispora Sacc. 59. This small and bright- red fungus occurs annually in fair quantity among the moss in the sandy flats on the coast between Formby and Southport, together with the following variety which, although similar in many respects, is quite distinct. 60. Wray, August, 1910. On clayey ground in a wood; among moss at Carnforth, October— November, 1910, J. W. A. Var. paludicola Boud. 59. Occurs with the type between Formby and Southport. First observed July to October, 1908. For the identification of this interesting fungus I am indebted to Mr. Crossland, who, finding it did not quite agree with the description of any of the British Spherospora, sent it to Mons. Boudier, who named it as above. As this variety appears to be new to Britain, the following short description from fresh speci- mens may be useful :-— Ascophores scattered sessile, subglobose becoming plane, ‘5-7 cm. diam., 1‘5 mm. thick. Dise scarlet to blood-red, externally LANCASHIRE ASCOMYCETES 191 much paler, clothed with thick-walled, pointed aseptate or 1—2 sep- tate hairs, reddish brown below, hyaline towards the point, and sometimes the reddish colouring is absent ; 183-280 x 10-12 p (fig. 2) asci cylindrical, the apex being rounded, 290-300 x 28-30 p, shortly pedicellate, 8-spored (fig. 1). Spores hyaline, globose 26 » diam., l1-seriate, epispore thick, smooth, then becoming finally covered with prominent globose warts, 3 » diam., which sometimes become detached. Paraphyses yellowish red above, paler below, stout, septate, often branched, apex clavate, 8-12 » thick, narrowing to 4-5 » towards the base, turning blackish with iodine. Differs from the type in the larger and more prominently tuberculate spores, the branched paraphyses, and the shorter paler hairs. Dasyscypha virginea Eck. Very common; often densely gregarious on dead stems, branches, twigs, &c., especially in moist shady places. 59. Lathom, Freshfield, Little Crosby, Rainford, Adlington. 60. Melling, August, 1910; Caton, April, 1910; Roeburndale, August, 1910, J. W. H. d H. J. W.; Brock, May, 1910; Castlebarrow, Hornby. D. mvea Sace. As common as the preceding, on dead wood. Found in all divisions of the county. D. asterostoma Mass. 60. Herbaceous stems, Preston, May, 1910. Differs from the description in having the hairs sometimes granulate. D. bicolor Fck. 60. On still-standing dead coppiced hazel, Castlebarrow, near Silverdale, March, 1910; Wennington, August, 1910; Caton, March, 1910. D, leuconica Mass. 60. Ease Gill, June, 1908, W. G. 7. D. hyalina Mass. Frequent on decaying wood in shady places. 59. Lathom; Freshfield, March, 1909, C. Crossland. 60. Kase Gill, at 500 ft., August, 1910; Hornby. D. calycina Fek. 59. On Scots pine at Rainford Colliery. Specimens were collected on the props in ‘“‘roads”’ in the mine, at a depth of about 2000 ft., Miss Dunning ¢ H. J. W.; near Brins- eall. 60. Roeburndale at 500 ft., August, 1910, J. W. H. & H. J. W.; Calder Valley, near Garstang, November, 1910, A. Wilson. D. subtilissima Sace. 59. In crevices of bark of Larch and Scots pine at Rainford, May, 1910. D. dematiicola Mass. 60. On fallen twigs, Brock Bottom, May, 1910. ; Tapesia fusca Keck. 60. On dead twigs, Roeburndale, August, LOBED: T. aurelia Phil. 60. On oak debris, Roeburndale, 1910. Chlorosplenum e@ruginosum De Not. 60. Dry foss, East Gill, at 900 ft., J. W. H.d Wh. Cyathicula coronata De Not. 59. On dead stems of nettle, Melling, 1911. Helotiwm aurewm Pers. 60. On fallen twigs, Carnforth and Roeburndale, August, 1910, J. W. H. & Wh.; Caton. H. lutescens Fr. 59. Formby, December, 1908, A. A. Dallman. Hi. uliginosum Fr, 59. Freshfield, December, 1908, W. G. 7. 192 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY H. sublenticulare Fr. 59. On twigs in watery place in wood near Bispham, October, 1908. Hf. cyathoidewm Karst. 59. Lathom and Ince Blundell. 60. Common on decaying stems in damp places, Silverdale, Wray, &c. H. gramineum Phil. 60. Near Wray, August, 1910. H. scutula Karst. 60. Calder Valley, near Garstang, Novem- ber, 1910, A. Wilson. Belonidium pruinosum Mass. 59. Freshfield, October, 1909, C. Crossland, &c. 60. Brock, August, 1910. Mollisia cinerea Karst. Found in every division in numerous localities in both vice-counties, on dead wood and branches. M. lignicola Phil. 60. Wray, August, 1910,J.W.H. dH. J. W. M. atrocinerea (Cke.) Phil. 60. Brock, May, 1910; Leck, August, 1910. 59. Longton, December, 1911. M. atrata Karst. 60. Dead herbaceous stems, Lower Heapee Wyresdale, 1911, Wh. M. fallax Gillet. 59. On coniferous branches, Freshfield, October, 1909, C. Crossland, &ce. M. fiiconum Phil. 59. On Lastrea Filix-mas, Walton, 1910. Pseudopeziza benesueda Mass. 60. On alder, Ease Gill, August, 1910, JW OH. & Bed AW, P. discolor Mass. 60. Melling, August, 1910. ASCOBOLACE. Ascophanus carneus Boud. 59. On rabbit-dung, Hightown and Formby, 1907, J. A. W. A. equinus Mass. 59. Cow-dung, Whalley, June, 1908, J. A. W.; on rabbit-dung, Formby, 1909. Longton Marsh, December, 1911. Ascobolus furfurascens Pers. Common in both vice-counties, on cow-dung. BULGARIACEZ. Orbilia leucostigma Fr. 59. Hall Road, near Bootle, on damp sticks in a ditch, July, 1910, W. G. T. € Wh. Calloria fusarvoides Fr. 60. On dead stems of nettles, Silver- dale, March, 1910. 59. Hoole, December, 1911. Coryne sarcoides Tul. 59. Common in every division. 60. Wennington, Silverdale, and Brock. C. wrnalis Sacce. 59. Lathom, February, 1911. 60. Calder Valley, near Garstang, November, 1910, A. Walson. Bulgaria polymorpha Wetts. 59. West Derby, 1905, A. A. Daliman; Brinscall, Maghull, Town Green, &c. 60. On oak and beech, Carnforth, J. W. H.; Calder Valley, A. Wilson; Roeburn- dale, Brock, and Wyresdale. PATELLARIACEZ:. Heterospheria patella Grev. 60. Melling, August, 1910; Lower Emmetts. STICTIDE. Stictis radiata Pers. Near Manchester, Brittain, teste Wm. Phillips. (See British Discomycetes, p. 380.) PATRICK MATTHEW 193 PHACIDIACE. Phacidium multivalve Kze.and Schmidt. 59. Aintree, Riving- ton, Ormskirk. 60. Silverdale, Abbeystead, Gressingham, and Wennington. Occurs on dead leaves of holly. Trochila cratervwm Fr. 59. Rivington, March, 1911; Formby, June, 1910. 60. Wennington, August, 1910; Bay Horse, April, 1911. On dead ivy leaves. T.ilicis Cronan. Common on fallen holly leaves. 59. Colne, 1910, H. Robinson; Lathom, 1910; Aintree, 1908; Brinscall, 1911. 60. Wennington, Arkholme, Silverdale, Caton, and Brock, 1910. Ehytisma acerinwm (Pers.). Very common throughout both vice-counties. fi. punctatwm (Pers.). Much more local than the preceding ; on leaves of sycamore. 60. Wennington, where it occurred plentifully on quite young seedlings, August, 1910; Arkholme Moor, Wh.; Silverdale; Roeburndale, J. W. H. d H. J. W. fi. salicinum (Pers.). 59. On leaves of Salix repens at Formby and Freshfield, 1908. HXOASCACEZ. Ezxoascus turgidus Sadeb. (Ascomyces Phil.). 59. Simmons- wood Moss, 1908; Ormskirk, 1910, W. G.T.@ Wh. 60. Dolphin- holme, April, 1911. Forming “witches brooms” on silver birch. Taphrina aurea Fr. 59. Leaves of Populus nigra on the banks of the Mersey, Flixton, 1909, H. M. PATRICK MATTHEW. (1790-1874.) By W. T. Cauman, D.Sce., F.L.S. Patrick MatTtHEw is mentioned by most historians of the Evolution theory as one of those who anticipated Darwin and Wallace in enunciating the principle of Natural Selection. Darwin himself fully acknowledged Matthew’s claim to priority, but beyond the references in the historical introduction to the Orzgin of Species and in Darwin’s Life and Letters, very little is known about him, and his book on Naval Timber and Arboriculture, published in 1831, has perhaps hardly received the attention it deserves. In a recent paper,* Prof. Walther May gives a critical study of Matthew’s book. He points out that, though Wells and Prichard preceded Matthew in recognizing the principle of Natural Selection, they only discussed its application to the races of mankind, while Matthew dealt with it as a factor in the general evolution of organic nature. By the kindness of Prof. May, I have been put in communica- tion with Miss Kuphemia Matthew, who has been good enough * « Darwin und Patrick Matthew,’ Zoologische Annalen, Bd. iv. Heft 3, 1911, pp. 280-295, with portrait. JOURNAL OF Botany.—Vou. 50. [JuNE, 1912.] P 194 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY to furnish me with some biographical details regarding her father, supplementing, and in some points correcting, those given in Prof. May’s article. The following are the chief facts thus ascertained :— Patrick Matthew was born on Oct. 20, 1790, at Rome, a farm held by his father, John Matthew, on the banks of the Tay near Scone Palace. His mother, Agnes Duncan, was related, though in what degree is not known, to the family of Admiral Duncan, the famous ancestor of the present Earl of Camperdown. From her he inherited the estate of Gourdiehill, near Errol, in the Carse of Gowrie. He was educated at Perth Academy and at the Uni- versity of Edinburgh, but on his father’s death he took over the management of Gourdiehill before attaining his twentieth year. In 1817 he married his cousin, Christian Nicoll. He travelled a good deal in France, Spain, and Germany, residing for some time in Hamburg and in Holstein, where he acquired some property. He died at Gourdiehill on June 8, 1874. Matthew was a frequent contributor to local newspapers, as well as to the Gardeners’ Chronicle and the Mark Lane Express, on social and political questions and on agricultural matters. Besides the book on Naval Timber, he published one in 1839 on Emigration Fields, and, in 1864, a political pamphlet on Schleswig- Holstein. It is on the title-page of the latter that he describes himself as “Solver of the problem of species” (see letter from Darwin to Hooker, October, 1865). It does not appear that he ever met Darwin, but they corresponded at intervals, and Miss Matthew has kindly allowed me to see three letters from Darwin to her father, in which Matthew’s claim to priority is acknow- ledged in the most friendly way. It is of interest to notice that some expressions used by Matthews, e.g. the reference to ‘ population-preventive checks,” on p. 247 of his Naval Timber, suggest that he, like Darwin and Wallace, had been reading Malthus’s Principles of Population. SOME LITTLE-KNOWN BRITISH BOTANISTS. By James Britten, K.S.G., F.L.8., anp G. 8. Bouneer, F.L.S. (Concluded from p. 131.) Maupg, M. F. (fl. 1848). ‘Scripture Natural History.’ MaxweE.u, H. (d. before 1839). Lieutenant, 11th Dragoons. MeEEN, Marcaret (fl. 1790). Botanical artist. Meyrick, Wiuuiam (fl. 1755-94). Of Birmingham. Mippueton, W. (fl. 1812). Of Poppleton Lodge, Yorkshire. Minter, Wiuuiam (fl. 1851). Of Belfast. MinLert, CHARLES (fl. 1834), M.D. Collected in China. Miner, Mary (fl. 1848). Of Appleby. MircHELL, JAMEs (fl. 1838), R.N. Described Mentha crispa. Mo twoy, Mrs. (fl. 1840-55). Of W. Australia, SOME LITTLE-KNOWN BRITISH BOTANISTS 195 Monson, Lady Ann (d. before 1819). Moore, Oswaup ALLEN (d. before 1863). Of York. Mora@an, THomas Owen (fl. 1848-69). Of Aberystwith. Morris, Ricuarp (fl. 1820-30). Landscape gardener. Mosstey, Harriet (fl. 1836-67). Of Malvern, Botanical artist. Mosetey, Wauter M. (fl. 1792). Of Glashampton, Worcester. Mure, — (fl. 1820), M.D. Of Ayrshire. Morray, Lady Cuarzotts (d. 1808). Of Athol House. Murray, Denis (fl. 1845). Of Cork. Gardener. Morray, Perer (fl. 1802-40). Paleeobotanist. NicHouson, Henry (fl. 1712), M.D., Prof. Bot., Dublin. Norton, B. (fl. 1834). Collected in Neilgherries. NoutrTatt, Joan (d. 1849-50). Of Tithewer, Wicklow. Oainpy, Lesuie (fi. 1845). Of Dublin. Oainvir, GrorcE (fl. 1780). Collected in Guinea. Orvoyrno, Tuomas (fl. 1807). Nurseryman. Of Newark. Owen, F. W. (fl. 1824). Captain R.N. Collected in Africa. Paumer, Rev. S. (fl. 1829). Of Chigwell, Essex. Parkinson, Miss or Mrs. J. W. K. (fl. 1833). Translator. Patrick, Rev. Wiuuram (fl. 1831). PENNINGTON, — (fl. 1788). In Smith’s ‘ Icones.’ Perkins, H. EH. (Mrs.) (fl. 1837). Of Chelsea. PickrorD, Wiuti1AM Perctvat (fl. 1798-1807). Of Edinburgh. PrERARD, Francis (fl. 1834). H.H.I.C.S. Pigott, — (fl. 1798-1808). Algologist. Porz, Mrs. Cuara Marta (d. 1838). Flower-painter. PortER, GrEorGE (fl. 1800-34). Of Penang. Ports, Miss H. (fl. 1839). Of Chester. Ports, Joun (fl. 1842-52). Of Chihuahua, Mexico. Powe, Miss — (fl. 1820-68). Of Henbury, Gloucestershire. Power, Tuomas (fl. 1845), M.D. Of Cork. PrRaTTEN, Mrs., née Knapp. PRENTICE, CHARLES. PRITCHARD, STEPHEN F. (fl. 1836). Of St. Helena? PucHe.—Surgeon. Of Barmouth and Aberdovey. RanaDE, N. B. (d. 1897). Of Poona. RasHuEIcH, Wit (fl. 1809). Cornish algologist. Rattray, JAmEs (fl. 1835). Surgeon. Of Glasgow. - Reeves, Rey. Jonn Wiuxiam (fl. 1843). Rein, Huiza P. (fl. 1826). Of Windsor. Rei, Francis A. (fl. 1852). Lieut.-Colonel. Of Madras. . Ritson, A. (fl. 1832). ‘Spring Flowers.’ Roperts, Rey. ALEXANDER (fl. 1773). Of Jamaica. Roperts, Davin (fl. 1820). Surgeon. Of Melin-y-coed. Roperts, JOHN (d. 1828). Of Bangor. Roperts, Ricwarp (d. before 1828). Of Melin-y-coed. ROBERTSON, ARCHIBALD (fl. 1822), M.D. Of Edinburgh. Rogers, Parrick Kerr (fl. 1802), M.D. Of Philadelphia. P 2 196 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Royps, Sir Joun (fi. 1819). Puisne Judge, Bengal. RussEwL, Joun (fl. 1845). Agriculturist ? Samson, THomas (d. 1862), A.L.S. Cryptogamist. SAREL, Lieut.-Col. H. A. (fl. 1861), 17th Lancers. SAUNDERS, SAMUEL (fl. 1780-92). Of Leatherhead. ScorFERN, JoHn (fl. 1839-70), M.B. ‘Outlines of Botany,’ 1857. Scott, Hercutszs R. (fl. 1836). Of Edinburgh. Advocate. Sraty, — (d. before 1834). Collected in co. Cork. SEWARD, JouN (fl. 1794), M.D.,A.L.S. Of Worcester. SHAKESPEAR, Roasr (fl. 1777-82). Sent N. American pl. to Banks. SHEPPARD, JOHN (fl. 1848). Of Bristol. ‘On Trees,’ 1848. SHEPPARD, Rey. Revert (fl. 1828). Found hybrid Typha in Essex. SHERBROOKE, Mrs. (fl. 1807). Of Oxton, Notts. SHort, THomas Kimr (fl. 1838). Of Martin Hall, Notts. Simmonite, Witu1am Josepu (1840-54). Of Sheffield. SKELLON, Winttiam (1848-51). Of Liverpool and Austvralia. SKINNER, — (fl. 1772). Of Oxford. Skinnera Forst. Suites, F. H. (d. 1895). Of Siam Survey. Smitu, Mrs. (née Macponatp) (fl. 1839). In Tasmania. Smita, ALEXANDER (fl. 1759). Surgeon. Of Croydon. SmitH, Cuarues H. J. (fl. 1852). Landscape gardener. Of Edinburgh. Suita, Epwarp (fl. 1858). Lecturer on Botany, Charing Cross Hospital. Suitu, Henry (fl. 1816), M.D. Of Salisbury Infirmary. Situ, THomas (fl. 1818). Microscopist. Friend of R. Brown. SpirtaL, Ropert (fl. 1829-46). Surgeon. Of Edinburgh. StackHouseE, T. (d. 1886). Commander R.N. Of New South Wales. Staunton, JoHn. Of Longbridge, Warwick. Diatomist. STEPHENSON, JOHN (fl. 1831), M.D. Edin. ‘ Medical Botany.’ Stewart, R. B. (fl. 1835). ‘Outlines of Botany,’ 1835. Stroup, T. B. (1. 1821). Landscape gardener. Of Greenwich. Stuart, CHARLES (fl. 1842). Collected in Tasmania. Swaues, J. (1864 ?-1908). Of Whitby. Synnot, W. (fl. 1825). Resided at the Cape. TayLor, JosepH (fl. 1812-36). Of Newington Butts. Arborist. THomeson, H. T. (fl. 1827). ‘Vegetable Physiology.’ THompson, JoHN (1798). ‘ Botany Displayed.’ THompson, Rev. T. (d. 1810). Of Penzance. TipyMAN, Paruip (d. 1850), M.D. Gottingen, 1800. TitrorD, Wiuu1Am JowirT (fl. 1811), M.D. ‘ Hort. bot. amerie.’ Toouey, Prof. — (fl. 1841). Collected in Mgean. Travis, WiutAM (fl. 1795-1836). Of Scarborough. A.L.S. UNDERWOOD, Joun (fi. 1800). Superintendent, Glasnevin. Urqunart, Col. (fl. 1860). Collected in China. WarinG, Miss §. (fl. 1827-41). ‘The Meadow Queen.’ Watkins, Cuarues R. W. (fl. 1855-74). Captain, Bombay Army. SOUTH KERRY PLANTS 197 Watson, ALEXANDER (fl. 1825). Of St. Helena. Waucg, Captain (fi. 1824). Of Foxhall. Mycologist. Waueu, Ricuarp (fl. 1805). ‘Bot. Guide, Northumb. & Durham.’ Wesster, — (fl. 1803-40). Surgeon H.M.S. “ Chanticleer.” WEIGHILL, WituiAM (d. 1802-3). Of Sunderland. A.L.S. Wenuam, Hon. — (d. 1796 or 7). Friend of Sibthorp. Westcort, G. B. (fi. 1838). Cat. of Birmingham Garden. WHEELER, JAMES (fl. 1763). Nurseryman. Of Gloucester. WairTakeEr, JouN (fl. 1830). Of Lewes? Algologist. Waite, Davin (fl. 1808). Surgeon, Bombay. Waite, Joun (d. before 1845). Gardener, Glasnevin. Waite, Taytor (fl. 1755). F.R.S. 1725. Waite, W. H. (fi. 1831-42). Orig. Memb. Bot. Soc. Lond. WHITFIELD, THomas (fl. 1843-8). Collected in Sierra Leone. Wixtpeose, Rosert (fl. 1820-30). Of Daventry. Wiuxinson, Grorce (fl. 1803). Surgeon. Of Sunderland. Wittiams, Cuarues (fl. 1828-35). Of Salisbury. Wits, JosepsH (fl. 1848-55). Lecturer, Dublin. WittiaMs, J. (fi. 1825). ‘ Dissert. de succi circuitu.’ Wittiamsoy, T. (fi. 1842). Private 72nd Reg. In Natal. Witmer, BraprorD (fl. 1781). Surgeon. Of Coventry. Witson, — (fi. 1740). Tailor, of Norwich. | Witson, Epwarp §. (fl. 1846). Of Buglawton, Cheshire. Witsoy, R. (fl. 1800). Of Medomsley, Durham. Drew fungi. WirHers, Ropert (d. 1856). Of Bath. Wiruers, Mrs. (fil. 1831-4). Artist. Woop, Mary Bristow (fl. 1845-9). Governess. Woortear, THomas (fl. 1800). Of Lewes. Wvyesurp, H. (fl. 1810). ‘Introd. to Linnean Classification.’ Youne, Epwarp (fl. 1856). Of Waincyrch, Neath. Youne, Rev. Joun (fl. 1829-59). ‘Trees and Flowers in Scripture.’ SOUTH KERRY PLANTS. By Rev. E. 8S. Marswatu, M.A., F.L.S. My wife and I spent a few days at Cloghane, about the middle of June, 1911, mainly in order to explore the upper part of Brandon Mountain, which bad weather had prevented on a previous visit. On this occasion we were more successful; but a second ascent, made with the intention of working the fine corrie below Brandon Peak, was quite spoilt by dense mist and soaking rain: so that we were obliged to grope our way to the summit, and descend by our former route, without working any new ground. However, I succeeded in getting samples of most of the “mossy” Saxifrages which occur on this range, and have several in cultivation (incidentally I may mention that I shall be grateful for any localised roots of that group from the British Isles, as I am attempting a revision of the genus, so far as it is 198 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY represented here). At present I am strongly inclined to believe that we have at least three or four good species besidés those recognized in our text-books; but the synonymy is very difficult, and the task of distinguishing the segregates is complicated by the fact that they certainly hybridize with much readiness in cultivation, and probably also in nature, where different species occur together. Saxifraga elegans Mackay. An authentic specimen in the Edinburgh Herbarium is clearly S. uwmbrosa L. var. punciata (Haworth) D. Don x S. Geum L. var. serrata Syme. I gathered very similar specimens on Brandon, at 2500 ft., and have found various forms of the same hybrid on this mountain, Connor Hill, &c. The small form of S. Geum var. dentata, often called ‘ elegans,’ is quite different. S. hirsuta L. The plant of the Linnean Herbarium, which appears to be the normal Pyrenean form, has crenate leaves, with a very broad cartilaginous border; it is glabrous but for some scattered hairs on the petioles. In Ireland the type seems to be extremely rare; but there is a specimen in Smith’s herbarium, collected at the Gap of Dunloe in 1804 by Mackay, which plainly comes under it. The leaves are oval, mostly with a shallow cordate base, and have a broad cartilaginous border; lamina glabrous ; petiole long, rather slender, very hairy (the name hirsuta seems to have been given in contrast to S. umbrosa, and is not very appropriate). The prevailing Irish form of S. hirsuta clearly deserves varietal distinction, and may be described as follows :— “ Var. acutidens, n. var. Foliorum lamina dentibus acutis serrata (neque crenata), basi subtruncata, rarius leviter cordata, margine cartilagineo angustissimo, in pagina superiore seplus pilis crispulis validis albidis munita.” This is parallel to S. Geum var. serrata Syme; which is by far the most frequent Irish form of S. Geum, the crenate-leaved type being quite rare. S. ? hirsuta L. var. acutidens x umbrosa var. punctata. Connor Hill, in a small form; no doubt it is of fairly frequent occurrence, as these plants cross very freely. Some leaves are broader than long; this points to a hirsuta rather than a Geum origin. S. Geum var. serrata x umbrosa var. serratifolia (Mackay) D. Don, n. hybr. (Ref. No. 3644). Very scarce on Connor Hill. The inflorescence closely resembles that of S. serratifolia (which appears to me to deserve at least subspecific rank, and keeps thoroughly constant after eight years’ cultivation) ; petiole some- what flattened, with a slightly raised, membranous, long-ciliate margin, usually rather dilated at the top; lamina coriaceous, markedly cordate-truncate at the base, deeply and sharply serrate- dentate, with a narrow cartilaginous margin, ovate to oblong in outline, nearly parallel-sided, narrowed above to the acute or rounded tip, punctulate on both surfaces, greyish beneath, mostly with some scattered, stiff, whitish hairs, especially above, but sometimes glabrous. This is a handsome, striking plant, which I had not seen before; it should also be found in the Gap of Dunloe and other places where the parents are associated. NEW SOUTH AFRICAN MARINE ALGZ 199 S. hirta Donn. Varies greatly on Brandon, where it ranges from about 2000 to 3140 ft.; but it always keeps quite distinct from the S. decipiens (S. palmata Sm.) of Twill Du, Carnarvonshire, the Aran Isles, and other Irish stations, and also from the Black Head (co. Clare), &c., species Known to us as S. Sternbergit; I have all three growing, and no one could consider them identical. As yet I have seen this only from Ireland, and it may be endemic there, though Engler (Mon. Sax. p. 188) makes it a synonym of S. Sternbergit ; indeed, his treatment of this series leaves much to be desired, and the various forms cannot reasonably be grouped under a species collectiva (S. decipiens Ebrh.), as he has done. Pending further study, I pass over the other critical Brandon plants ; merely remarking that what I suppose to be S. cespitosa Mackay (non L.) is evidently a true species, which as yet I have seen from no other station. Tarazacum spectabile Dablst. Common on Brandon (up to 2500 ft.) and Connor Hill; also seen near Lough Camelaun. Pro- bably general on the Kerry Mountains, and exactly like the plant of the Scottish Highlands. It was mostly quite past flower at the time of our visit, except at the higher levels ; from T. palustre DC., which I failed to find, it can at once be separated by its deep orange-yellow flowers and hairy leaves, which are also more runeinate and irregularly cut, as well as by the absence of a rather broad hyaline border from the outer phyllaries. Not pre- viously recorded from Ireland, I think, though it must have been gathered. Jasione montana L. The only form observed by me in this district is the larger, biennial plant called var. major by Mertens and Koch, which ascends to 2000 ft. or more on Brandon. Isoetes lacustris forma longifolia sirictior Caspary. Abundant at the north-east end of Lough Camelaun, in two to four or five feet of water; I did not see the normal plant here, though it was gathered in Lough Doon, and in a muddy pool, high up, on Brandon. Mr. Arthur Bennett, who kindly named it for me, pointed out some marks of difference from I. Moret (I. lacustris var. maxima Blytt = var. Moret Syme); but Prof. Hugo Glick, who examined my specimens, remarked that it was very like the Wicklow var. Moret, as observed by him in the unusually dry summer of last year. It varied from seven to fourteen inches (or more) in length. NEW SOUTH AFRICAN MARINE ALG. By W. Tyson. TurovueGH the courtesy of Major Reinbold I am permitted to publish the following three descriptions, which he kindly sent to me, of seaweeds new to science :— Rhabdonia natalensis, n. sp. EE. radice fibrosa surgens coccinea, teretiuscula, ultra setacea, usque 15-20 cm. alta, irregu- 200 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY lariter dichotoma et superne parce lateraliter ramulosa; ramis admodum elongatis, ramulis plerumque acutis; cystocarpiis infra apices ramulorum que circumcirea prominulis; tetrasporangiis zonatim divisis in ramulis leviter incrassatis et subnematheciosis densius sparsis (?). Substantia frondis exsiccatione fere cornea. Near Cape Mor- gan, Flanagan; Kowie, Becker. The plant bears some resemblance in habit to Trematocarpus (Dicurella) fragilis or rather to Gigartina flagellifera Kg., Tab. Phye. xviii. t. 5, and Trematocarpus elongatus Kg., ibid. t.4. The structure of the frond seems to be the same as in Rhabdonia dendroidea Harv. (see J. Agardh, Epic. p. 391, 1892). In the position and evolution of the cystocarps our plant agrees with fi. coccinea and R. dendroidea, while the tetraspores seem to be arranged nearly as in R&R. compressa J. Ag. Anal. Alg. p. 116. I have examined only a single not well-preserved tetrasporiferous specimen. I must not omit to remark that from the three mentioned species of Rhabdonia our plant differs by the mode of ramification and by other signs. In Herbb. Reinbold, Becker, Tyson, and Flanagan, no. 278. Nemalion furcellatum, n. sp. C. 4-6 cm. alta tereti- uscula, gelatinoso-membranacea, dichotomo-decomposita fasti- giata, subflabellata ; axillis acutis, apicibus segmentorum obtusis sepe furcatis. Antheridia generis, cystocarp. et tetrasp. ignotis! Table Bay. In Herbb. Reinbold, Becker, Tyson. Gigartina Tysoni, n.sp. C. 5 cm. alta, carnoso-cartila- ginea, dichotomo-subfastigiata, subflabellata, fere tota articulato- constricta; apicibus cuneatis, sepe bi- vel trifidis, obtusis; cystocarpiis subhemisphericis in disco segmentorum terminalium evolutis ; tetrasp. et anther. ignotis! Table and Kamp’s Bays. The plant externally somewhat resembles Hormophora austra- lasica J. Ag., but differs from it by its internal structure. Some slight resemblance might also be found with Gigartina ? Valdivie Reinb., as this plant, too, shows, here and there, joint-like con- strictions, but G. Valdivie is a much stronger plant of a quite different mode of ramification, and the joint-like constrictions are of accidental character, whereas in G. Tysonz the whole plant almost is distinctly and characteristically articulated. In Herbb. Reinbold, Becker, Tyson. I may add that the Nemalion and Gzgartina are, so far as I am aware, extremely rare. The first, hitherto, has been confined to Three Anchor Bay, an inlet of Table Bay, and appears to be an annual seldom seen after New Year, and with whose habitat I am unacquainted. In course of the past four years, hardly a dozen specimens were collected. The second has only been gathered after stormy weather in “ wash-ups” during the same period mentioned, in much the same quantity, and it probably grows in deep water. Found at Kamp’s Bay, Sea Point, Three Anchor muh ae in the Cape Peninsula, at one or other time from May to ctober. 201 SHORT NOTES. ALCHEMILLA ACUTIDENS Buser In Brirain.—During the Inter- national Phyto-Geographical Excursion in August of 1911, Dr. Ostenfeld pointed out this plant on Ben Lawers, first on a rock by the Carrie burn, at about 1200 ft., and also in several other places on the hill up to 3500 ft., and also on rocks above Lochan a Chat. It is kept as a distinct species by H. Lindberg (Die nord Alchimilla- vulgaris Formen, p. 111, t. 16, 1909), but is closely related to Alchemilla alpestris, with which, indeed, it has been sometimes confounded in Britain. My specimens from Nant Francon, Car- narvonshire, collected in 1899, are, according to Dr. Ostenfeld, not alpestris but acutidens, and to this also belong Mr. McTaggart’s Linlithgow specimens, distributed through the Botanical Exchange Club in 1910; specimens collected by the Rev. E. 8. Marshall at Inchory, Banff, in 1905, are said by Dr. Moss to be the same form. My specimens of A. alpestris from Middlesex are correctly named. Lindberg thus describes the two plants (op. cet. p. 42) :— A. acutidens Buser.—‘ Caules usque ad ramulum floriferum secundum vel raro tertium et petioli + pilosi, folia subtus nervis per totam longitudinem + pilosis. Inflorescentia lata, multiflora, densa, subcorymbosa, stipulia profunde incisa, folia viridia, orbicu- laria vel reniformia, 9- vel rarius incomplete 11-loba, supra glabra vel rarius in plicis pauci-pilosa, lobi dentibus conformibus, utrim- que (7) 8-9 (10), acutis vel acutiusculis, dens apicalis vicinis equi- longus et conformis, raro paullo brevior, flores subvirides, sepala et episepala angustioria et acutioria.”’ A. alpestris Schmidt.— Caules tantum in internodio primo + dense et in internodio secundo + parce pilosi, fere numquam usque ad ramulum floriferum infimum pilosi, petioli + parce pilosi vel subglabri, omnino glabri, folia magna, reniformia, dilute viridia, 9- vel raro incomplete 11-loba, supra glaberrima (tantum in dentibus breviter pilosiuscula) vel rarissime in plicis paucis munita, subtus tantum secus apices nervorum adpresse pilosa, lobi dentibus utrimque (6) 7-9 (10), dentes inzequales, dens apicalis parvus, vicinis multo minor, inflorescentia vulgo satis angusta, flores vulgo flavo-virentes.’—G. C. Druce. EQUISETUM HYEMALE Linn. In Hants.—Specimens of Eque- setum hyemale L. were sent me in February by Mr. J. F. Rayner, who, in company with Miss Mabel Moore, found a large quantity of it, apparently quite native, in a peninsula of damp clay ground formed by the winding of Tanner’s Brook, in Lord’s Wood, four miles from Southampton. The spot, Mr. Rayner tells me, is in district vii (2), not far from the boundary of vi (2), of the Flora of Hants. In the southern counties it is only known for Somer- set N. (one locality), for Surrey, and for Kent E., one locality, recorded in Phytol. v. 45 (1853), by W. Borrer, on specimens from the Rey. G. E. Smith, a locality which the authors of the Flora of Kent were not able to trace. Mr. Rayner in answer to a question replied, “I never heard of any plant being introduced in this wood, and I think we may safely dismiss the idea”’ of its intro- duction.—E. F. Linton. 202 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY REVIEWS. A Manual of Structural Botany: an Introductory Text-book for Students of Science and Pharmacy. By Henry H. Russy, M.D. Pp. viii. 248, with 599 illustrations. J. & A. Churchill. Price 10s. 6d. net. Tuts book, though bearing the imprint of English publishers, is written in American and printed in America. Such peculiarities of spelling as “luster” and “‘center”’ which result from this origin are less likely to be of consequence to English students than the numerous technical terms, many of them new, in which several of our Transatlantic friends seem to delight. The purism which substitutes ‘ perigone”’ for “‘perianth’’ seems to us excessive, and we fail to see any advantage in terming flowers without essential organs ‘‘neutral” instead of ‘neuter.’ Dr. Rusby styles the fruit-head of Composite an ‘‘anthodium”’ but the individual cypsele ‘‘akenes,’ comparing them to the nut or “nuca” in Fagus of which there may be several in a “glans,” which he styles a fruit, although the product of several flowers. If there is to be any logic in terminology, it is surely misleading to use this term “ anthodium”’ also for the flower-head. As the type is large, the amount of matter in the volume is not very great, and the description sometimes becomes little more than a glossary. The all but complete ignoring of function im- parts a dryness to such a treatment of mere form as may well repel the student; whilst, as it is part of the author’s theory of teaching—a theory with which we do not agree—to confine the first-year student to the simple microscope, histology is also omitted. The endeavour to give much information in a small space has sometimes resulted in obscurity, as, for example, in the following passage :— ‘The ancestral organ and its developed product are called Homologues of each other, and an Homology or Affinity is said to exist between them. For example, the leaf of a plant, and the petal of its flower, which we assume to have developed through the modification of the leaf, are homologues of one another. When they are only similar, without any genetic relationship, they are Analogues of each other, and Analogy exists between them.” Now leaves and petals can never be analogous, as grammati- cally they are here said to be. This mention of “the modification of the leaf”’ strikes us as somewhat old-fashioned ; and itis surely taking a very narrow view of teratology to speak of it as referring only to ‘‘abnormal retrograde metamorphosis.’ As the author says, ‘‘ only an insignificant portion of the Materia Medica includes the bodies of flowerless plants, so that the great division of Cryptogamic botany, as regards its detailed treatment, is not essential to Pharmacognosy.” This being so, the one chapter of eleven pages devoted to them seems to us a mistake. On the other hand, the brief chapters devoted to the laws of nomenclature and to the collection and preservation of specimens are excellent. The numerous illustrations, though largely drawn from un- SUFFOLK PLANTS 203 familiar plants, are certainly preferable to the hackneyed reappear- ances to which we are only too accustomed ; but both in them and in the text we have been struck with the comparatively slight reference to species of special pharmacological interest. If, as we think may well be the case, pharmaceutical students require an introductory text-book other than that used by other students, we fear that in England they will consider half-a-guinea rather a high price for one covering only their first year’s work. Considering his well-known special knowledge of the subject, we look forward tio the companion volume on Commercial Pharma- cognosy which is promised in the Preface, and which will cover ground far less preoccupied than does the volume now under notice. G. S. BouLGeEr. SuFFOLK PLANTS. THE account of the flowering plants of Suffolk which Mr. C. E. Salmon contributes to the recently issued “ Victoria History” of the county was, we understand, prepared by him in 1906, and is thus a little belated in appearing. But this does not materially detract from its usefulness, and the future author of a complete Flora of the county will be grateful to Mr. Salmon for this careful summary of what is known to the time of its compilation. He will also be grateful for the careful division of the county into (five) botanical districts based on the river basins; and, although he may amplify, he will find little if anything to correct in the list of Suffolk observers which precedes the account of the plants. We do not, however, understand why Mr. Salmon speaks of Miller’s reference to Lathyrus maritumus in Gard. Dict. ed. 8 (1768) as ‘the earliest mention of a Suffolk plant”; the extract he gives shows that the use of the plant in a period of dearth (1555) is noted by Stowe and Camden, and Miller himself records it in his first edition (1731). Mr. Salmon adds ‘‘(!)”” to his mention of “ the fact,” but is there any sufficient reason for doubting its accuracy? We think that ‘‘ Mr. Barker of Beccles, an industrious botanist who,” as Buddle, writing about 1697, tells us, ‘ without banter knows to a yard square of ground where every rare plant of [Lothingland} grows, having search’d for it for these severall years past’’ (see Journ. Bot. 1901, 78), may claim precedence of Sir John Cullum as ‘‘ undoubtedly the first botanist resident in the county.” Suffolk has a larger number of flowering plants than either of its adjoining counties: Mr. Salmon places its record at 1180 species as against 1197 for Norfolk, 1083 for Essex, and 1007 for Cambridge. The rarer plants are for the most part also found in Norfolk and Cambridge, the one “unique production” of the county being Pulmonaria officinalis, discovered at Burgate in 1862 by C. J. Ashfield and considered by Mr. Marshall, who has seen it there, to be ‘‘a true native of Suffolk.” The “ species worthy of special notice’’ are treated separately under each of the districts; ‘those unique in [each] division [are printed] in larger type’—an unnecessary distinction, it seems to us, and one which gives the printed page a singularly 204 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY unpleasing appearance. Mr. Salmon has condensed into small space a great amount of information as to dates, localities, &c., and in this sets an example of conciseness which might well be followed by future writers, and contrasts favourably with that of some who have preceded him in these County Histories. A ‘complete list’’ follows these district enumerations. A Monograph of the British Desmidiacee. By W. & G. S. West. Vol. iv. Ray Society, London, 1912. Pp. xiv and 191; plates 96-128. Aut algologists will welcome the appearance of the fourth volume of this highly useful work. An interval of nearly four years has passed since the publication of the third volume, and it is to be hoped that the two remaining volumes will appear in more rapid succession. The number of species of Desmids has become so considerable and their descriptions are so scattered that a careful monograph such as this has become a matter of urgent necessity. Now that the genus Cosmarium, with its two hundred and fifty-one species and numerous varieties, is completed, the authors may be congratulated on the successful accomplish- ment of a very difficult task. It is necessary to attempt the deter- mination of a species of this genus with other available sources to realize the debt that we owe to the authors. Apart from the completion of the genus Cosmariwm, the volume deals with the genera Xanthidiwm and Arthrodesmus, and with the first forty-one species of Staurastrum. The great diversity of the species of the last-named genus renders a classification par- ticularly difficult. Messrs. West do not accept Lundell’s sub- genus Plewrentervwm, since the character on which it is based (viz. parietal placing of the chloroplasts) is doubtful, and has the effect of bringing together a number of species which appear to have no other relationship with one another. The authors dis- tinguish two divisions, depending on the absence or presence of processes at the angles of the semicells; the species are further classified into ten sections, based on the shape of the cell and the character of the membrane. This system serves to classify the bulk of the species, but there are a number of intermediate forms of which the exact systematic position is somewhat doubtful. As in the case of Cosmariwm, we are probably dealing with a genus in active process of evolution in which the numerous intermediate types render an ideal classification impossible. A number of new varieties and three new species (Xanthidiwm Orcadense, sp. n., Staurastrum pilosellum, sp. n., and S. wmflatwm, sp. n.) are described in the present volume. — Practical Botany. By FE. Cavers, D.Se., F.L.S. W. B. Clive. Pp. xvi, 408, with 92 text-figures. Price 4s. 6d. WE do not remember any book of its class and size that attempts quite as much—and accomplishes much—as does this little volume BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 205 of 400 pages. It is divisible into three equal sections—the histo- logy of angiosperms, physiology, and the life-histories of typical cryptogams and gymnosperms. That this, no less and no more, is its scope is obviously not explained by its title. The execution of the whole work is excellent, at once intelligible, fully detailed, accurate, and thorough. It is not a book to be crammed, nor does it lend itself to hurried, makeshift and slip-shod methods. It will, in fact, be the despair of teachers without proper laboratories and of those who are able to devote but a very few hours weekly to botanical teaching. Dr. Cavers, in his preface, expresses the opinion that “no candidate should be allowed to pass in Botany at such examinations as the Intermediate Science and Arts of London University unless able to produce satisfactory proof of having worked through a practical course in Organic Chemistry.” As a substitute for such a course, after an excellent chapter on micro- scopic work, the author (in one dealing with cell-contents and cell-wall) describes a series of test-tube reactions for the chief classes of vegetable organic bodies. In the chapter on histology we are given a full series of types, the stems, for example, of Marrow, Sunflower, Aristolochia, Elodea, Hippuris, Lilac, Lime and Elder being employed to illustrate Dicotyledons; and the aérial roots of epiphytic orchids, the haustorium of Cuscuta, mycorhize, and hydathodes are all included. In the chapters on physiology the chief pieces of Ganong’s “Normal” set of apparatus are figured and their use insisted upon. The need for expenditure on such apparatus in connection with botanical teaching is, perhaps, not yet generally recognized. The series of life-histories is a full one, Cycas and the Yew being included, as well as Pinus. They are illustrated by an admirable series of original diagrams, some of which, such as the whole pages devoted to sections of Pine-wood, to the sporangium of Pellia, or to Puccinia, seem to us unnecessarily large. Dr. Cavers should not have allowed his printers to bestow initial capitals upon the specific names of Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Agaricus campestris, Puccama granunis, Xanthoria parietina, and Taxus baccata. G. S. Bounerr. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, de. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on May 2nd the General Secretary placed before the meeting a summary of his recent in- vestigation of the Linnean Herbarium. He stated that a full catalogue of its contents had long been desired, but difficulties have stood in the way of a complete catalogue. The present list was on a modest scale, and only aimed at indicating which of the Linnean types are represented in the Herbarium verified by him- self, and these will be shown in the list by special type. This will probably obviate much correspondence, and many useless refer- ences in search of species not contained in the Herbarium. It is 206 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY hoped that the ‘“‘ Index” may be printed by the autumn of the present year. It was found in the course of investigation that Sir J. E. Smith had transferred no fewer than one hundred and ten species to genera other than those assigned to them by Linné ; these have now been restored to their original position. Three signs, which had been a puzzle to botanists since the days of the younger Linné, have been interpreted; and another discovery shows that Linné had catalogued his plants as late as 1767, making three enumerations. In connection with the forthcoming Cambridge British Flora, a meeting of the contributors and a few other British botanists was held on March 7th last at the rooms of the Linnean Society, the Council of which had kindly granted permission for the pur- pose, Dr. Rendle occupying the chair. Dr. Moss stated that he had decided to follow Engler’s system of classification in the Flora, and that the illustrations, except in very special cases, would be drawn by Mr. Hunnybun from fresh plants. The method of citing the synonyms, icones, and exsiccata was dis- cussed at some length, and various recommendations were made, which Dr. Moss undertook to consider. The drawings of the enlargements of the plants were considered; it was thought by some that these should be to some extent diagrammatic, but both Dr. Moss and Mr. Hunnybun preferred that the enlargements as well as the main drawings should merely imitate the object, so long as the reproductions were quite clear. Mr. Clement Reid hoped that the minute sculpturing of seeds would be illustrated, but it was felt by others that this type of work would require a special monograph. Mr. Compton raised the matter of describing hybrids, but apparently the contributors have not yet realized the fundamental importance of recent results of Mendelian workers. Mr. A. G. Tansley, in a letter, expressed the hope that proper attention would be paid to the description of the habitats of the plants, and that it would be made quite clear whether or not the plants were indigenous in these habitats; these matters are too frequently lost sight of by field botanists. Mr. Druce wrote entering a formal protest against ‘‘ Germanizing our flora”’ by the adoption of Engler’s system of classification ; but in doing this Dr. Moss has been guided not merely by his own feeling in the matter, but by the advice of the leading systematists of this country. The meeting was in every way successful, and there can be no doubt that the Flora will gain by the friendly discussion which took place. International Botanical Congress of London, 1915.—The first meeting of the General Committee was held at the Linnean Society’s rooms on May 17th, Professor A. C. Seward presiding. The following were elected as Vice-Presidents:—Prof. I. B. Balfour, Mr. W. Bateson, Dr. F. F. Blackman, Mr. Francis Darwin, Prof. H. H. Dixon, Mr. G. C. Druce, Prof. J. B. Farmer, Mr. A. D. Hall, Mr. W. B. Hemsley, Dr. R. Kidston, Prof. F. W. Oliver, Mr. Lloyd Praeger, Miss E. Sargant, Dr. D. H. Scott, BOOKNOTES, NEWS, ETC. 207 Mr A. G. Tansley, Prof..S..H. Vines, Mr. H. Wager. The Executive Committee was completed by the selection of the following botanists to act in conjunction with the Officers, namely, Prof. J. B. Farmer, Mr. A. W. Hill, Prof. F. Keeble, Prof. FE. W. Oliver, Mr. A. G. Tansley, and Miss EH. N. Thomas. It was also decided to ask a number of eminent ladies and gentle- men, either botanists, or interested in botany or allied subjects to act as Patrons, namely, the Duchess of Bedford, the Duke of Teck (President of the Royal Botanic Society), Lord Avebury, Lord Ducie, Lord Redesdale, Sir Trevor Lawrence (President of the Royal Horticultural Society), the President of the Board of Agriculture, Sir W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, Sir John Kirk, Sir Herbert Maxwell, Rt. Hon. Lewis Harcourt, Miss E. M. Willmott, and the Hon. N. C. Rothschild. Some discussion took place as to the most suitable time of year for the meeting, but no definite decision was arrived at. Pror. Saccarpo is to be congratulated on the publication of the twenty-first volume, being the eighth of the supplement, of his monumental Sylloge Fungorum. He calls attention in his preface to the enormous number of new fungi—‘‘factum sane mirandum! ’’—-which have been published in the less than five years which have elapsed since the publication of his last volume, and indicates various directions in which new volumes have been planned. The present volume has xv + 928 pages and costs 59 franes ; it is published by the author at Padua. In common with those preceding, it is admirably printed and fully indexed. My. Alexander Trotter has collaborated with Prof. Saccardo in its production. Tae New Phytologist for April contains an interesting account by Dr. Ostenfeld of the ‘floristic results” of last year’s Inter- national Phytogeographical Excursion, which should be read in conjunction with Mr. Druce’s account published in the same Journal for December last, to which we made some reference on p. 72. 1t would appear that the Nymphea candida recorded by Mr. Druce on Dr. Ostenfeld’s authority is, on the same authority, not that plant but a new variety (occidentalis Ostenf.) of N. alba; the supposed Sagina glabra Fenzl is not that species; and the claims to specific rank of Juncus bufonius var. ranarius are disallowed. Other remarks in Dr. Ostenfeld’s paper confirm the view which we have more than once urged in these pages, that greater caution and more careful observation should be exercised in the addition of new names to our British plant-lists, which is sometimes made with undue haste and without sufficient investigation. WE note the appearance in sevenpenny fortnightly numbers of what seems to be a pretty and useful book on Wild Flowers as they Grow, the coloured plates by H. Essenhigh Corke, with de- scriptive text by Mrs. Clarke Nuttall, whom the publishers, Messrs. Cassell, describe as ‘one of our foremost botanical experts.” 908 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Messrs. ROUTLEDGE, who last year published Mr. H. §S. Thompson’s volume on Alpine Plants of Europe, have been encouraged by its favourable reception to undertake a companion work by the same author on Swb-Alpine Plants, in which the flowers of the Swiss woods and meadows will be similarly dealt with. It will be illustrated by thirty-three coloured plates, from drawings by Mr. George F'lemmell. WE have received an account of The Flora of Banffshire by William G. Craib, M.A., reprinted from the Transactions of the Banffshire Field Club, to which body it was presented on Nov. 2, 1911. The main part of the work is in tabular form, each species being traced through the twenty-seven districts into which the county has been divided. The Roses have been named by Mr. Barclay, many of the Rubi and Hieracia by Mr. Rogers and Mr. Linton respectively : a localized list precedes the tables. Miss Ipa H. Jacxson’s Botanical Experiments for Schools should be of value to those who are trying to teach the elements of botany to children. The experience of examiners is that experi- ments are generally described from a book, or at best from the observation of experiments carried out by the teacher. The object of the author in this case is to supply the children with a book of instructions for carrying out themselves, presumably under super- vision, a series of simple experiments illustrating the principles of plant physiology. Thirty experiments are described, the results and conclusions to be drawn from them are placed, like the answers to sums, separately at the end of the book. The direc- tions for each experiment are accompanied by a page illustration in half-tone from very clear drawings by a former pupil of Miss Jackson. This useful little manual is published by Messrs. Blackie, price ls. 6d. UnbeER the title Plant Life, Messrs. G. Allen & Co. publish a translation by Melta M. Rehling and Elizabeth M. Thomas of Dr. Eugene Warming’s small text-book (the translation is made from the fourth edition of his Danish by Hug. Warming and C. Raunkiaer). The little volume, which contains 244 pages, with 250 illustrations, is well printed and nicely produced, but seems somewhat dear at 4s. 6d. The elementary facts of plant-life are clearly stated, and the book may be recommended to those who are seeking an introduction to the study of botany from the stand- point of the plants themselves. The sixteen chapters deal with the various life-processes which are studied experimentally, the structure and function of the different organs, witha final chapter on plant-ecology, in which the principal Danish plant formations are described. ee pee a et or eS Fe SO”, se, hod a 2 ye ee nee 2 ¢ Be pee ho Lateg ig Jae hee ; “4 ae eee 8 ~ A [STUDIES IN SEEDS AND FRUITS. AN INVESTIGATION WITH THE BALANCE. By H. B. GUPPY, M.B., F.R.S.E. The author has given many years to the study of the subject, and deals _ more especially with the questions of the evaporation and absorption of water in seeds. He is the author of the voluminous volume, ‘A Naturalist in the Pacific,’ published several years back. He has studied his eet ~ largely in the Pacific and the West Indies. Demy 8vo, Cloth, nearly 600 pp. Price 15s. net. WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 Henrietta St., Covent Garden, London. Pon! . Journal of Botany Reprints. BounD etary IN PapER Cover. Price 1s. 6p. Pass 1p. THIRD SUPPLEMENT TO THE BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH & IRISH BOTANISTS. 254 pp., Dias Svo. CrorH Extra. Priog Qs. Gp. NET. _ BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX . DECEASED BRITISH & IRISH BOTANISTS. BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S., & G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S. BOUND UP TOGETHER WITH FIRST (1893-97) & SECOND (1898-1902) SUBPLEMENTS. The Suppuements can also be had separately, price 1/6 each ; postage 1d. THE BRITISH ROSES. By Mason A. H. WOLLEY-DOD. 144 pp Prick 3s. = PosTaAGEe 2p. Excluding Eu-caninz Prick Qs. 6p. cai QD. The Subsection Eu-caninse~ PRICE Bis. PostTaGE LD. A List of British Roses ~ London -* WEST, NEWMAN & Gia. 54, Hatton Garden. a iy : : rs 7 AY 7 EL ote 1 Soe. ee | Plant- Animals: A Study in Symbiosis. ‘Sp Cambridge University Press Types of British Vegetation. By nia of ie: : Central Committee for the Survey and Study of British | — Vegetation. Edited by A. G. TANSLEY, M.A, F.L.S. With 36 plates and 21 figures in the text. Crown 8vo. 6s net. | . - FREDERICK KEEBUE, Sc.D. With coloured frontispiece and 22 text figures. Royal 16 mo. Cloth 1s net; lambskin tiene 2s 6d net. Cambridge Manuals Series. ee Plant-Life on Land. Considered in some of its biological aspects. By F.O. BOWER, 8c.D., F.R.S. With 27 illus- trations. Royal 16 mo. Cloth Is. net ; lambskin 2s 6d net. Cambridge Manuals Series. | Links with the Past in the Plant World. By A. C. SEWARD, M.A., F.R.S. With 21 illustrations. Royal 16mo. Cloth 1s net; lambskin 2s 6d net. Cambridge Manuals Series. | A Manual and Dictionary of the Flowering Plants and Ferns. Third edition. By J. C. WILLIS, M.A., Sc.D. Crown 8vo. 10s 6d. Trees. A Handbook of Forest Botany for the Woodlands and the Laboratory. By H. MARSHALL WARD, Sce.D., F.R.S. In five volumes. - With numerous illustrations. | ~ “Crown 8vo. . 4s 6d net per vol. ‘The set of five yolumes 20s neto , ey ee Grasses. A Handbook for use in the Field and Laboratory. | By H. MARSHALL WARD, Sc.D., F.R.S. With 81 figures. 2 Crown 8vo. 6s. The Elements of Botany. By FRANCIS DARWIN, Sc.D., M.B., F.R.S. Second edition. With 94 illustrations. Crown 8yo. 4s 6d. Practical Physiology of Plants. By FRANCIS DARWIN, Sc.D., F.R.S., and HE. HAMILTON ACTON, M.A. Third edition. With 45 illustrations. Crown 8vo. 4s 6d. London Cambridge University Press — Fetter Lane : wie ce i 191912. tonal Muses JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., CONTENTS q PAGE . ‘The Genus Crassocephalum Moench. By Spencer te M. Moons, B.Sc., Sg Sea fit 209 oe Plants: Notes for 1911. | By the Rev. E. S. sgnte es 8 M.A., F.L.S. 7 ee . 218 | What. is Astragalus iypodtttis L.? a By C. C. Lacarta, F.L.S. ra Ay | Bed d NotEs. —Polygala ‘vulgaris L. yar. grandiflora Bab.—Taphrina __ rhizophora Johanson in Britain Montia — Stellaria Diileniana ’ Moench. — Valerianclla erio- _ carpa Desy. in the Isle of Wight 229 i REVIEWS :— The Flora of Bristol. By James Watter Ware, F.L.8. .: ~: Boden und Klima auf kleinstem iiaum. Versuch einer exakten Behandlung des Standorts auf dem Wellenkalk. Von Dr. Grecor Keats a te) (280 Book-Notes, News, &e. .. Somatemnna —The Genus Funaria L. in Britain. By H. W. Puas- LEY, B.A. (Plate 519) (concluded) — LONDON NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, B.C. -DULAU & 00., SOHO SQUARE ~ Price One Shilling and Hightpence ase ° wae ’ t ~ 6S: Rn Re ge HOES ~" e s ~-f- hv 4 ‘ ite ae I AMS) od 2 : “am y, fe Sp , 4 ak ‘ wre é , ee 4 4 t. ‘ tian : zr » 3 4 A 7 4z* ‘s A ; z - * - gE y yah faanys ar be att fart k oo ae ais | BER a aay oR hy lo Bee ok © NS tae eS é rs YF, “JOURNAL OF BOTA BRITISH AND FOREIGN © gee oo f EDITED BY , Ree: : JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G., PAS ae ‘ae Journat or Botany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann. — In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Speneer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for % Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the -— Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is - covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and © punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. _ Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the history of many obscure publications has been elucidated. Jivery number contains reviews of new and important books written by-competent critics: in this'as in every other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. Whiléin no way officially connected. with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by — ‘those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled _ ~ them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. In.1896 it became necessary to increase the size of the Journal, owing to the number of papers sent for publication: the number of plates was at the same time augmented. ve Subscriptions (16s. post free) and advertisements (not later than the 24th =, each month) should be sent to West, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton Garden, eeu eas communications for publication and books for review to : aa The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford, . The volumes for 1884 to 1895, bound in cloth, can still be had, price 14s.each,or — £7 10s. the set. From 1896 to 1911, bound in cloth, can be had at £1 1s. each. Cases for binding 1911 volume, and blanks for previous volumes can be had price 1s. 6d. each. \ ‘ AUTHORS’ SEPARATE COPIES.—Contributors are presented with six copies of their papers as printed in the Journat or Botany. Authors who require more are réquestedto order from the publishers, and to notify this and state the number required at head of their MS.; otherwise the type may be distributed beiore _ the order is received. The charges for special separate copies are as under;— == 2pages 2d5copies 4s.|4 pages 25 copies ds. | 8 pages 2d copies 8s. ote ‘a 5 50, ds. + 50 ,, G82 en 50.57 sO ia i 100 - 4, 7s. > 100 =, 8s. 5 100-3355. 10s, 6d. a A greater number of pages to be charged in equal proportion. Separate Titles, Wrappers, &c., extra. For articles supplied as printed in the Journal, and not re-made uP, the ons charge is considerably less. : ; > a - hs London: WEST, NEWMAN & Co. 54, Hatton Garden, = x 209 THE GENUS CRASSOCHPHALUM Moencu. By Spencer LE M. Moors, B.Sce., F.L.S. Moencu (Meth. p. 516 (1794) ) proposed this genus as a resting- place for Senecio cernwus L. fil. (Suppl. p. 370 (1781)).* His description is a poor one, and he missed the only good character justifying his course, viz. that of the style-arms, while his state- ment “ab Senecione calyce monophyllo plane differt”’ is incorrect. In 1825 the same plant was studied by Cassini (Dict. xxxiv. p. 389), especially with reference to its peculiar style-arms, which he described with his usual accuracy. Cassini objected to the retention of Moench’s name, not only on account of errors in description, but because the fault of hybridism attaches to it, and in lieu he proposed the name Cremocephalum, which A. P. de Can- dolle (Prod. vi. p. 297 (1837) ) and Miquel (Fl. Ind. Bat. i. 97 (1856) ) adopted. Cassini (op. czi.) immediately proceeded to characterize a second genus, Gynura, the difference between which and Senecio relates, as in the other case, entirely to the style-arms, these organs, as he observes, being more like those of Vernonia than of Senecio. The style-arms of Crassocephalum differing from those of Senecio in the presence of a filiform appendage to the otherwise truncate and penicillate style-arms of Senecio, it is clear that Crassocephalum and Gynura are quite different genera. Lessing (Syn. Comp. p. 395 (1832) ) failed to endorse Cassini’s views. Hvidently he did not attach sufficient importance to style-arm characters in this immediate group, in spite of the notice directed to them by Cassini, for under Crassocephalwm he included not only Hmilia but even Gynura as well. De Candolle (op. cvt. pp. 298-300) restored all these genera, only adopting the name Cremocephalum for Crassocephalwm, as already mentioned. He greatly enlarged Gynura, but his fourteenth species, G. sarcobasis DC., bears little resemblance to its congeners, and in fact is a Crassocephalum. The next mistake lies at Bentham’s door, who (Hooker’s Niger Fl. p. 437 (1849) ), although, if his view were correct, Crassoce- phalum would have priority, places Crassocephalum cernwum in Gynura, it thus becoming Gynwra cernua Benth., and three other species, since reduced to two, having the style-arms of Crassoce- phalum are ascribed to Gynura in the same work. We find Bentham (Gen. Pl. ii. 445 (1873) ) a quarter of a century later * Iwas in hopes that the type-specimen of S. cernuus L. fil. might be in the Linnean herbarium; but Dr. Jackson, who has kindly searched for me the catalogue he is preparing of the contents of that collection, tells me it is not there. This, however, is not an important matter, as an excellent figure of the plant is given by Jacquin (Hort. Vind. t. 98) under the name S. rubens Juss. The date of this work being 1776, it is clear that Jussieu’s name has priority. ; JOURNAL OF Borany.—Von, 50. [Juny, 1912.] Q 210 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY adhering to this view, and although keeping Emilia and Notonia apart from Senecio, still failing to appreciate the difference between Gynura and Crassocephalum. Oliver and Hiern (FI. Trop. Afr. i. 402 (1877) ) commit the same fault, and O. Kuntze (Rey. Gen. Pl. i. p. 331 (1891) ), trusting these views to be correct, takes the obvious course of restoring Crassocephalum to its historic position but vice Gynura, a proceeding which, as shown above, is without warrant. Hiern (Cat. Welw. Pl. i. p. 593 (1898) follows suit, and taking my cue from this authoritative lead, I have described four undoubted species of Gynuwra as Crassocephalums. We find the climax to this series of misapprehensions in the Report of the Vienna Congress (1905, p. 255), which pronounces that Gynuwra Cass. must be used in place of Crassocephalum Moench. O. Hoffmann’s classification of Senecio and its immediate allies (Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenfam. iv. 5, p. 295 (1894) ) differs from Bentham’s mainly in this, that he reads subgenus where Bentham reads genus. He also suppresses Crassocephalum, and includes by name C. cernuum in Gynura, thus giving a further lease to the mistake under notice, and this although the style- arms of Gynura cernua Benth. are certainly not those which he correctly gives as characteristic of Gynura. Recently these views have been emphasized by Dr. Reinhold Muschler (Engler, Bot. Jahrb. xlii. pp. 1-74 (1909)). In this essay Muschler almost succeeds in getting back to Cassini’s original position, for he holds that the nature of the style-arms of Gynwra cernua Benth. must cause its removal from Gynwra, and justifies the plant being placed in a subgenus apart from the subgenus Hu-Senecio, which comprises the true Senecios. Unfortunately he has overlooked the facts cited above, or he would have seen that Crassocephalum was ready to his hand; instead of which he coins a new name (Gynuropsis) for his proposed subgenus. This name is highly appropriate, but it must yield to Crassocephalum on the ground of priority. A few words will suffice to explain my own position. Re- membering how important style-arm characters are in the classification of Composite, | am strongly averse to combining genera which differ in this most important particular. For me, then, Emilia, Notonia, and Crassocephalum are valid genera, and it is with unalloyed satisfaction that I find myself on this point in unison with two such capable Beet as Cassini and A. P. de Candolle. Muschler mentions only seven species as referable to his sub- genus Gynuropsts, but further examination shows this estimate to be far too low. In fact, after study of British Museum material I find that there are no fewer than sixteen species of Crasso- cephalum, and further search at other herbaria will probably add to the number. These sixteen species may be arranged in the following manner :— THE GENUS CRASSOCEPHALUM Ai Ma | CRASSOCEPHALORUM CLAVIS. 1. Flowering-heads arranged in a dense mass. a. Leaves pinnatifid, auricled at the base ...... 1. C. suwbscandens. b. Leaves without auricles. a. Leaves deeply and closely toothed. Glabrous. Leaves with numerous lateral nerves 2. C. multicorymbosum. Hairy. Leaves with five pairs of lateral nerves 3. C. butaguense. B. Leaves distantly toothed or lobed ............... 4. C. biafre. 2. Flowering-heads more or less laxly arranged. Pe MMAGTERCONCES AXULALY 2 2.)..2: ceases cececscveecdesecees 5. C. Goetzenn. b. Inflorescences terminal. a. Involucral leaves united below............00 6. C. sarcobasis. B. Involucral leaves free. ** Leaves sessile and amplexicaul 7. C. amplexicaule. ** Lower leaves or all stalked. + Capitula cylindrical ...... 8. C. crepidioides. ++ Capitula campanulate. Leaves oblong-lanceolate 9. C. picridifoliwm. Leaves ovate .....000 10. C. macropappus. +++ Capitula broadly campanulate. Leaves with broadauricles. Achenes WIN, doce nns alk 0/5010 11. C. Ducis-Aprutu. Leaves with narrow auricles. Achenes glabrous... 12. C. Behmianum. 3. Heads usually solitary. re a a. Florets purple or blue. Involucral leaves 12 mm. long .....csccsecseeees 13. C. rwbens. Involucral leaves 8 mm. long ..........seeeeees 14. C. Proschu. b. Florets yellow. Leaves ovate to lanceolate, toothed or lobed 15. C. vitellinum. Leaves narrowly oblong, entire ......ccesceseeeee 16. C. wens. The synonymy is as follows :— Pe Go Mee i, | Oa > at ao a ae) SUBSCANDENS. Senecio subscandens Hochst. ex A. Rich. Tent. Hl. Abyss. i. 434; Oliver & Hiern in Fl. Trop. Afr. iii, 421; Engler, Pflanzenw. o.-Afr. C. 418; Hiern, Cat. Welw. Pl. i. 603. . MULTICORYMBOSUM. Senecio corymbosus Klatt in Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, vii. 103; Engler, l. c. C. 418. . BUTAGUENSE. Senecio butaguensis Muschler in Herzog zu Meckl. Zent.-Afr. Exped. 403. . BIAFRH. Senecio Biafre Oliver & Hiern, l.c. 420. S. Bojeri Hook. f. in Journ. Linn. Soc. vii. 202, non DC. .GoETZENU. Senecio Goetzeniz O. Hoffm. in vy. Gotzen Durch Afr. 383; Muschler in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. xliii. 58. . SARCOBASIS. Gynura sarcobasis DC. Prod. vi. 300; Engler, ic. C. 416. . AMPLEXICAULE. Gynwra amplexicaulis Oliver & Hiern, J. c. 403; Engler, l.c. C. 416. . CREPIDIOIDES. Gynura crepidioides Benth. in Hook. Niger Fl. 4388; Oliver & Hiern, J. c. 403; Engler, J.c. C. 416. G. polycephala Benth. l. c. 4388. G. diversifolia Sch. Bip. Q 2 bo jt bo THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ex Aschers. in Schweinfurth, Beitr. Fl. Aithiop. 156. Senecio diverstfolius A. Rich. l.c. i. 437, non Wall. S. cre- pidioides Aschers. 1. c. 155. Crassocephalum diversifolium Hiern. hve. oe. 9. C. PrcrIpIFoLIUuM. Senecio picridifolius DC. Prod. vi. 386; Harvey, Fl. Cap. ii. 379; Oliver & Hiern, J.c. 413; Engler, l.c. C0. 417; Hiern, l.c. i. 597; Muschler in Herzog zu Meckl. Zent.-Afr. Exped. 401. S. acwtidentatus A. Rich. and S. papaverifolius A. Rich. l. ¢. 436, 437. 10. C. MAcRopappus. Senecio macropappus Sch. Bip. ex A. Rich. l. c. 436; Oliver & Hiern, lJ. c. 413; Engler, l. c. C. 417. 11. C. Ducts-Apruti. Senecio Ducis-Aprutw Chiov. in Pirotta Ann. di Bot. vi. 150; Muschler in Herzog zu Meckl. Zent.- Afr. Exped. 402.* S. gynuroides 8. Moore in Journ. Linn. Soc. XxXxvili. 263. 12. C. Brenmianum. Senecio Behmianus Muschler in Herzog zu Meckl. Zent.-Afr. Exped. 401, tab. xliii. . 13. C. nuBENS. Senecio rubens Juss. ex Jacquin, Hort. Vindob. ill. 50, tab. xevii. SS. cernuus L. fil. Suppl. 370. Crassoce- phalum cernuum Moench, Meth. 516; Hiern, l. ¢. 1. 593. Cremocephalum cernuwm Cass. Dict. xxxiv. 391; DC. Prod. vi. 298; Miquel, Fl. Ind. Bat. 11.97. Gynwra cernwa Benth. l.c. 437; Oliver & Hiern, J. c. 402; Engler, l. c. C. 416. 14. C. Proscnu. Gynura Proschw Briq. in Ann. Jard. Bot. Genévye, vi. 8. 15. C. viTELLINUM. Gynura vitellina Benth. 1. c. 438; Oliver & Hiern, J. c. 402; Engler, J. c. C. 416. 16. C. uvens. Senecio wens Hiern, l. c. i. 602. SPECIES EXCLUDEND. Crassocephalum aurantiacum O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. ii. 331 = Gynura aurantiaca DC. Prod. vi. 300. C. auriforme S. Moore in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxvii. 171 = Gynura auriformis comb. nov. C. Cusimbua O. Kuntze, 1. ¢. ii. 331 = Gynura Cusimbua comb. nov. (syn. Gynura angulosa DC.). | C. densiflorum O. Kuntze, l.c. ii. 331 = Gynura densiflora Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. ii. 99. C. latifolkum §. Moore in Journ. Bot. 1905, 141 = Gynura latifolia Elmer in Leafl. Philipp. Bot. i. 145 (latzfoliwm). C. miniatum Hiern, l. c. i. 595 = Gynura mimata Welw. Apont. 586. C. notontoides §. Moore in Journ. Bot. 1902, 341 = Gynura notonioides comb. nov. * Mention of Senecio gynuropsis Muschler (Herzog zu Meckl. Zent.-Afr. Exped. 404) has been omitted from the clavis, as, without seeing a specimen, I cannot distinguish it from C. Ducis Aprutii. Muschler lays stress on the large leaves, 8-13 em. long and 3-3°5 cm. broad, of his proposed species, but the leaves of S. gynuroides, which he agrees with Chiovenda in regarding as con- specific with S. Ducis-Aprutii, are 9-11°5 x 3-3-5 cm. in size. SOMERSET PLANTS 913 C. Pseudochina O. Kuntze, l. c. ii. 331 = Gynura Pseudo-china DC. Prod. vi. 299. C. pubigerum O. Kuntze, l. c. ii. 3832 = Gynura sarmentosa DC. Prod. vi. 298. C. ruwenzoriense S. Moore in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxv. 352 = Gynura ruwenzoriensis comb. nov. C. scandens Hiern, l. c. i. 595 = Gynura scandens O. Hoffm. in Engler, l. c. C. 416. SOMERSET PLANTS: NOTES FOR 1911. By THe Rev. E. 8. Marsnatt, M.A., F.L.S. Last season in this county was almost hopeless for botanists ; in the spring we had six weeks’ cutting east wind, and about four months of drought followed, turning the whole country-side into a parched desert. Under the circumstances, little work could be attempted; and I received hardly any information from corre- spondents. All the localities mentioned below are in v.-c. 5. S. Somerset; the districts are those of Murray’s Flora. New vice-comital records are starred. Lanunculus Lenormandi F. Schultz. 8. Clean Moor, between Wiveliscombe and Bathealton. — R. parviflorus L. 3. Stoke St. Mary, on the Lias; locally abundant. Helleborus fetidus L. 3. Hatch Beauchamp; only one fine plant seen, but not an obvious introduction. Aquilegia vulgaris L. 8. In bushy, swampy ground, Slape Moor, between Wiveliscombe and Milverton ; sometimes growing in the wet, open bog—a very unusual station. A true native, as far as I can judge. Sesymbriuim Thalianum Gay. 2. Stogumber. Lepidium ruderale L. 3. Casual in a farmyard at Badger Street, near Staple Fitzpaine; I suspected that it might be one of the allied aliens, but Mr. C. E. Salmon so names it. Not previously noted for 8. Somerset. In an open copse close by L. camypestre Br. grew sparingly. Raphanus Raphanistrum L. 3. Arable land, Bathealton ; apparently very scarce in the county as a whole. Polygala serpyllacea Weihe. 38. Clean Moor, &c., near Wivelis- combe. Malva moschata L. 8. Wiveliscombe. Lhamnus catharticus L. 3. Stoke St. Mary, on the Lias.— fi. Frangula L. 3. Scarce on Slape Moors, between Wiveliscombe and Milverton. Gemista anglica L. 3. Very local on Clean Moor, near Wivyelis- combe. Trifolium medium L. 2. Stogumber. Vicia tetrasperma Moench. 2. Stogumber. Liubus pulcherrimus Neuman. 4. Chard.— R. leucostachys Sm. 3. Wiveliscombe.—R. Drejeri G. Jensen. 3. Bathealton.— 914 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY “BR. hostilis Muell. and Wirtg. 2. This very pretty and distinct species is plentiful by the stream in Cockercombe, near Over Stowey. Though not recorded for Somerset, it was found, years ago, by Mr. 8. H. Thompson on the Quantccks; as I am informed by Rev. W. Moyie Rogers, who named my specimens. Geum rivale L. 3. Slape Moors. Alchemilla minor Huds. (filicawlis Buser, pro parte). 3. Meadows near Wiveliscombe. Ffiosa nucrantha Sm. 2. Between Dunster and Timberscombe. 3. Near Wiveliscombe. Pyrus torminalis L. 38. Copse, Stoke St. Mary. Sambucus Ebulus L. 3. Hast side of Pickeridge, near Corfe, in plenty, W. D. Miller; hedgerow, Badger Street. Viburnum Opulus L. 3. Stoke St. Mary. Valerrana dioica L. 3. Moors near Wiveliscombe and Mil- verton; locally plentiful. Dipsacus pilosus L. 3. Milverton. Eupatorium cannabinum L. 3. One plant with white flowers was found by a streamlet near Bathealton; I have not seen this elsewhere. Gnaphalhium uliginosum L. 3. Near Maunsel, North Newton ; near Bathealton. Inula squarrosa Bernh. (Conyza DC.). 2. Stogumber. Carlina vulgaris L. 3. Badger Street. 4. Staple Fitzpaine. Mieracium boreale Fr. 1. Near Exton (Exe valley). Wahlenbergia hederacea Reichb. 2. Boggy ground, between Dunster and Timberscombe. Lysimachia Nummularia Ll. 3. Wiveliscombe. Anagallis tenella L. 2. Between Dunster and Timberscombe. Samolus Valerandi L. 3. Clean Moor, in ditches. Menyanthes trifoliata L. 3. Slape Moors, at one spot, where it flowered freely. Myosotis cespitosa Schultz. 2. Dunster. 3. Near Wivelis- combe. — M. repens G. & D. Don. 1. Exton; Winsford. 2. Cockercombe.—W. versicolor Sm. 1. Winsford. Lithospernum officinale L. 3. Copse, Stoke St. Mary. Echiwm vulgare L. 3. Gotton Down, West Monkton, W. D. Miller. Verbascum Thapsus L. 3. Wiveliscombe. Mimulus moschatus Douglas. 2. Mr. H. Corder informs me that this is naturalised at the head of Holford Glen. Sibthorpia europea L. 2. Near Dunster, Miss G. Lister! Euphrasia Rostkoviana Hayne. 3. Wiveliscombe.—Z#. curta Wettst. var. glabrescens Wettst. 3. Bathealton.— H. nemorosa H. Mart. 3. Wiveliscombe. Bartsia Odontites Huds. var. serotina (Dumort.). 3. Milverton. Pedicularis sylvatica L. 3. Not uncommon about Wivelis- combe, on the drier moors. Mentha aquatica x arvensis (sativa L.). 2. Near the Inn, Triscombe. , Scutellaria minor Huds. 2. Cockercombe. SOMERSET PLANTS FD Lamium Galeobdolon Crantz. 3. Wiveliscombe; Buncombe Wood, near Kingston. Chenopodium rubrum L. 2. Farmyard near Dunster Station, with C. murale L. Atriplex deltordea Bab. 2. Minehead; pointed out to me by Dr. C. EK. Moss. Salicornia europea L. (annua Sm.), forma *patula Moss. 2. Minehead. This is the plant recorded in last year’s notes as S. ramosissima; perhaps owing to the peculiar conditions (being flooded only by unusually high tides), it often simulates that species, in this station, but is distinguishable by its obtuse and stouter branches, &. I think that my no. 3138, a small state, from a muddy ditch on the Dunster side of Blue Anchor (Oct. 20th, 1906), must also be placed here; Dr. Moss and I found that the great gale of December, 1910, had buried the locality under tons of soil, and killed out the plant.—*S. prostrata Pallas. 2. Mine- head ; apparently a new British record, though a specimen which I gathered on the shore of Poole Harbour, near Hamworthy, Dorset, on Sept. 14th, 1891, seems to be this, in a more typical form. Recorded and distributed last year as S. appressa Dumort., though after much hesitation (my no. 3546); but Dr. Moss and I paid a special visit to Minehead on Oct. 7th, 1911, and could find no true S. appressa there. This is a stouter form of S. prostrata than he had previously seen. Only three species were observed here, including S. Snuthiana Moss, to which my nos. 3548 and 3549 (a remarkably large, stiff-growing, quite prostrate form or state) are referable; but a great many intermediate plants grew with them, which I firmly believe to be hybrids; thus my no. 3047 (October, 1910) is almost certainly S. ewrop@a, forma patula x prostrata. Polygonum Bistorta L. 1. Plentiful in a meadow by the Exe, below Bridgetown, in Exton parish. Ulmus scabra Mill. (montana Stokes). 3. Wiveliscombe. Betula pubescens Khrh. 2. Hills between Dunster and Timberscombe; clearly indigenous. 3. Western border of Bun- combe Wood. I omitted to take specimens, and cannot say confidently whether or no these are the type; but I think that the plants of the Dunster district were that, those which I examined being decidedly hairy. Populus tremula L. ' 3. Near Croford Bridge, between Milver- ton and Wiveliscombe. Spiranthes spiralis Koch (autwmnalis Rich.). 38. Pasture, between Wiveliscombe and Bathealton, in plenty. Helleborine longifolia Britten & Rendle (Epipactis palustris Crantz). 3. Locally abundant on the wetter part of Clean Moor. *Orchis incarnata L. 3. Clean Moor, in good quantity: the true Linnean plant, with bright green, concolorous leaves, distinctly hooded at the tip (rather narrow, in this station); up to fifteen inches high; spike rather narrow, oblong; flowers rather small, the lateral lobes of the crimson-spotted labellum mostly reflexed, varying from flesh-coloured to carmine, with some admixture of 216 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY white, but drying a somewhat dark purple, even with great care and frequent changes. JI had not previously seen this in the county; Murray quotes three stations for the species in N. Somerset (dist. 8, 9), but “gives the localities with much hesitation.” It was associated with a fair amount of O. maculata L., which I have rarely observed in peaty bogs, and with O. ericetorwm Linton, which is frequent about Wiveliscombe; I could not detect any hybrids, but many of the plants were only in bud when I found them, on June 2nd. *Allium oleraceum L. 4. Very sparingly on the bank of a by- road, south-west of Staple Fitzpaine; probably native, as it was not near houses. “Scilla campanulata Aiton (Endymion campanulatus Parl.). 3. This pretty plant, which does not seem to have been previously found naturalised in England, was detected and named by Mr. James Britten, while we were strolling together on May 17th past a hill-copse at Stoke St. Mary; it was in fair quantity over quite a small area, associated with Melissa officinalis and a dark-red garden form of Aquilegia vulgaris, and must have been there for a considerable time. Many flower-spikes had evidently been already gathered; I hope to get a supply for distribution this year. “Juncus convpressus Jacq. 3. Sparingly by the roadside at Manworthy, near Wiveliscombe; probably further investigation would prove its occurrence in a less artificial habitat, somewhere near, as it is an unlikely species to be introduced. Sparganum neglectum Beeby. 3. Moist meadow, just above Green Mill, Bathealton. *“Wolffia arrhiza Wimm. 3. This, the most interesting addition to the Somerset Flora in recent years, was brought to me fresh in June, 1911, by Mr. W. Watson, a master at Taunton School, who has contributed notes on Somerset Cryptogams to this Journal ; he found it in a pool near the Great Western Railway, a little to the east of Taunton, and only just outside my own parish of West Monkton, associated with Lemna polyrrhiza L. Until quite lately W. Sussex was its ascertained western limit in this country; but Professor Trow, in his Flora of Glamorgan, p. 160 (1911), gives two stations for v.-c. 41. It does not appear to have flowered during the exceptionally favourable summer of last year. Scirpus pauciflorus Lightf. 3. Locally plentiful in bare, wet, muddy places on Clean Moor.—S. sylvaticus L. 3. Bathealton ; Slape Moors. | Eriophorum angustifolium Roth. 3. Common on the moors near Wiveliscombe.—H#. latifoliwm Hoppe. 3. Abundant and.fine on Slape Moor. Cladium Mariscus Br. 3. A very careful search has failed to yield this in any other station near Wiveliscombe than that on Holme Moor, recorded last year. Carex pulicaris L. 3. Moors near Wiveliscombe; frequent.— C. echinata Murr. (stellulata Good.). 1. Winsford.—C. pilulifera L. 2. On the hills between Dunster and Timberscombe.—C. pancea L. 3. Plentiful on the moors near Wiveliscombe.—C. WHAT IS ASTRAGALUS HYPOGLOTTIS ? 2A pendula Huds. 38. One fine plant, a little below Holme Moor, towards Croford Bridge. This species is decidedly scarce on the lighter soils, although remarkably abundant in many parts of Somerset on heavy land. — C. helodes Link (levigata Sm.). 2. Very luxuriant in a small swamp between Dunster and Timbers- combe.—C. binervis Sm. 2. Frequent on the hills near Dunster. —C. fulva Host (Hornschuchiana Hoppe). 3. Common on Clean Moor and other bogs near Wiveliscombe; the hybrid with C. Gideri Retz. var. edocarpa Anderss. occurs on Clean Moor, with the parents—as usual, quite sterile. — C. acutifornis Ehrh. (paludosa Good.). 3. Between Wiveliscombe and Bathealton. Miliwm effusum Ll. 3. Near Wiveliscombe. Calamagrostis epigetos Roth. 3. Abundant on the Lias, near Badger Street. 4. Hedge-banks, east of Staple Fitzpaine. Molina cerulea Moench. 3. Moors near Wiveliscombe; common. Glyceria declinata Bréb. 2. Dunster. 3. About Wiveliscombe and Bathealton. Festuca pratensis Huds. 4. Chard Reservoir.—f’. elatior L. 3. Near Wiveliscombe. 4. Chard Reservoir. Polystichum angulare Presl. 2. Stogumber. Lastrea montana Moore (Oreopteris Presl). 2. Croydon Hill, near Dunster ; Cockercombe. Equisetum maximum Lam. 3. Badger Street.—ZH. palustre L. 3. Wiveliscombe. WHAT? (iS ASTRAGALUS AYPOGLOTTIS L.? By C. C. Lacarra, F.L.S. UNDOUBTEDLY it is the species subsequently named by Lamarck Astragalus purpureus, as already pointed out by Mr. N. E. Brown in Eng. Bot. ed. 3, Suppl. p. 65 (1892), under A. danicus Retz., and not A. danicus as supposed by Sibthorp, Fl. Oxon. p. 227 (1794), by Smith in Eng. Bot. t. 274 (1795), by De Candolle, Astrag. p. 118 (1802), and Prodr. i. p. 281 (1825), and by Bunge, Astrag. p. 83 (1868), nor A. asperulus Duf. = A. epiglottordes Willk. as proposed by Lange. But as Mr. Brown bases his conclusion on a certain specimen in the Linnean herbarium which he assumes, without discussion, to be ‘“ Linneeus’s type specimen of A. hypoglottis,” and does not allude to the difficulties that had previously been raised by Bunge and by Lange to this identification, and to the recognition of the specimen in question as representing Linneus’s type, it seems desirable to attempt a more complete proof of his assertion, which unfortunately can only be done by entering into considerable detail. The wrong road was first taken by the English botanists Sibthorp and Sir J. E. Smith. They both knew the specimen in Herb. Linn. relied on by N. E. Brown; they both considered it to be Linnzeus’s type of A. hypoglottis, but they both fell into the error of supposing this specimen to be identical with the British 218 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Astragalus described by Ray, Hist. p. 939, as Glawx montana purpurea nostra, where he quotes for it several localities in Cambridgeshire. This is clear from what Smith says in Eng. Bot. loc. cit.: “By the synonyms... . it [the British plant] seems to have been much misunderstood, which arose from Linneus referring Ray’s figure and description to his arenarius . . . Linneus afterwards strangely confounded it with epiglottis [this is not the case; Linneus confused epiglotiis with his hypoglotirs, but not with the British plant; see below], but at length atoned for all by his excellent description in the Mantissa altera, where he first gives it as a new species by the name of hypo- glottis, which Dr. Sibthorp learned from the Linnean herbarium.” But the British plant is A. danicus Retz. and is rightly referred to that species by Stokes in Withering Arrangt. ed. 2, p. 787 (1787), whilst the specimen in question is A. purpureus. There is no specimen of A. danicus in the Linnean herbarium ; none of A. purpureus but seven of A. danicus in Smith's. Evidently neither Sibthorp nor Smith were really acquainted with A. purpureus or noticed that the specimen in Herb. Linn. differ from the British plant. De Candolle not unnaturally followed the authority of the English botanist who was in touch with Linnezus’s herbarium, and after him it became the received opinion that A. hypoglottis L. = A. danicus Retz. The first note of suspicion had already been sounded by Robert Brown in a paper on “The Botanical History of Angus”’ read before the Edinburgh Natural History Society on Jan. 26th, 1792, but first printed in this Journal for 1871, pp. 321-327. Brown there doubts the applicability of Linnzus’s description to the British plant, but he also objects to an identification of this plant with A. danicus because he wrongly supposes Retzius’s species to be annual. His remarks, therefore, do not assist either view, and his own idea that the Angus plant is a new species may be disregarded. It was really Lange who refuted the prevailing view that A. hypoglottts = A. damcus. This he had done twice successfully before that view was revived by Bunge. lLange’s opinion is of exceptional importance on account of his intimate acquaintance with the living plants both of Denmark and of Spain. In the second edition of his Haandbog 1 den Danske Flora, p. 470 (1856-1859), he says: ‘The hitherto general opinion that A. danicus Retz. is synonymous with A. hypoglottis L. I cannot agree with. The Linnean A. hypoglotiis is described thus: ‘legum. replicatis, compressis, acumine reflexo,’ and is said to be like A. pentaglottes, which does not at all suit our plant. More- over, A. hypoglottis is stated to be from Spain, but A. danicus appears to grow in England, Denmark, and isolated districts of Germany, to be wanting in France,* and from all the data _ * Corrected to ‘‘ Western France’ in the 1888 edition of the Haandbog. It is plentiful in the French Alps. WHAT IS ASTRAGALUS HYPOGLOTTIS ? 919 known to me, is not found in Spain. If, therefore, this plant was not unknown to Linnzus, it may be that it was included by him under A. arenarius, as he indicates this from England, where it is not found, and cites as a synonym, Raj. Angl. tab. 12, f. 3, which, without doubt, absolutely represents A. danicus.” Again in his Pugillus, p. 373 (1865), he repeats, more forcibly still, the objec- tions to the identification with A. danicus, but makes no attempt to determine what species A. hypoglottis L. really is. Notwithstanding this, Bunge (loc. cit.), without any allusion to Lange’s argument, returned in 1868 to the old idea, because he believed, wrongly, as will be shown further on, that he had found Linneus’s type, not in Herb. Linn., but in a specimen from the Cliffort’s herbarium at the British Museum, which specimen is undoubtedly A.danicus. The synonymy Bunge gives is: “A. hypo- glottes L. herb. Cliffort., DC. Astr. p. 94, n. 18, tab. 14. excl. deser. leguminis. Syn. A. arenarius Pall. Astr. p. 48, n. 46, tab. 34, optima! A. danicus Retz. Obs. Bot. 3, p. 41.” Then on p. 84:— ‘‘Hee species in herbario Cliffortiano, nunc Mus. Brit. manu Linnei nomine ‘A. hypoglottis’ designata, est ipsissima; ‘Glaux exigua montana purpurea nostra Raj.’ ex herb. Vaill., et nomen servare debet, quamvis ab ipso herb. Linneano alia species sub falso nomine asservatur. In errorem duxit enim assertio Candolleana leguminis loculos esse monospermos. In herb. Candolleano enim sub nomine A. hypoglottidis in eodem folio plures congest species ; (1) A. hypoglottis verus, cui etiam adscriptum nomen A. danicus ; (2) A. pentaglottis; (3) A. Glaus ; (4) A. viciefolius.” It is to be regretted that Bunge’s observations on Linnean specimens which he inspected are not reliable. In Dr. Pampanini’s exhaustive paper on A. alopecuroides L. (N. Giorn. Bot. It. n.s. xiv. 327-481 (1907) ), it is pointed out that a plant so labelled in the Linnean herbarium, which Bunge declared to be the true A. alopecuroides, is obviously A. narbonensis, a species well-known to Bunge, and easily distinguishable, owing to its having a different number of bracts to the flowers. Bunge’s statements brought Lange into the field again in a paper, ‘‘ Bidrag til Synonymiken for nogle kritiske Arter fra Danmarks og Nabolandenes Floraer,”’ in Oversigt K. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. for 1873, pp. 126-144, with two plates, a Hrench translation of which* is printed in the Résumé du Bull. Ac. Roy. Dan. for the same year (pp. 45-56). Lange there accepts Bunge’s erroneous statement about the specimen from Hort. Cliff., having no clue to lead him to suspect its accuracy, and devotes himself to pointing out that there might have been a confusion of labels, and to emphasising the greater importance of the descrip- tion, and its absolute incompatibility with A.danicus. Observing, however, that Bunge alludes to another specimen—the one in Herb. Linn.—-as a “different species,” there bearing “a false name,’ he requested Trimen to examine the specimens of * «Sur la synonymie de quelques espéces des flores du Danemark et des pays voisins.”’ 220 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Astragalus in the Linnean herbarium. Trimen replied that ‘“ he could find no specimen labelled by Linnezus with the name A. hypoglottis, but a specimen of A. purpureus, designated ‘epiglottis, by Linneus, to which Sir J. E. Smith had added ‘hypoglottis L.’” Trimen’s reply was perfectly correct, as far as it goes, but there is a good deal more to be said. The specimen alluded to is, of course, the one assumed by Mr. N. E. Brown to be Linnezus’s type. Our task now is to show why he is right, and Bunge and the others wrong, when neither of the specimens on which they respectively rely was ever labelled “‘ hypoglottis”’ by Linneus at all! It is, therefore, inevitable to compare in detail Linneus’s successive descriptions of this and the most nearly allied species with the synonyms he cites, and with the specimens in his herbarium and that of the Hortus Cliffortianus. Linneus in his earlier writings, and in his herbarium, un- doubtedly confused Astragalus epiglottis with